Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

Mariano Guzman, a young man standing at the precipice of his 22nd year of life, finds himself surrounded by a vibrant tapestry of friendships that span the globe. Each of his companions, a unique thread woven into the fabric of his social circle, represents a diverse array of cultural backgrounds, with origins that stretch from the bustling streets of Korea to the soulful rhythms of Africa, the storied heritage of Britain, and the vibrant energy of South America. This eclectic assembly of individuals, brought together by the universal bond of friendship, have gathered to commemorate Mariano's birthday, a day that signifies not only the anniversary of his birth but also his continued growth and evolution as an individual.

The festive ambiance of the birthday celebration is palpable, with a harmonious symphony of voices echoing the melody of "Happy Birthday" in a cacophony of native tongues. The room resonates with the love and warmth that each friend has brought to this special occasion. However, despite the joyful expressions and the genuine camaraderie that fills the air, Mariano cannot shake the feeling of emptiness that lingers within him. This is primarily due to the noticeable absence of his immediate family members, particularly his parents, who had been preoccupied with their own pressing engagements and were unable to attend the gathering they had meticulously planned.

Yet, the void in his heart is partially filled by the thoughtful letters that his siblings and adorable young nieces had sent, their tender words of affection and well-wishes reaching him through the postal service as a tangible reminder of their love. Yet, the void remained, an enigmatic hollowness that seemed to persist despite the overwhelming presence of his dear friends.

The piece de resistance of the evening is a sumptuous cake, a culinary masterpiece that Mariano had painstakingly crafted with his own two hands. As a 21-year-old university student, Mariano has developed a penchant for cooking, a skill that has earned him much admiration and accolades from those who have been fortunate enough to partake in his gastronomic delights. The cake, a visual representation of the unity and diversity of his friend group, is adorned with a smattering of candles, each one flickering with the promise of a wish soon to be made.

As the time comes for him to make a wish, Mariano's mind is drawn to a profound contemplation of his life thus far. He considers the path that has led him to this moment, the experiences that have shaped his identity, and the aspirations that fuel his future endeavors. With a deep inhalation, he leans in to blow out the candles, the warmth of the flames briefly dancing in his eyes before being extinguished by his gentle breath. "I wish I was satisfied," he murmurs softly, his voice barely audible amidst the din of the party.

The room falls silent as his friends, momentarily stunned by the simplicity and depth of his wish, exchange puzzled glances. The phrase hangs in the air, a poignant reminder that happiness can sometimes be an elusive butterfly, fluttering just beyond the grasp of even the most content among us. The confusion among the partygoers is palpable, their expressions a silent testament to the unexpected nature of his heartfelt desire.

The following day, Mariano, feeling the weight of his wish upon his shoulders, retreats to the sanctity of his backyard, video camera in hand. He presses "Record" and begins to narrate his feelings from the previous night. "Hello there," he addresses the unseen audience, "I am Mariano Guzman. Just yesterday, I turned 22, and in the midst of the festivities, I made a wish that left my friends bewildered."

He pauses for a moment, reflecting on the evening's events. "My parents, bless their souls, had been so busy ensuring that everything was perfect for the party that they couldn't stay long. But even in their brief presence, their love was as unmistakable as the aroma of the delicious food they had prepared. The laughter and merriment of my friends had filled our home, yet it was the joy of our shared experiences, rather than the consumption of food, that had truly satisfied us."

Mariano's voice is tinged with a hint of melancholy as he recounts the moments leading up to his wish. "But, amidst the revelry, I found myself feeling a peculiar emptiness. So, when the time came for me to make a wish, I simply hoped for satisfaction." He pauses, a wistful smile playing upon his lips. "I know it might sound strange to you, but it's a feeling that I've been grappling with for some time."

As the tape rolls, Mariano's thoughts are interrupted by the unmistakable sound of footsteps approaching his house. He hesitates before deciding to investigate, the curiosity gnawing at him like a hungry rodent. As he cautiously opens the front door, his eyes widen in astonishment to find a group of men, led by a certain Codey Steele, awaiting his greeting. Their presence is as unexpected as the profundity of the wish he had made the night before.

"Welcome," Mariano says, inviting them into the very space where he is filming his deeply personal birthday reflection. The men, a mix of curiosity and amusement etched into their features, follow him to the backyard. Codey, ever the inquisitive one, asks, "What is the purpose of this recording?"

Mariano, ever the charming host, explains, "It's just a little something for myself, a way to capture the essence of my birthday." Codey, seemingly intrigued by the concept, questions him further. "But what is it that you're trying to convey?"

Mariano, with a knowing smile and a playful wink, replies, "I need someone to help me find my voice, to silence the cacophony of doubt and uncertainty that often fills my mind." The men, now understanding the nature of his endeavor, begin to realize that they are about to become participants in a very peculiar kind of celebration.

The impromptu gathering in the backyard becomes a testament to the power of friendship and shared experiences. As Mariano continues to record, the group joins him, each one offering their own interpretations of the wish he had made. They laugh, they share stories, and they revel in the spontaneity of the moment, the camera capturing the essence of their camaraderie.

Through this shared experience, Mariano begins to understand that perhaps satisfaction is not something that can be wished for or found externally, but rather it is an internal journey that requires self-reflection and the support of those who truly care for him. The love and companionship of his friends, a veritable United Nations of personalities, serve as a gentle reminder that happiness is often found in the most unexpected of places.

The video, a testament to his growth and the complexities of his emotions, becomes a symbol of his quest for contentment. With each frame, Mariano documents his journey towards self-discovery and acceptance, the faces of his friends acting as a mirror reflecting the beauty of human connection and the profound impact they have had on his life.

In the end, the true meaning of his birthday wish is not about material possessions or grand achievements, but rather the realization that true satisfaction comes from within. It is the recognition that, surrounded by the warm embrace of friendship and the unconditional love of those who know him best, Mariano is already on the path to finding the peace and fulfillment that he seeks. And as the tape continues to roll, the image of a young man, surrounded by the diversity and richness of his social tapestry, becomes a poignant metaphor for the boundless potential of the human spirit.

Chapter Text

Once the revelation had dawned upon the assembly that Mariano had indeed harbored the intention of crafting a sex tape following the conclusion of his birthday wish, a discernible sense of excitement permeated the atmosphere, palpable in the way the air grew thick with anticipation. Amongst the throng of eager participants, a solitary individual had mustered the courage to raise his hand, voicing the query, "Can I go first?" This audacious question was met with a nod of assent from Mariano, the host of this unorthodox celebration, who posed a question in return, "Would you care to participate in this video endeavor?"

The individual in question, none other than the illustrious Tommy Gunn, a veritable legend in the annals of adult film, emerged forth from the line of eager individuals. Tommy's presence bore an uncanny resemblance to the idealized visage of one's stepfather, a fact not lost on the audience gathered around, who could not help but muse upon the fortune that would befall anyone who could lay claim to such a man. As the reality of the situation began to unfold, the collective excitement grew to a crescendo, and the room buzzed with whispers of disbelief and arousal.

Mariano, ever the gracious host, decided to set the tone for the evening by disrobing himself of his garments. His actions were met with a synchronized response from the others in line, as each man proceeded to remove his own pants and underwear, revealing an array of phalluses that were as perfectly proportioned as the sculptures of ancient Greco-Roman artisans. The sight was a veritable smorgasbord of male beauty, and it served to heighten the erotic tension that was already threatening to spill over.

With his clothing discarded to the side, Mariano approached Tommy, his intentions as clear as the gleaming lust in his eyes. "Would you be amenable to the prospect of me mounting your glorious manhood?" Mariano inquired, his voice a sultry whisper that seemed to caress the very air around them. Tommy's affirmative response was conveyed through the simple nod of his head, an action that bespoke a silent confidence and desire that resonated through the room.

Tommy reclined upon the makeshift stage, his robust, erect penis standing at attention, awaiting the warm embrace of Mariano's inviting manhole. As Mariano positioned himself, a sense of awe filled the space, the kind that one might feel when standing before a monumental piece of art. He began to lower himself, inch by inch, onto the manly appendage that lay before him, ensuring that every part of his bussy was enveloped by the sheer girth and length of Tommy's member.

The process of adjustment was a delicate dance, a ballet of flesh and passion that played out before the rapt audience. As Mariano's body accommodated the full extent of Tommy's arousal, the latter could not help but marvel at the exquisite sensation that washed over him, a feeling that was as foreign as it was thrilling. It was as if he were experiencing the ultimate form of intimacy, a sensation that transcended his typical predilections for the fairer sex.

The sight of Mariano's lithe form atop Tommy's muscular frame was a vision to behold, a tableau that spoke to the raw power of masculine desire. Each undulation of Mariano's hips was met with a corresponding groan from Tommy, whose mind was now a whirlwind of sensation. He found himself reminiscing about the simpler times of his career, when it was just him and the camera, stroking his cock to the delight of an unseen audience. Yet, in this moment, the reality was far superior to any fantasy he could have conjured.

Mariano's movements grew more frenzied, a testament to his eagerness to satisfy the man beneath him. Tommy could feel the pressure building within him, the inexorable march toward climax that seemed to be propelled by the very force of Mariano's passion. "Are you close to reaching your peak?" Mariano inquired, his voice a siren's song of lust. "Y-yes," Tommy managed to reply, his voice a ragged tapestry of need and pleasure.

Mariano's pace grew more frenetic, his ass moving with the speed and precision of a master craftsman at work. The sight of his tight, Colombian bussy enveloping Tommy's dick was a spectacle that left the audience spellbound. It was as if time had slowed to a crawl, each moment stretching out like warm taffy, sweet and sticky with anticipation.

Finally, unable to withstand the relentless assault of pleasure, Tommy succumbed to his desires, releasing his seed deep within Mariano's welcoming bussy. The act was a culmination of passion and need, a testament to the power of the human body to seek out pleasure in the most unexpected of places.

As the final tremors of their union subsided, Mariano leaned in close to Tommy's ear, his breath hot and heavy with lust. "Is this something you've ever considered before?" he whispered, referring to the intimate act of kissing a man. Tommy, lost in the throes of his own pleasure and unable to deny the allure that Mariano held, nodded his consent, his eyes closed in rapture.

Their lips met in a kiss that was at once tender and fierce, a confluence of passion and curiosity that seemed to encapsulate the very essence of the evening's festivities. As their tongues danced together, it was as if they were sharing a secret that had been locked away, a secret that now unfurled like a crimson flag of desire, claiming the night as their own.

The kiss was a declaration of the boundaries that had been shattered and the newfound connection that had been forged. It was a moment that transcended the mere physical act of sex, reaching into the very core of their beings and leaving an indelible mark on both men. The air was thick with the scent of sex and the electricity of desire, and as they parted, the audience could see that something profound had occurred between them.

And so, the evening continued, each participant eager to take their turn with Mariano, each eager to experience the unique blend of pleasure and camaraderie that this birthday bash had to offer. The whispers grew to shouts, the moans to roars, and the room was bathed in the glow of unbridled passion. Yet, it was the image of Tommy Gunn, the great adult film star, lying spent and satisfied beneath the young Colombian, that would be etched into the memory of all who bore witness, a symbol of the boundless possibilities that lay within the realms of human desire.

Chapter Text

Once the enigmatic and sexually insatiable Tommy Gunn had reached the pinnacle of his pleasure and concluded his exhilarating escapade with Mariano, the stage was meticulously set for the equally ravenous and endowed Codey Steele to continue the relentless exploration of Mariano's tight, quivering asshole. Codey, a man whose very presence exuded a commanding and unmistakable air of dominance, took a moment to appreciate the sight before him, his eyes gleaming with lust as they traveled over Mariano's sweat-drenched body, which was now primed and begging for his touch. With a smoldering gaze that could melt the very fabric of reality, he announced his intention to claim the young Colombian's anus in a manner that was as animalistic as it was erotic: doggystyle.

The anticipation was palpable in the air, a silent symphony of desire that grew in intensity as Codey approached the object of his lust. The scene unfolding before them was a testament to the raw, unbridled passion that often characterized their encounters, a delicate dance of power and submission that had become their trademark. As Codey positioned himself behind Mariano, the latter's body visibly tensed with anticipation, his muscles coiling like a spring about to be released. With a firm grip on Mariano's hips, Codey Steele commenced his penetration, his substantial member plunging deep into the velvety recesses of the younger man's rectum. The resulting impact was so profound that it elicited a guttural moan from Mariano, a sound that resonated with the very core of his being.

The rhythm that ensued was nothing short of mesmerizing. Each thrust was a masterstroke, a symphony of flesh on flesh that grew in crescendo with every passing moment. It was as if Codey's cock had been crafted to fit Mariano's ass like a perfectly tailored glove, a divine union of eroticism that seemed to transcend the very boundaries of human experience. The intensity of their interaction grew with each passing second, their movements becoming increasingly frenzied, as if driven by a force beyond their control. The room itself seemed to pulse with the energy of their passion, the very walls threatening to collapse under the weight of their combined arousal.

The atmosphere grew thick with the heady scent of sex, a potent cocktail of pheromones and sweat that only served to heighten the experience. The usually stoic Codey couldn't help but be affected by the sheer carnality of the scene, his body responding with an urgency that mirrored Mariano's. It was clear that the young man's cries of pleasure were not merely for show; they were the genuine expressions of a soul being pushed to the very brink of ecstasy and beyond. The intensity of their encounter was such that even the most seasoned of adult film veterans would have found it difficult not to become physically aroused by the raw display of sexual dominance and submission.

As the scene grew ever more heated, the need for verbal affirmation became apparent. Words, once superfluous, now served as the lifeblood of their connection, a verbal tether that bound them together in their quest for ultimate satisfaction. The air was filled with gasps and moans, with grunts and sighs, each syllable a testament to the depth of their connection. The scripted dialogue of the pornographic film they were emulating had long been cast aside in favor of a more primal form of communication, one that required no words to convey the depth of their desire.

Yet, amidst the cacophony of pleasure, there emerged a conversation that was as unexpected as it was intriguing. Codey, still buried deep within Mariano, took a moment to pull out, allowing the latter's sphincter to clench around the base of his cock. The question he posed was simple, yet loaded with meaning: "You like that dick, don't you, pretty boy?" The way he said it, with a hint of challenge and a smoldering gaze, spoke volumes about the power dynamics at play. Mariano, his breath ragged and his eyes glazed over with lust, could only manage a series of moans that served as an affirmative response. It was clear that he was fully immersed in the moment, lost in a world where the only law was that of desire.

The dynamic duo of Codey and Mariano were not just engaging in a physical act; they were weaving a tapestry of words and emotions that painted a picture far more complex than the mere sum of its parts. Codey, ever the master of the narrative, suggested a new twist to their roleplay, one that would take their interaction to uncharted territories. He offered Mariano the role of his stepbrother, a concept that seemed to resonate with a deep, unspoken need within the latter. Mariano's response was immediate and unabashed, a moaned affirmation that left no room for doubt.

The conversation that followed was a delightful blend of reality and fantasy, a nod to the pornographic parody of "The Legend of Zelda" that had inspired their earlier escapades. The reference to Mariano's earlier claim that Codey was a better boyfriend than Matty Healy served as a subtle reminder of the power of sexual chemistry, a force that could make even the most ludicrous of scenarios seem not only plausible but also incredibly appealing. The mention of the fairy character, Vagi, brought a smirk to Codey's face, a knowing smile that hinted at the depth of his understanding of Mariano's kinks and desires.

Mariano, ever eager to please and fully invested in their roleplay, managed to pull himself together enough to respond to Codey's question about the comparison to Taylor Swift's elf-like features. His voice was thick with passion as he recounted the moment when Vagi had called Codey's character, Dink, a "Taylor Swift elf-looking motherfucker," and the subsequent reference to Veronica Mars by the villainous Ganondorf. The room was alive with the electricity of their shared memories, a testament to the deep bond they had forged through countless hours of filming and exploration.

The blush that suffused Mariano's cheeks upon receiving Codey's approval was as real as it was endearing. The term "good boy" had never held such power, serving as both a reward and an encouragement to submit even further to his partner's whims. With a newfound enthusiasm, Mariano braced himself for what was to come, his body quivering in anticipation of the relentless pounding that Codey was about to unleash upon his eager asshole.

Codey, ever the skilled performer, noticed the shift in Mariano's demeanor and took it as a cue to up the ante. With renewed vigor, he began to pummel the young man's ass with a fervor that was as surprising as it was thrilling. The sounds of their bodies colliding filled the room, a cacophony that drowned out all other thoughts and concerns. It was as if the very essence of their beings had been distilled into that singular, all-consuming act, a symphony of desire that knew no bounds.

As the crescendo of their encounter grew closer, Codey's breath grew ragged, his voice strained with the effort of maintaining the tempo. "Fuck, I'm gonna cum," he managed to gasp out, his thrusts becoming erratic with the force of his impending orgasm. Mariano, lost in the throes of passion, could only respond with a series of desperate pleas for his partner to release his seed deep within him.

The moment of truth was upon them, and it was as explosive as a supernova. Codey's cock, swollen with the pressure of his climax, erupted into Mariano's ass, filling him with a warm, thick essence that seemed to resonate throughout his very soul. The younger man's moans grew louder, his body convulsing with the force of his own orgasm, his cock spurting hot jets of cum onto the floor as he was mercilessly breeded by the man who now claimed the title of his stepbrother.

But the intimacy of their encounter was far from over. As the waves of pleasure began to recede, Mariano, ever the eager participant, looked up at Codey with a hopeful glint in his eye. "Do you want to kiss me?" he asked, his voice barely a whisper. Codey's response was a nod, a silent affirmation that spoke louder than words ever could. He leaned down, capturing Mariano's lips in a kiss that was as tender as it was passionate, a declaration of their newfound kinship sealed with the warmth of their shared bodily fluids.

The kiss was a promise, a bond forged in the heat of the moment that transcended the confines of their on-screen roles. It was a silent acknowledgment that, in that space, in that time, they were more than just actors playing a scene. They were lovers, connected by a force that defied logic and reason, a bond that would forever link them in the annals of pornographic history.

As their lips parted, the reality of the situation slowly began to seep back in. They were two men, bound by a shared passion for their craft, who had just pushed the boundaries of their relationship to new heights. Yet, in that moment, all that mattered was the connection they had forged through the shared experience of pleasure and pain, a bond that was as real as the sweat that still glistened on their skin.

The scene ended, but the memory of it would live on, a testament to the power of desire and the depth of their connection. They had taken their roleplay to new extremes, and in doing so, had discovered facets of themselves that they never knew existed. The encounter between Codey Steele and Mariano was more than just a mere performance; it was a declaration of intent, a promise of a future filled with passion and unbridled lust, a tale of two men who had found in each other a kindred spirit, a partner in their quest for sexual nirvana.

Chapter Text

Following the fiery and fervently passionate interlude of intimate affection shared between Codey and Mariano, where their mouths had been intertwined in a deep, lingering kiss that seemed to never end, a sudden and deliberate decision was made by Codey to gently extract his fully aroused penis from the warm, inviting depths of Mariano's posterior. The act of withdrawal revealed a phallus that was liberally coated in the sticky emblem of their recent congress, the white, viscous substance known as semen, which clung to his skin as a testament to the erotic odyssey they had just concluded.

As they both emerged from the cocoon of their shared embrace, Mariano's gaze drifted beyond the immediate proximity of their intertwined forms and settled upon an unexpected and intriguing vision that stood in stark contrast to the sea of semi-nudity and heightened states of arousal that surrounded them. In the throng of individuals who were variously engaged in the shedding of their garments and the pursuit of carnality, there was a singular figure who remained fully dressed in a manner that was as out of place as it was intriguing. This man, none other than the esteemed Charles Dera, was a prominent performer in the hetero and straight adult film industry, known for his unparalleled skill and unyielding dedication to his craft.

Mariano's curiosity was piqued as he took in the peculiar attire of this enigmatic figure. Dressed as if he had just concluded filming a wedding scene, complete with a pair of sunglasses and a tuxedo that bespoke sophistication and an air of high society elegance, Charles Dera cut a striking and somewhat comical figure amidst the debauchery. However, the most notable aspect of his appearance was the uncanny resemblance he bore to Omni-Man, a character from the vast and immersive universe of Mortal Kombat, a video game and media franchise that had captured the imagination of millions.

With his heart pounding in his chest, Mariano gathered his wits and approached the mysterious gentleman with a demeanor that belied the tumult of thoughts racing through his mind. In a voice that trembled with a cocktail of excitement and uncertainty, he inquired, "Might I be so bold as to inquire as to your illustrious name, good sir?" To this, the man responded with an unshakeable confidence that seemed almost tailor-made for the silver screen, "Charles Dera," he said, allowing the name to roll off his tongue with an ease that suggested he was quite accustomed to hearing it whispered in awe and reverence.

The conversation between the two grew increasingly engaging as they delved into a shared love for the rich tapestry of the Mortal Kombat universe. Mariano's mind raced with the tantalizing prospect of seeing Omni-Man in the latest iteration of the iconic fighting game, and he found himself blurting out his thoughts before he could censor them. "I thought for a brief instant that you might have been a manifestation of Omni-Man himself," Mariano admitted, his voice tinged with the excitement of a fanboy encountering his favorite character in the flesh. "Indeed, the moustache is often the culprit that leads to such assumptions," Charles said with a knowing smile, his lips curling upwards as he acknowledged the resemblance.

The conversation grew more in-depth as they explored their mutual fascination with the franchise. Mariano mused over which character he might resemble, and the American adult film star looked him over with a critical yet appreciative eye. "With a physique such as yours," Charles began, his voice a low rumble of authority, "I daresay you would make for an exceptionally imposing Conan the Barbarian."

Mariano felt a thrill of excitement at the thought, yet also a pang of doubt. He was visually impaired, and the idea of embodying such a powerful and dynamic character in a game that required such precise and visual acuity seemed like a distant dream. He shared his concerns with Charles, who reassured him that the essence of the characters they loved lay not in their sight, but in their spirit and their passion.

The atmosphere grew electric as Mariano's curiosity grew regarding the potential for Omni-Man to join the ranks of the playable fighters in the Mortal Kombat pantheon. "Ah, yes," Charles responded with a knowing nod, "both Conan and Omni-Man have indeed made their mark in the latest title."

This revelation stirred something within Mariano, a sense of liberation and excitement that washed over him like a warm wave. He had always dreamed of participating in such epic battles, and now, with the encouragement of a man whose very presence screamed of the power and prowess of his on-screen personas, those dreams seemed tantalizingly within reach.

In a playful gesture that spoke to the burgeoning bond between them, Charles began to disrobe, his movements as deliberate and confident as if he were performing for an audience of thousands. Mariano watched, his eyes wide, as layer after layer of fabric fell away, revealing a physique that was as awe-inspiring as the characters he so skillfully brought to life in his professional endeavors.

Their lips found one another once again, and their kiss grew deeper and more passionate. "You are quite the natural at this, young man," Charles murmured against Mariano's mouth, his voice a velvety rumble of approval.

Without warning, Charles produced a length of fabric that he deftly fashioned into a makeshift blindfold. "Allow me to assist you in fully immersing yourself in the role of Kenshi," he suggested with a wink, and before Mariano could protest, the world went dark.

Mariano felt a thrill of vulnerability as the blindfold was secured, but it was a feeling that only served to heighten his arousal. With his sight taken away, his other senses grew sharper, more attuned to the subtle nuances of touch and sound that filled the space around him. He remained on all fours, his body poised and ready for whatever adventure the esteemed actor had in store for him.

The anticipation grew as he felt the warm, solid presence of Charles's manhood against his cheek, the tip of the older man's penis tracing a path along the outline of his lips. It was an unspoken invitation that Mariano accepted with alacrity, eagerly taking the engorged organ into his mouth.

He began to bob his head up and down, the velvety softness of the skin gliding over the hardness beneath. His movements grew more confident with each passing moment, as if he had been born to perform this act of erotic worship.

Their roleplay grew more intense as the air was filled with the sounds of their passionate encounter. Charles's voice grew hoarse with desire as he instructed Mariano to turn around, positioning himself so that he was now behind the blindfolded young man. The heady mix of power and surrender that this simple act elicited was intoxicating, and Mariano felt himself growing more and more lost in the fantasy.

The feeling of Charles's penis pushing into his eager body sent waves of pleasure crashing through Mariano, and he could not help but moan into the thick silence that surrounded them. The rhythm grew more intense, the sound of flesh slapping against flesh a testament to their shared passion.

The tension built to a crescendo, their moans and gasps growing louder and more urgent. "Oh, Johnny," Mariano murmured, fully embodying the character of Kenshi in that moment, "you feel so incredible."

Their bodies moved as one, a dance of lust and desire that seemed to have no end in sight. The heat between them grew to unbearable levels, and it was only a matter of time before the dam broke. With a final, guttural cry, Charles reached his climax, his seed spilling forth and painting Mariano's face with a sticky, warm embrace.

Mariano took a moment to appreciate the feeling of power that coursed through him as he brought such pleasure to another, his tongue eagerly seeking out every last drop. The taste was heady and addictive, and he found himself craving more.

Their roles shifted once again, with Mariano now donning the mantle of Conan the Barbarian and Charles assuming the role of Omni-Man. They shared a knowing smile, the intimacy of their shared secret palpable as they delved further into their imaginative playground.

With renewed vigor, Mariano took Charles's penis into his mouth, sucking and licking with a fervor that was fueled by the excitement of their role reversal. The taste was intoxicating, and he found himself lost in the sensation of wielding such power over the man he admired.

The final moments of their encounter were a blur of passion and pleasure, their bodies moving together in a symphony of desire that knew no bounds. As they reached their peak, the room was filled with the sounds of their mingled pleasure, a crescendo that seemed to shake the very foundations of the world around them.

With a final, desperate moan, Charles reached the zenith of his pleasure, and Mariano felt his own body respond in kind. He drew back, allowing the other man's cock to slip from his mouth with a wet pop, and leaned in to kiss the now-softening head of his partner's penis, whispering his gratitude with a sincerity that could not be feigned.

As the echoes of their passionate encounter faded into the stillness of the room, they took a moment to bask in the afterglow of their shared experience. The intimacy between them was undeniable, a bond forged in the fires of fantasy and brought to life by the alchemy of their desires.

Mariano's face was a canvas of their shared ecstasy, glistening with the evidence of their union. With a sense of satisfaction that went beyond mere physical pleasure, he whispered, "Thank you," the words carrying with them a weight that could not be fully understood by any who had not shared in their erotic escapade.

Their encounter had been a journey through the annals of a world where fantasy and reality blurred into one, leaving them both feeling more alive and connected than they had ever been before. It was a moment that would live on in their memories, a secret shared between two kindred spirits who had found refuge in the arms of the other, if only for a fleeting instant.

Chapter Text

Upon the culmination of an intense and passionate encounter with Mariano, Charles Dera found himself in a state of utter satisfaction. As the final moments of their erotic dance came to a close, Mariano could not resist the urge to claim one final, intimate gesture. He leaned in to tenderly press his lips against Charles', sealing their shared experience with a lingering kiss that was filled with unbridled desire and a hint of affection. The kiss served as both a tender goodbye and a silent promise of more to come.

As soon as the kiss ended and Charles had gracefully retreated from the set, Mariano took a moment to appreciate the evidence of their encounter that remained upon his visage. The sticky, white substance that adorned his cheeks, chin, and neck was a testament to the power of their connection and the intensity of the release they had just shared. With a knowing smile, he began to carefully spread the cum across his chest, his fingertips gliding over his taut, muscular flesh as if painting a canvas of desire. Each stroke served to rekindle the flames of passion that had just been quenched, leaving him craving for more.

The need for a brief respite from the exertions of his performance led Mariano to seek solace in the simple act of hydration. He retrieved a large, earthenware jug brimming with fresh water that had been placed nearby. The coolness of the jug was a stark contrast to the warm, sticky sensation that still clung to his body. Pouring a small amount into a delicate glass, he took a sip, savoring the refreshing liquid as it cleansed his palate. Wanting to ensure that he remained in the best possible condition for the next eager participant, he continued to drink, filling and refilling the glass until his thirst was fully satiated.

As he indulged in this brief interlude, a young man, Mathias, caught Mariano's eye. With a youthful visage that belied his true age, Mathias was a sight to behold. His taut, inked body, adorned with tattoos that stretched from the expanse of his chest to the base of his pelvis, spoke volumes about his adventurous spirit and his willingness to explore the boundaries of pleasure.

Mariano, ever the charmer, struck up a conversation with the young man. "How old might you be, my friend?" he inquired, his voice dripping with the sweetness of curiosity. Mathias chuckled lightly and replied, "I am 34, but I often find myself mistaken for someone younger."

Surprise flickered in Mariano's gaze as he took in the information. He had indeed assumed Mathias to be in his 20s, but the revelation did nothing to diminish his attraction to the man. In fact, it only served to intrigue him further.

"And what is your preference in the bedroom?" Mariano asked, his eyes dancing with mischief. "Are you more of a top, a bottom, or do you enjoy the delights of versatility?"

Mathias grinned, a playful twinkle in his eyes. "Well, I can be both," he replied, his voice a tantalizing whisper that seemed to caress the air around them. "But why do you ask?"

Mariano's response was to remind Mathias of a time he had witnessed him bottom for another man, the legendary Michael Boston. "Ah, yes, I recall that performance," Mathias said with a hint of a blush. "It was quite... memorable."

The anticipation grew palpable as the two men discussed their preferences. "Would you like to take charge first?" Mariano suggested, his voice thick with desire. "And afterward, perhaps I could have the pleasure of filling your ass?"

Mathias's eyes lit up with excitement at the proposal. "I would love nothing more," he murmured, his voice a soft, seductive promise. He wasted no time in positioning himself on the ground, his tongue eagerly exploring the velvety softness of Mariano's waiting hole.

Mariano's eyes rolled back in his head as he felt Mathias's tongue delve into his most intimate of spaces. The sensation was exquisite, and he found himself moaning uncontrollably. "You are so good," he managed to murmur through gritted teeth as Mathias's skilled ministrations continued. The American's tongue flicked and danced around his entrance, teasing and tantalizing him until he thought he might go mad with desire.

Mathias, noticing Mariano's rapture, took the opportunity to reach out and cup the Colombian's balls gently in his hand. The touch was like electricity, and Mariano's body responded with a jolt of pleasure. His moans grew louder, his breathing more ragged, as Mathias's fingers began to massage and roll his sensitive flesh. It was a feeling that he had never quite experienced before, and it was driving him to the brink of ecstasy.

As if sensing the perfect moment, Mathias withdrew his tongue and took Mariano's cock into his mouth. The sensation was heavenly, and Mariano could not help but moan out loud. The American star's mouth was hot and eager, and Mariano felt himself swell even further within the confines of those velvety lips.

"Just like that," he whispered, his eyes locked on Mathias's as the man worked his magic. The feeling of Mathias's tongue sliding along the length of his shaft was almost too much to bear. He was lost in the sensation, his mind a haze of pleasure as the man continued to suck him off with a passion that was palpable.

As Mathias brought Mariano to the edge, he decided it was time to switch roles. He positioned himself on top of the Colombian, his own cock standing proud and ready to claim what it desired. With a gentle nod, he sought permission to penetrate Mariano, who eagerly granted it. The feeling of Mathias's almost eight-inch member sliding into him was like nothing he had ever experienced. It was as if the very essence of their combined passion was being channeled through that one, intimate connection.

The American's rhythmic thrusts sent waves of pleasure coursing through Mariano's body. He moaned and writhed beneath Mathias, his eyes never leaving the other man's as he watched the intensity of their encounter reflected there.

"Look at me," Mathias breathed, his voice a husky rasp that sent shivers down Mariano's spine. "I want to see the pleasure in your eyes."

Mariano obeyed, his gaze locked onto Mathias's as the man above him continued to fill him with his hardness. Each movement was a declaration of desire, a silent promise of the bliss they would soon share.

Finally, unable to hold back any longer, Mathias leaned down to claim Mariano's mouth in a kiss that was as fiery as it was tender. Their tongues danced together, a symphony of passion that seemed to go on forever. As they kissed, Mariano could feel Mathias's cock swelling within him, and he knew that the end was near.

"Do you plan on getting closer?" Mariano panted out between kisses. "Yes, I do," Mathias replied, his voice a low growl of need.

With that, Mariano pushed Mathias back and climbed on top of him. He took Mathias's cock in his hand and began to stroke it in time with their kisses. The feel of the American's hardness in his grasp was exhilarating, and he could feel the heat building between them.

"What is your idea?" Mathias managed to ask through his moans.

Mariano's eyes sparkled with mischief. "I need to frot," he said, his voice low and urgent.

Mathias's eyes widened with understanding, and he nodded eagerly. "So do I," he murmured, his voice thick with desire.

They positioned themselves face-to-face, their legs spread wide, their cocks nestled together. With a synchronized sigh of pleasure, they began to rock their hips in unison, the friction of their skin sending sparks of pleasure through their bodies.

"Faster," Mathias begged, his eyes never leaving Mariano's. "I need it faster."

Mariano obliged, his hand a blur as it moved up and down both of their shafts. The sounds of their passion filled the air, a symphony of moans and gasps that grew louder with each passing moment.

Mathias's body began to tense, and Mariano knew that he was close. "Are you ready?" he whispered, his voice a gentle caress.

Mathias nodded, his eyes glazed over with need. "Yes, I am," he replied, his voice barely a whisper.

Mariano felt the same pressure building within himself, and he knew that they would reach the pinnacle of their pleasure together. "Hold on to me," he instructed, his voice filled with urgency.

Their bodies moved as one, their hips grinding together as they brought themselves closer and closer to the edge. The tension grew unbearable, and then, with a roar that seemed to shake the very foundations of the room, they both came.

Jet after jet of cum shot out of their cocks, painting the space between them with their shared release. For a moment, time seemed to stand still as they reveled in the intensity of their climax.

Finally, their bodies relaxed, and they leaned into one another, their kisses growing softer and more tender as they rode out the aftershocks of their passion.

"That felt really good," Mathias murmured against Mariano's mouth.

Mariano nodded, his eyes full of satisfaction. "Yeah, definitely," he agreed before capturing Mathias's lips in another deep, lingering kiss.

Their bodies remained entwined for several minutes, their breathing gradually returning to normal. It was a moment of pure, unadulterated intimacy, a testament to the power of their connection. As they lay there, their hearts beating as one, they both knew that this was an experience they would cherish for the rest of their lives.

Their encounter had been a dance of desire, a battle of wills, and an explosion of passion. But in the end, it was the tender moments of shared pleasure that truly set their souls on fire. They had found something in one another that transcended the mere physical, something that would leave a mark on their hearts and memories forever.

And as they finally pulled away from each other, their eyes still locked in a silent promise of more to come, they knew that this was just the beginning of an erotic journey that would take them to heights they had never before dared to dream of.

Chapter Text

Following Mathias's departure from the premises, an individual by the name of Derek Parker made a rather dramatic and unexpected entrance. Derek was on the cusp of reaching his 40th year of existence, yet he was encumbered by an unusual belief that has unfortunately cast a shadow over what would otherwise be a momentous occasion. According to the societal superstition to which he adhered, the celebration of one's 40th birthday was deemed to be an invitation to misfortune, a notion that prevented him from partaking in the typical festivities that such a milestone would warrant. Despite the impending weight of his uncelebrated birthday, Derek Parker exuded a certain je ne sais quoi, a captivating allure that seemed to transcend the boundaries of mere physical attractiveness. His arrival caused quite the stir among the gentlemen present, including the aforementioned Mathias, who had been enjoying himself immensely up until that point.

As the room buzzed with the excitement of Derek's presence, it was clear that he had an air of mystery and sex appeal that was utterly palpable. His physique, which was a testament to his dedication to physical fitness and health, drew the gaze of every male in the vicinity, leaving them all utterly spellbound by his undeniable charisma. Mariano, the host of this impromptu gathering, was particularly struck by Derek's physique, which was a fine blend of masculine power and grace.

Curiosity piqued, Derek approached Mariano with an inquisitive gaze, inquiring about the nature of the project that had brought them all together. "It's merely my tape," Mariano replied, his voice somewhat muffled by the awe that he could hardly contain at being in the presence of such a sexually magnetic individual. The simplicity of his response did little to satisfy Derek's curiosity, prompting him to delve deeper into the matter at hand.

"Is there a specific fetish or kink that you are exploring with this tape?" Derek asked, his voice carrying a hint of intrigue. Mariano, feeling somewhat embarrassed, revealed his deepest desire. "I've always harbored a fascination for fisting," he confessed. "I have this fantasy of experiencing the sensation, but I've never had the opportunity to do so with someone who is as adept as I suspect you might be."

Derek, seemingly unfazed by the candid revelation, nodded thoughtfully before asking, "And why do you think that I, in particular, would be good at such an activity?" Mariano's eyes grew wide with anticipation as he responded, "Well, I've only ever witnessed females engaging in fisting with one another. They seem to achieve a certain level of satisfaction from it, but the way they do it is rather... intense."

"Ah, I see," Derek mused, his eyes twinkling with the promise of a revelation. "You are under the impression that only females are capable of performing such an act and that they do so with a certain degree of skill that males cannot replicate."

Mariano nodded eagerly, his voice tinged with hope. "Indeed," he whispered. "I have observed them and felt a yearning to experience it firsthand, but I've never encountered a man who could provide me with the same sensation."

Derek leaned in, his breath warm against Mariano's ear as he spoke, "Would you like to find out what it feels like to be on the receiving end of such a sensation?"

Mariano's heart raced as he managed to croak out a "Yes, please," his body already trembling with anticipation. Derek, ever the gentleman, began to prepare Mariano for what was about to unfold. His movements were deliberate and precise, each step calculated to maximize Mariano's pleasure and comfort.

The sound of Mariano's soft moaning began to fill the room as Derek's skilled fingers started to explore his most intimate regions. With a gentle yet firm touch, Derek introduced one digit, then another, allowing Mariano's body to acclimate to the sensation of being filled by something other than the solitary confines of his own hand. The feeling was exquisite, a symphony of sensations that Mariano had only dreamt of experiencing.

As Derek's digits delved deeper, Mariano's moans grew louder, echoing off the walls. "Does that feel good?" Derek inquired, his voice a low rumble that seemed to resonate within Mariano's very soul.

Mariano's response was a breathy "Yes, it does..."

Encouraged by Mariano's positive feedback, Derek increased the tempo, his fingers moving in a rhythm that seemed to be orchestrated by the very gods of pleasure themselves. Each thrust brought Mariano closer and closer to the precipice of ecstasy, his body responding in ways he had never before imagined.

The moment of truth had arrived. Derek, with a knowing smile, began to prepare his hand for the ultimate act of intimacy that Mariano had been craving. He lubricated his knuckles and took a deep breath, then, with a grace that belied the intensity of the act, he began to push his fist into Mariano's willing opening.

Mariano's moans grew to a crescendo as Derek's fist penetrated him, the sensation unlike anything he had ever felt before. It was as if the heavens had opened up and bestowed upon him the ultimate gift of pleasure. Each movement sent waves of euphoria coursing through his body, leaving him utterly and completely at Derek's mercy.

Derek, ever the considerate partner, checked in with Mariano, "Does it feel good?"

Mariano's reply was a fervent "Yes, it does..." His voice was laden with passion, each syllable a testament to the overwhelming sensations that were coursing through his being.

The atmosphere in the room was electric, charged with the erotic energy that only comes from two consenting adults exploring the deepest recesses of their desires. As Derek's fist moved within Mariano, the latter felt an intense urge to reciprocate the pleasure that was being bestowed upon him.

"If you're going to jerk off, I want to see what you're capable of," Derek stated, his eyes never leaving Mariano's.

Mariano's cheeks flushed with a mix of arousal and embarrassment, but he complied, his hand wrapping around his erection. His strokes grew more erratic as Derek's fist pistoned in and out of him, the friction from Derek's hand and his own flesh combining to create an explosion of pleasure that was almost too much to bear.

Their shared experience filled the once quiet space with a symphony of sounds: the wet slap of skin on skin, the guttural moans of pleasure, and the occasional gasp for air. It was a scene of pure carnality, a moment of unbridled passion that neither man would soon forget.

Finally, once Derek had ascertained that Mariano had reached the peak of his enjoyment, he withdrew his fist, allowing Mariano's body to slowly return to a state of normalcy. The latter lay there, panting and trembling, uttering a soft "Oh my..." as he struggled to process the intensity of the encounter.

Once Mariano had caught his breath, Derek looked at him with a smirk. "So, what do you think?"

Mariano, still lost in the aftermath of his euphoria, managed to reply, "That was... absolutely amazing."

Derek nodded, a knowing glint in his eye. "I'm always happy to introduce someone to new experiences," he said, his voice dripping with satisfaction.

And with that, the two men shared a moment of quiet understanding, each knowing that they had just embarked on a journey of sexual discovery that would alter the course of their friendship forever.

Chapter Text

After Derek stopped fisting Mariano, Mariano got the chance to give the 39 year old a blowjob. 

Mariano, with a cheeky smile, took Derek's still-hard cock into his mouth, eager to give him the pleasure he had been craving. Derek moaned in delight as Mariano's warm, wet mouth engulfed his shaft, his tongue swirling around the head, tasting the remnants of their earlier encounter. Mariano's eyes looked up at Derek, full of lust and submission, as he began to bob his head up and down, taking more and more of Derek's length with each movement.

Derek's hands found Mariano's hair, gripping it tightly as he guided the younger man's movements. He could feel himself getting closer to the edge, his toes curling in anticipation of the explosive release that was building within him. Mariano's throat muscles contracted around Derek's cock, creating an intense sensation that sent waves of pleasure through his body.

Mariano's dedication to pleasing Derek was evident in every stroke of his tongue and suck of his mouth. He cupped Derek's balls gently, rolling them in his hand as he continued to deep-throat him, pushing his limits to give Derek the most incredible blowjob of his life. The room was filled with the sounds of their heavy breathing and the wet, sloppy noises of Mariano's eager mouth working over Derek's cock.

Derek's hips began to buck involuntarily, his breathing becoming more ragged as he neared climax. He could feel Mariano's saliva dripping down his shaft, coating his balls, and making everything even more slippery and intense. "I'm gonna cum," he grunted, his voice thick with lust. Mariano's eyes widened slightly, but he didn't stop, instead picking up the pace and sucking even harder, eager to taste Derek's hot, salty load.

With a final, guttural groan, Derek's body tensed, and he released himself into Mariano's eager mouth. Mariano swallowed greedily, taking every drop of Derek's cum, his own arousal reaching new heights at the feeling of the older man's pleasure. Derek's cock pulsed and jerked with each spurt, and Mariano continued to suck and lick, ensuring not a single bit was wasted.

As Derek's orgasm subsided, he gently pulled Mariano's head back, his cock slipping out of the younger man's mouth with an obscene pop. "Fuck, that was incredible," Derek murmured, his voice still hoarse from his climax. Mariano looked up at him, his lips swollen and glistening, a strand of saliva connecting his mouth to Derek's now-softening cock.

They shared a moment of intense eye contact, the air heavy with sexual tension and satisfaction. Then, with a sly grin, Mariano licked his lips and stood up, wiping a bit of cum from the corner of his mouth with his thumb. "My turn," he whispered, reaching for Derek's hand and pulling him closer. Derek didn't resist, his own desire for Mariano burning even brighter after experiencing the depths of the younger man's talents.

Mariano gets to arch his back, ready to take a dick for the first time. Derek, now recovered from his intense orgasm, wasted no time in returning the favor. He grabbed a bottle of lube from the nightstand, pouring a generous amount into his palm. He smeared it over his cock, watching as Mariano's eyes grew wide with both anticipation and a hint of apprehension.

"Are you sure about this?" Derek asked, his voice filled with concern as he saw the mix of excitement and nervousness in Mariano's eyes. Mariano nodded vigorously, his breath coming in quick, shallow gasps. "Yes," he murmured, his voice barely audible. "I want you inside me."

Derek leaned in and kissed Mariano gently, their tongues dancing together as their hands explored each other's bodies. He then positioned himself behind Mariano, his slick cock nudging at the younger man's tight entrance. Mariano took a deep breath and pushed back slightly, urging Derek to enter him. Derek took his time, pushing in inch by inch, giving Mariano's body a chance to adjust to the intrusion.

Mariano's moans grew louder as Derek filled him up, his nails digging into the sheets. Derek reached around to stroke Mariano's cock, feeling it pulse in his hand as he began to move in a slow, rhythmic motion. Mariano's body trembled with each thrust, his breathing growing more erratic as the pleasure started to overwhelm him.

Derek's movements grew more urgent as he felt Mariano's body tighten around him. He knew the younger man was close, and he wanted to push him over the edge. He reached around to fondle Mariano's balls, rolling them in his palm as he picked up the pace, his cock driving deep inside him.

Mariano's legs began to shake as the tension built within him. His moans turned into cries of pleasure, and he felt his orgasm approaching like a freight train. "I'm gonna cum," he gasped, his voice filled with desperation. Derek responded by gripping his hips tighter, pounding into him with an intensity that matched Mariano's own need for release.

With a final, powerful thrust, Mariano's body convulsed, and he came, spurts of white hot cum shooting onto the bed as Derek filled him with his own seed. They both collapsed onto the mattress, their bodies entwined and trembling with the aftershocks of their shared climax. They lay there for a moment, catching their breath, before Derek pulled out and rolled onto his side, pulling Mariano into his arms.

They kissed again, this time with a tenderness that spoke volumes about the connection they had just shared. "That was amazing," Mariano whispered, his voice hoarse from his earlier moans. Derek stroked his hair gently. "You're incredible," he murmured, his eyes full of affection and admiration.

Chapter Text

Derek Parker decides to leave the set after Mariano got bred by the 39 year old adult film actor.. Mariano was left satisfied until he saw the guy who once played Superman, Henry Cavill, arrive on the set... Mariano knew Henry was hetero (straight) because he is a father of a daughter but still couldn't resist onto trying something new with the handsome guy... Mariano had to do 69 with the Superman...

Mariano’s heart raced as Henry Cavill sauntered in, his muscular frame and piercing blue eyes commanding the attention of every person present. The director called for a break, and Mariano took it as an opportunity to approach the Hollywood A-lister, his nerves tingling with excitement. He had always been a fan, and now here he was, about to engage in an intimate act with him. The thought of Henry’s lips on his skin sent a shiver down his spine.

With trembling hands, Mariano offered Henry a bottle of water, trying to play it cool despite his racing thoughts. “Thanks,” Henry replied with a warm smile, accepting the water and unscrewing the cap. He took a long drink, his Adam’s apple bobbing up and down, and Mariano couldn’t help but stare, his eyes tracing the contours of Henry’s chest beneath his tight shirt.

As they made small talk, Mariano felt himself growing bolder, the chemistry between them palpable. He leaned in closer, their conversation growing hushed, and whispered, “I’ve always had a bit of a fantasy, you know, about you and me...doing a scene together.” Henry looked at him, eyebrows raised in surprise, but there was a flicker of something else in his eyes – curiosity, perhaps? He took a step back and assessed Mariano for a moment, then chuckled. “I’ve never done anything like that before, but I’m open to new experiences,” he said, his voice low and rumbling like thunder.

Mariano’s eyes widened in disbelief, but before he could say another word, Henry took his hand and led him to a secluded corner of the set, where they could be alone. His heart was hammering in his chest, his breath shallow and rapid as he followed the man of his dreams. The anticipation was almost unbearable, his body already responding to the thought of what was about to happen. They stopped in front of a plush velvet couch, and Henry turned to face him, his smile mischievous. “But only if you’re willing to go all in,” he whispered, his breath hot against Mariano’s ear.

Mariano nodded, unable to speak, his mind racing with the possibilities. Henry’s hand brushed against his cheek, and Mariano closed his eyes, leaning into the touch. When he opened them again, Henry was already beginning to undress, his clothes falling to the floor in a heap. Mariano followed suit, his eyes never leaving Henry’s sculpted body. The moment was electrifying, charged with an energy that made the air crackle around them.

As they sat on the couch, their legs intertwined, Mariano found himself staring into Henry’s eyes, searching for any sign of hesitation. But all he saw was desire, raw and unfiltered. Henry leaned in, his lips brushing against Mariano’s in a gentle, almost questioning kiss. It was as if he was asking for permission to continue, and Mariano eagerly gave it, deepening the kiss and wrapping his arms around the other man’s neck.

Their tongues danced together as they explored each other’s mouths, the taste of Henry’s minty toothpaste mingling with the sweetness of Mariano’s breath. Henry’s hands roamed Mariano’s body, exploring every inch of his skin, while Mariano’s own hands fumbled with the buttons of Henry’s shirt, eager to feel the warmth beneath.

Finally, Henry broke the kiss, his eyes dark with passion. “Ready?” he murmured, and Mariano nodded, his voice lost in a sea of anticipation. Henry took Mariano’s hand and led him to the floor, laying him down on a velvet rug that had been set up for the scene.

Mariano felt Henry’s weight settle on top of him, their bodies aligned perfectly as they stared into each other’s eyes. He could feel Henry’s arousal pressing against him, and he grew even more excited at the thought of what was about to happen. With a smirk, Henry reached down and began to kiss his way down Mariano’s body, teasing and nipping at his skin as he went.

Mariano’s eyes rolled back in his head as Henry took him in his mouth, the sensation unlike anything he had ever felt before. His hands gripped the rug, knuckles white, as he tried to keep himself from bucking his hips upwards. The sounds of their mingled moans filled the air, a symphony of pleasure that seemed to resonate in every fiber of Mariano’s being. Henry’s tongue danced around the tip of Mariano’s cock, teasing the slit before taking him in deeper, his throat muscles working in a rhythmic pattern that was driving Mariano wild.

Mariano couldn’t hold back anymore; he had to reciprocate. He pushed Henry’s legs apart, revealing the actor’s own impressive erection, and took it into his mouth. The taste of Henry’s precum was salty and delicious, and Mariano savored every drop as he swirled his tongue around the head. Henry’s hands tangled in Mariano’s hair, guiding him, setting a pace that had Mariano’s toes curling with pleasure.

Their bodies moved together in a perfect harmony, each one giving and receiving pleasure in a way that neither had ever experienced. Mariano’s heart was racing, his mind a blur of sensations as Henry’s skilled mouth worked its magic on him. He could feel himself getting closer and closer to the edge, his hips rocking involuntarily against Henry’s face.

Suddenly, Henry’s grip on Mariano’s hair tightened, and he pulled back, panting. “I want to feel you inside me,” he murmured, his voice thick with desire. Mariano’s eyes widened in surprise, but he didn’t hesitate. He reached for the lube that had been left on a nearby table and slicked himself up, then positioned himself at Henry’s entrance. He took a deep breath and pushed in, feeling the tight warmth envelop him.

They both gasped as their bodies connected, their eyes locked together in a silent promise of mutual pleasure. Mariano took his time, moving slowly and carefully, watching Henry’s face for any signs of discomfort. But all he saw was pure ecstasy, Henry’s eyes screwed shut, his teeth gritted as he fought to hold back his moans. The feeling was indescribable – the power of being with someone so revered, yet so human, in this most intimate of moments.

As they found their rhythm, the sounds of their skin slapping together filled the room, along with their heavy breaths and the occasional whimper of pleasure. Mariano’s hand found Henry’s cock, stroking it in time with his thrusts. He could feel the tension building in Henry’s body, his muscles tensing and releasing as he approached his climax.

Their moans grew louder, their movements more frantic, until finally, they were both teetering on the edge. With one final, deep thrust, Mariano felt Henry’s body convulse beneath him, the hot spurt of the actor’s release filling his hand. It was all he needed to send him spiraling over the edge as well, his own orgasm ripping through him like a supernova.

Their bodies collapsed together, breaths heaving and hearts racing. They lay there for a moment, wrapped in each other’s arms, the reality of what they had just done slowly sinking in. It had been an experience that Mariano would never forget, a moment that transcended any fantasy he had ever had about Henry Cavill.

As they both began to catch their breath, Henry looked up at him, a soft smile playing on his lips. “That was... unexpected,” he said, his voice still a little shaky. Mariano couldn’t help but laugh, his own smile wide and genuine. “But it was also amazing,” he replied, kissing Henry gently on the forehead.

Their eyes met, and in that moment, any barriers that had once existed between them were shattered. They were no longer just two actors on a set; they were two men who had shared something profound and life-altering.

“Ready for round two?” Henry asked, a mischievous glint in his eye. Mariano’s cock twitched at the suggestion, and he nodded eagerly. They had an entire set to themselves, and an entire afternoon to explore every inch of each other’s bodies. And as they kissed once more, he knew that this was only the beginning of a beautiful friendship and a series of unforgettable encounters.

After they stopped kissing, Henry decided to suck Mariano's dick once more before they swapped positions. He wanted to make sure Mariano was fully hard and ready for the next part of their steamy encounter. Henry took Mariano's cock back into his mouth, his tongue swirling around the shaft and flicking at the sensitive head. Mariano's body responded immediately, his cock growing even more rigid as Henry's skilled mouth worked its magic.

Once Henry had Mariano's dick rock-solid again, they repositioned themselves. This time, Mariano was the one on top, his knees straddling Henry's broad chest. He leaned forward, eager to get a taste of the man who had played the Man of Steel. His tongue traced the contours of Henry's abs, moving downward until he reached the prize waiting for him.

Mariano took Henry's cock into his mouth, his eyes never leaving the other man's as he began to suck and lick. Henry's moans grew louder, his hands gripping the back of Mariano's head, guiding him deeper. The room was filled with the sounds of their wet kisses and the smack of flesh on flesh as they pleasured each other.

They continued to 69 for several minutes, each one of them lost in the sensation of the other's mouth on their most sensitive parts. Their bodies were slick with sweat, their muscles tensing and relaxing in a rhythmic dance of passion. The tension between them was palpable, their arousal growing with every passing second.

Mariano knew he couldn't hold out much longer, and he could tell by Henry's breathless gasps that the same was true for him. He pulled back, his mouth glistening with Henry's precum, and whispered, "I'm going to fuck you now." Henry nodded, his eyes glazed over with desire, and reached for the lube.

They took a moment to reposition themselves, with Henry lying on his back and Mariano kneeling between his legs. Mariano slicked up his cock and took a deep breath before pressing the tip against Henry's hole. With one smooth motion, he pushed inside, feeling the tightness give way to him.

They both groaned as their bodies connected, their eyes locked together as they began to move in a slow, sensual rhythm. Mariano took his time, savoring every inch of Henry's tight heat, while Henry's legs wrapped around Mariano's waist, pulling him closer.

Their movements grew more urgent as their passion took over, their hips meeting in a frantic dance that sent shockwaves of pleasure through both of their bodies. Mariano's hands roamed Henry's chest, playing with his nipples, while Henry's fingers dug into Mariano's back, urging him deeper.

Their bodies moved together in perfect harmony, their moans and gasps filling the air as they approached their peak. The intensity grew until it was almost unbearable, and then, with a final, powerful thrust, Mariano released his load deep inside Henry, feeling the other man's muscles clench around him as he came.

They lay there for a moment, panting and sweaty, their bodies still connected. Then, with a lazy smile, Henry reached up and stroked Mariano's cheek. "That was incredible," he murmured. Mariano nodded, still trying to catch his breath. "I know," he said. "But we're not done yet."

They kissed again, their tongues tangling in a dance of passion and lust. As they pulled apart, they both knew that this was just the start of a wild ride that would take them to places they had never dared to dream. The rest of the afternoon stretched out before them, full of untapped potential and endless pleasure.

Their eyes met, and in that moment, any remaining doubts or inhibitions melted away. They were in this together, and nothing would ever be the same again. With a grin, Henry sat up and pushed Mariano onto his back, straddling his waist. "My turn," he said, reaching for the lube once more.

Mariano watched as Henry coated his fingers and began to prep himself, his own cock still half-hard and glistening with lube. He couldn't believe he was about to be fucked by his celebrity crush, the man who had played his favorite superhero. It was a dream come true in the most unexpected way.

Henry leaned over, his chiseled body casting shadows on Mariano's chest, and kissed him deeply. The taste of themselves mingled on their tongues as they explored each other's mouths. Henry's hands slid down Mariano's body, gripping his hips firmly, before he positioned himself at Mariano's entrance.

With one hand holding Mariano's gaze, Henry pushed in with a slow, deliberate movement that made Mariano gasp. He felt himself being stretched and filled by the star's thick cock, and he couldn't help but moan into their kiss. Henry paused, giving Mariano a moment to adjust before he began to move again, setting a steady pace that had Mariano's toes curling into the rug.

Their bodies rocked together in a delicious rhythm, each thrust sending waves of pleasure through Mariano's body. He could feel Henry's muscles working under his hands as he moved, his ass clenching with every push. The sound of their skin slapping filled the room, along with their moans and panted breaths.

Mariano's hand found its way to his own cock, stroking in time with Henry's movements. He could feel himself getting close again, his orgasm building like a crescendo in his lower belly. Henry noticed and leaned down, capturing Mariano's mouth in another kiss as he picked up the pace, his own breathing growing ragged.

Their movements grew more erratic, more desperate, as they both chased the high of release. Mariano's hand tightened on Henry's cock, matching the rhythm of Henry's hips. And then, with a final, powerful thrust, they both came together, their bodies shaking with the intensity of their shared climax.

They lay there for a moment, panting and sweaty, their hearts racing in tandem. The reality of what had just transpired washed over Mariano, and he couldn't help but grin. "I never knew it could be like this," he murmured, his voice still shaky with pleasure.

"Neither did I," Henry admitted with a chuckle, collapsing beside him. They lay there for a while, catching their breath and basking in the afterglow. But all too soon, the clock on the wall began to tick louder, reminding them of the time they had lost to their passionate encounter.

Mariano sat up, his legs wobbly, and reached for his clothes. "We should probably get back to work," he said, his voice still thick with lust. Henry nodded, a content smile playing on his lips. "But not before we do that again," he said, his hand snaking around Mariano's waist to pull him in for one more kiss.

Their bodies were still slick with sweat and lube, but neither of them cared. They had crossed a line that could never be uncrossed, and they were both eager to explore every inch of this newfound territory. The set outside their little cocoon was forgotten as they lost themselves in each other once more, their moans echoing through the empty room.

And as they kissed, Mariano felt something shift inside him – a newfound confidence, a sense of belonging. He had conquered his fears and taken a chance, and it had paid off in ways he never could have imagined. With Henry by his side, he knew that no challenge was too great, no desire too taboo. They had each other, and that was all that mattered.

Their next scene together on set would be electric, charged with the secret they shared. Every glance, every touch, every whispered word would hold a hidden meaning, a reminder of their passionate encounter. And as they stepped back into their roles, Mariano knew that he would carry this secret with him, a treasure to be cherished forever.

Their relationship grew from that day on, a friendship built on trust and desire. They pushed each other's boundaries, explored new depths of pleasure, and discovered aspects of themselves they never knew existed. And as the movie wrapped and their lives moved on, they carried the memory of that magical afternoon with them, a secret they would share for the rest of their days.

But the story didn't end there. The ripples of that encounter continued to spread, affecting not just their careers, but their personal lives as well. For Mariano, it was a revelation that led him to embrace his sexuality fully, and for Henry, it was an awakening that made him question the strict labels he had always adhered to.

Their secret rendezvous grew more frequent, stolen moments between takes and late nights in Henry's trailer. They became insatiable for each other, the thrill of the illicit adding fuel to their desire. They pushed the limits of what they thought was possible, exploring every inch of each other's bodies, every nuance of pleasure.

Their chemistry on screen grew palpable, a fact that didn't go unnoticed by the director or their fellow cast members. It was a tightrope they walked, their passion threatening to spill over into the public eye at any moment. But the danger only made it more exciting, the stolen glances and secret touches charged with an energy that seemed to crackle through the air.

Their bond grew stronger, and with it came a deeper understanding of who they were as men and as lovers. They shared their fears, their hopes, their darkest desires, and their most tender moments of vulnerability. It was a connection that went beyond the physical, a bond that transcended the boundaries of their professional lives.

The final day of filming was bittersweet, the knowledge that their clandestine affair would have to remain hidden weighing heavily on their hearts. But as they shared one last, lingering kiss in the shadows of the set, they made a pact. They would find a way to be together, no matter the cost.

Their love story didn't end with the rolling of the final credits. It was merely the opening act of a tale that would span years, continents, and the hearts of millions. The world may never know the truth behind the scenes, but for Mariano and Henry, it was a love that could not be silenced. And as they parted ways, promising to keep in touch, they knew that this was a connection that would burn brighter than any spotlight.

Chapter Text

Minutes after Mariano got bred by the actor that played the Man of Steel, Henry Cavill, Mariano saw Henry dress up, satisfied by the outcome. Not so long after Mariano started to catch his breath, he saw a bearded guy, whose name is Brad Newman, arrive with cards in hand.. It seems like they were about to teach each other some words in Spanish, as if Brad was recreating the scene he had with Marica Hase where he was carrying cards until Marica got a video message from her "boyfriend" where her boyfriend was doing it with another girl and Brad was reassuring her which led to Marica fucking with Brad as a "revenge sex" plan..

Brad sat next to Mariano, prepared to show him cards with Spanish words for the Colombian to explain their meaning. His heart raced, knowing the kind of encounter he had with Marica was something he couldn't ignore, and he was hoping that with Mariano, they could share a similar connection, or at least some steamy fun. The air in the room was thick with tension and a hint of musk from their recent tryst with Henry. Brad could feel his arousal building again as he looked into Mariano's deep, dark eyes, which seemed to be filled with a mix of curiosity and excitement.

Mariano took a deep breath, trying to focus on the lesson at hand, but the scent of Brad's cologne and the feeling of Henry's seed inside him was too intense to ignore. He felt a strange thrill at the thought of being with two handsome men in such a short timeframe. As Brad began to show him the cards, Mariano couldn't help but notice the way Brad's fingers lingered over certain words, the way his voice grew deeper when pronouncing them. It was as if Brad was flirting with him, but Mariano didn't mind. He was feeling adventurous and was open to whatever the night had in store.

The card read "amor" - love - and Brad looked up from the card, meeting Mariano's gaze. For a moment, they just stared at each other, the word hanging in the air between them. Then, Brad leaned closer, his beard grazing against Mariano's smooth skin as he whispered, "Amor. Do you know what that means?" Mariano nodded, feeling a shiver run down his spine. Brad's hand found its way to Mariano's thigh, gently caressing it as he spoke, his touch growing bolder with each passing second.

Without saying another word, Brad placed the card aside and leaned in, capturing Mariano's lips in a passionate kiss. The kiss was unlike any Mariano had experienced before - it was raw and filled with desire. He melted into Brad's embrace, their tongues dancing together as if they had been doing this for years. Brad's hand began to explore further, finding its way under Mariano's shirt, tracing the lines of his abs and chest, leaving a trail of fire wherever it touched.

Mariano's own hands weren't idle either, as they found Brad's broad shoulders and tangled in his hair. He could feel Brad's hardness pressing against him, and he knew that this was no ordinary language lesson. The room grew warmer as their passion grew, and soon, clothes were discarded, leaving them both naked and ready to explore each other's bodies.

The next card Brad picked up read "deseo" - desire. He held it up to Mariano with a smoldering look in his eyes, and Mariano knew that they were about to act out the meaning of the word in the most intimate way possible. Their kisses grew more urgent, hands roaming, exploring, claiming what they desired. Brad's hands found Mariano's firm ass, gripping it tightly as he ground his hips into him, their erections now fully engaged.

Mariano could feel the wetness spreading between his legs, a clear sign of his need for Brad. He didn't hesitate to straddle the bearded man, their cocks now sliding against each other, the friction sending waves of pleasure through their bodies. They paused for a moment, panting and staring into each other's eyes before Brad leaned back, taking Mariano with him, and laying him down on the bed.

Their bodies intertwined, the lesson forgotten in the heat of the moment. Brad kissed a trail down Mariano's chest, pausing to suck on his nipples, eliciting a moan that seemed to echo through the room. Mariano's hands found Brad's cock, stroking it in time with Brad's exploration of his body. The anticipation was almost unbearable, and when Brad finally positioned himself between Mariano's legs, he felt like he could burst with excitement.

Brad looked up at Mariano, a question in his eyes. Mariano nodded, giving Brad the green light to continue. With a wicked smile, Brad leaned in and kissed the tip of Mariano's cock before taking it into his mouth. Mariano gasped at the sensation, his body arching off the bed as Brad's skilled tongue worked its magic. Brad was thorough, savoring every inch of him, his hands playing with Mariano's balls as he sucked and licked, driving him closer and closer to the edge.

Mariano couldn't believe the pleasure Brad was giving him. He had never felt so wanted, so desired. His eyes rolled back in his head as Brad's beard tickled his sensitive skin, adding an extra layer of sensation to the already overwhelming experience. He was lost in the feeling, his hips moving in sync with Brad's mouth, until he couldn't hold back any longer and exploded, filling Brad's mouth with his seed. Brad swallowed eagerly, licking Mariano clean before climbing up to kiss him deeply, sharing the taste of their passion.

Their kiss grew more intense as Brad reached for the lube on the nightstand. Mariano watched, his eyes glazed over with lust, as Brad slicked up his fingers and began to probe his still tight hole. The sensation was foreign but incredibly arousing. Brad's touch was gentle, but firm, and Mariano felt himself relaxing, ready to take the next step.

Without a word, Brad lined up his cock with Mariano's entrance and pushed in slowly, watching Mariano's face for any signs of pain or discomfort. But all Mariano could do was whimper and moan in pleasure, his body begging for more. Brad took his time, stretching him open and filling him up until he was fully sheathed. Then, with a deep, animalistic growl, Brad began to move, his hips thrusting in a steady rhythm that had Mariano seeing stars.

Mariano wrapped his legs around Brad's waist, urging him to go deeper, to never stop. Brad complied, his movements growing more urgent as he claimed Mariano's body, their sweat-slicked skin slapping together in a symphony of passion. The room was filled with the sounds of their lovemaking, the headboard banging against the wall, their grunts and moans echoing off the walls.

"Follame con tu pene grande, Dios mio (fuck me with your big dick, my God)", Mariano spoke as Brad was pounding his ass with everything he had, his eyes rolled back in pure ecstasy. Brad groaned in approval, his cock swelling even more at the sound of Mariano's Spanish pleas. The intensity of their union was unlike anything Brad had ever experienced. It was as if they were speaking a language of pure, raw lust, and their bodies were the only textbook they needed.

Mariano's hands clawed at the bed sheets, his nails digging in as Brad hit his prostate with every thrust. The feeling was indescribable, a mix of pain and pleasure that made him feel alive in a way he never had before. He looked up to see Brad's muscled body flexing above him, his eyes dark with desire, and he knew he was where he was meant to be.

Brad leaned down to kiss Mariano's neck, sucking and biting gently as he continued to drive into him. He could feel his orgasm building, the pressure in his balls growing almost too much to handle. "Cum inside me," Mariano breathed, his voice hoarse from their passionate exchanges. It was all the encouragement Brad needed. With a final, powerful thrust, Brad released himself, filling Mariano with his hot, thick cum.

They lay there for a moment, panting and sticky with sweat, their hearts racing in unison. Brad pulled out slowly, their bodies protesting the loss of contact. He lay beside Mariano, pulling him into his arms, their legs tangled together. They kissed, tasting each other, savoring the moment of intimacy they had just shared. It was clear that their Spanish lesson had taken an unexpected, but incredibly satisfying, turn.

As they caught their breath, Brad couldn't help but wonder what other words they could explore together. "Maestro," Mariano murmured against Brad's chest, his hand tracing the tattoos that covered his skin. Brad chuckled, knowing that there was so much more to learn, both linguistically and carnally. He kissed Mariano's forehead, promising to be his teacher in every way possible. The night was still young, and the possibilities were endless.

Chapter Text

Both Brad Newman and Mariano were left satisfied after their recent "Spanish lesson". Brad decided to give the Colombian a kiss before leaving for his future scene with another adult film actress.. Mariano let out an "adios (goodbye)" while waving his hand.

Just as Mariano was getting over one of the best lessons, a new guy stepped in, whose name was Benson Boone. Mariano almost confused him for Charlie Puth due to the 'stache the young American Heart man had..

"Are you by any chance a Gen-Z artist?", Mariano decided to ask Benson while slurring to which Benson responded with "yes, I am.. in fact I was expecting you to ask if I sang the Beautiful Things song"..

"I almost confused you for Charlie Puth due to your 'stache", Mariano says while rubbing his chin.
"well, that's a first", Benson said while shrugging a shoulder.
"hey, Benji.. I love your singing voice", Mariano says as he winks at him.
"well, thank you... I would like to recommend my latest song, Mr. Electric Blue where I satirize myself and the marks I get regarding Beautiful Things", Benson says while rubbing his head nervously.
"I see you're blushing, kid. what's on your mind?", Mariano asks to which Benson responds with "I have never heard a decent compliment like you appreciating my voice"
"what makes you think that way?", Mariano asks to which Benson responds with "ever since Beautiful Things got popular, I started getting these weird and old-fashioned remarks about me"
"let me guess... they complain that you're "screaming in their ears", although it's normal for a guy to sing high... these retards online don't say the same thing about other male artists.. Brendon Urie sang high in "High Hopes", Zayn sang high in "You and I" but no one gave a fuck and it's all coming from female artist simps", Mariano says with an annoyed tone..

Mariano starts to walk closer to Benson and pats his shoulder, "You gotta ignore those fuckers, man. You're talented, you got your unique sound, and you're going places, trust me"
Benson feels a sense of relief wash over him as he looks into Mariano's eyes, "Thanks, Mariano. That really means a lot to me."
Mariano smiles warmly, "Now, let's get down to business, shall we?" He says, leading Benson to the set.
The anticipation builds as Benson takes a deep breath and follows Mariano, ready to experience something he's never felt before.

Mariano starts to kiss Benson passionately while rubbing Benson's underwear..

Mariano's hands began to roam over Benson's body, feeling the tension and excitement build as their kiss grew more intense. Benson's heart raced as he felt Mariano's hand gently caress his growing erection through his underwear. He had never been with a man before, but the way Mariano touched him sent waves of pleasure coursing through his body, making him want more.

Mariano breaks the kiss and gets down on his knees. He looks up at Benson with a mischievous smile, "Ready for the real lesson, Bens?"
Benson nods, his breath hitching in his throat as Mariano slowly pulls down his underwear, revealing his hardened cock. The anticipation is almost unbearable as he watches Mariano lick his lips and lean in closer.

Mariano's warm, wet mouth wraps around the tip of Benson's cock, and Benson lets out a soft moan. The sensation is unlike anything he's ever felt before. Mariano's tongue swirls around the sensitive head, teasing and tantalizing him as he gradually takes more and more of Benson's length into his mouth. Benson's eyes roll back in his head as Mariano's skilled technique becomes more evident with every passing moment.

Mariano's hand wraps around the base of Benson's cock, stroking it in rhythm with his mouth. His other hand gently cups Benson's balls, massaging them with a firm but gentle touch. Benson can't help but buck his hips slightly, pushing himself deeper into Mariano's mouth. The moans from both of them fill the quiet room, mixing with the wet, sucking sounds of Mariano's expert blowjob.

Benson's breathing becomes more ragged as he feels himself getting closer and closer to climax. "I want you, I need you...", Benson starts moaning.. Mariano seems to sense this and increases his pace, taking Benson's cock deeper into his throat. The young singer's legs tremble as he struggles to remain standing, his hands gripping the edge of the bed for support.

Mariano's eyes never leave Benson's, and the connection between them is palpable. Benson feels a mix of emotions: the newness of the experience, the sheer pleasure of Mariano's mouth on his cock, and a strange sense of vulnerability that he finds surprisingly liberating. He's never felt this way with a woman, and he's starting to understand why Mariano is considered one of the best in the industry.

As Benson feels his orgasm building, Mariano reaches up and begins to play with Benson's nipples, tweaking and pinching them just hard enough to add another layer of sensation to the mix. Benson's body responds instinctively, his hips moving in time with Mariano's mouth. He can't believe how good this feels, and he knows he's going to cum hard.

Finally, with a loud groan, Benson releases his load into Mariano's eager mouth. Mariano swallows it all, his eyes never leaving Benson's. He stands up and kisses Benson deeply, sharing the taste of the young artist's cum. Benson's legs give out, and he falls back onto the bed, completely spent and utterly satisfied.

Mariano wipes his mouth with the back of his hand and grins down at Benson, "How was that for your first time?"
Benson can only manage a weak smile in response, still trying to catch his breath. "It was... amazing," he whispers.
"I'm happy to have been the one to introduce you to the joys of man-to-man pleasure," Mariano says, his voice low and seductive. "But remember, what happens on set, stays on set."

Benson nods, his eyes glazed over with pleasure, "I understand. Thank you, Mariano."
Mariano winks at him and heads to the bathroom to clean up, leaving Benson to bask in the afterglow of his first blowjob from another man. As he lies there, Benson can't help but wonder what other experiences the adult film industry has in store for him, and if any of them will ever compare to this one.

After washing himself, Mariano suddenly starts feeling aroused, as if he wants to top the young man..

Mariano returns from the bathroom with a towel wrapped around his waist, his arousal evident. He can't help but admire Benson's youthful beauty, laid out on the bed like a feast before him. The hunger in his eyes is unmistakable as he walks back to the bed, his towel dropping to the floor.

"Now, it's my turn," Mariano says, his voice a low growl as he climbs onto the bed and straddles Benson's hips. Benson's eyes widen with excitement and a hint of trepidation, unsure of what to expect next.

Mariano reaches for the lube on the bedside table, his hands slick with it as he prepares himself. He then takes Benson's hand and guides it to his own erect cock, showing him how to stroke it properly. Benson's hand trembles slightly, but he quickly gets the hang of it, his strokes growing more confident with every touch.

Mariano leans down to kiss Benson again, their tongues dancing together as Benson's hand works Mariano's cock. The older man's hips rock in response, and Benson can feel the heat and need emanating from him. Mariano breaks the kiss and whispers into Benson's ear, "You're going to take me now."

With gentle guidance, Mariano helps Benson roll over onto his stomach. He reaches under Benson's hips and applies the lube to his own cock, giving it a few strokes to ensure it's thoroughly coated. The sound of the slickness fills the room, and Benson feels a mix of nerves and anticipation as he spreads his legs wider, exposing himself completely to Mariano.

Mariano aligns himself with Benson's tight entrance and presses in slowly, giving Benson time to adjust to the intrusion. Benson gasps as he feels the head of Mariano's cock breach him, the sensation unlike anything he's ever felt before. It's a mix of pain and pleasure, and he's not entirely sure how to process it.

Mariano whispers soothing words in his ear, "Relax, baby. This is a feeling you wanna get used to, right?"

Benson nods, taking a deep breath and trying to push past the initial discomfort. Mariano's cock slides in deeper, inch by inch, stretching him open and filling him completely. The pain subsides, replaced by an intense pressure that soon morphs into a different kind of pleasure.

Once fully inside, Mariano pauses, allowing Benson to adjust to the sensation. Then, with a groan, he starts to move, setting a slow, steady rhythm that has Benson's hips rising to meet each thrust. The sound of their skin slapping together is accompanied by their mingled moans, and Benson can't help but feel a thrill at being claimed by this experienced man.

Mariano's hands are everywhere, gripping Benson's hips, stroking his back, and reaching around to play with his now sensitive nipples. The young singer gasps as Mariano hits his prostate, sending sparks of pleasure through his body. It's a sensation he's heard of but never experienced before, and it's like nothing he's ever felt with a woman.

Mariano's movements grow more urgent, his hips slamming into Benson's ass with a fervor that has the bed shaking. Benson's own cock is hard again, trapped between their bodies, leaking precum onto the bedsheets. Mariano notices Benson got hard and continues pounding..

"Damn, you got a nice butt... To be honest, I have seen that Electric Blue thing..", Mariano says between his thrusts, his voice strained with pleasure.

Benson's cheeks flush at the mention of his song, but the feeling of Mariano's thick cock inside him overpowers any embarrassment. He starts pushing back against Mariano, matching his rhythm. The pain has been replaced with a deep, throbbing pleasure that's spreading throughout his body, making him want more and more.

Mariano leans over Benson, one hand now wrapped around his neck, the other reaching for his own cock. He starts to jerk himself off in time with his thrusts, the sound of skin on skin echoing through the room. Benson's breathing is ragged as he tries to keep up, his body responding instinctively to the dominance Mariano is showing.

"do you want me to take this beautiful thing you've got?", Mariano asks as he refers to Benson's v-card being taken.

Benson nods fervently, "Yes, please...I want to feel it all," he whispers, his voice barely audible over the sound of their bodies colliding.

Mariano smiles darkly and starts to pick up the pace, his strokes becoming more forceful. Benson's moans grow louder, filling the room with his unbridled passion. Mariano's hand tightens around Benson's neck, not enough to be painful but enough to assert his dominance. Benson feels a rush of adrenaline at the slight restriction, his body responding with an intense wave of pleasure that makes him cry out.

The feeling of Mariano's cock hitting his prostate with each thrust sends Benson into a frenzy. He starts to jerk himself off in time with Mariano's movements, his own orgasm building rapidly. The sensation is overwhelming, and he can feel it getting closer and closer.

"I bet your parents would love to hear you got pounded by a Colombian dick", Mariano says, continuing to reference Beautiful Things.

Benson laughs lightly, his cheeks reddening even more, "Don't worry, I'll keep it our little secret," he pants out as he feels his own orgasm approaching.

Mariano's grip on Benson's neck tightens slightly, the pressure adding to the intensity of the moment. He can feel Benson's muscles tense up, his body preparing for release. The sound of their breathing and skin slapping against skin fills the room, creating a symphony of passion that seems to crescendo with every thrust.

Mariano's own orgasm is building, his balls tightening with the promise of an explosive release. He starts to fuck Benson harder, faster, pushing him closer and closer to the edge. Benson's hand moves more frantically on his own cock, the pleasure from Mariano's touch and the feeling of being filled driving him insane..

"Please.... stay....", Benson moans, hoping Mariano doesn't pull out yet, as he feels his orgasm approaching at a breakneck speed.

Mariano chuckles, enjoying the power he has over the young singer. He keeps up his relentless pace, feeling his own climax building. Benson's tight grip on his cock and the way his body responds to every thrust tells Mariano that he's on the edge. He reaches down and grabs Benson's hips, holding him firmly in place as he continues to fuck him hard.

Benson's hand moves faster on his cock, his breath coming in short, desperate gasps. "Mar...I'm...I'm gonna..."
"Cum for me, baby," Mariano growls, his own voice thick with lust. "Show me how much you love my cock inside you."

With a final, deep thrust, Mariano feels his climax hit him like a tidal wave. He roars out his pleasure, filling Benson up with his hot seed. The sensation sends Benson over the edge, and he shoots his load onto the bed, his body trembling with the intensity of his orgasm.

For a moment, they stay connected, both men panting heavily, their bodies covered in a fine sheen of sweat. Then Mariano slowly pulls out, and Benson collapses onto the bed, completely spent. He turns over onto his back, his chest heaving as he tries to catch his breath.

Mariano leans over and kisses Benson softly on the forehead, then slumps down beside him, his body heavy with satisfaction. "You did good, kid," he murmurs, his voice filled with a rare tenderness.

Benson looks up at him, his eyes glazed with pleasure and a hint of surprise. "Thank you," he whispers, still trying to process what just happened.

Mariano chuckles and runs a hand through Benson's hair, "It's just the beginning. There's so much more to explore in this industry."

They lay there for a few moments, their bodies entwined, basking in the aftermath of their encounter. Then, with a sigh, Mariano sits up and looks at Benson with a serious expression. "Now, remember, this is just a scene, Bens. Nothing more, nothing less."

Benson nods, his cheeks flushing slightly. He knows that's the rule of the game, but he can't help feeling a connection to Mariano that goes beyond the physical. "I know," he says, his voice a little hoarse. "But it was... amazing."

Mariano smiles, pleased with the compliment. He leans down and gives Benson another quick kiss before standing up and heading back to the bathroom to clean up. As Benson watches him go, he can't help but wonder if he'll ever get the chance to explore those uncharted waters again. But for now, he's content with the memory of his first time with the legendary Mariano Guzman.

Chapter Text

After Benson Boone was satisfied by Mariano Guzman, Benson gave Mariano a kiss before he left... 
As soon as Benson left, a bearded man stepped up... Little did Mariano know that this man is not like the others. 
This man, whose name was Buck Angel, did NOT have a dick but rather a vagina and Mariano didn't notice this yet.

Mariano, already cleaned up, looks at him with a welcoming expression as Buck did not know he was about to have sex with a real man, not just a woman with a dick (MTF).. "Sit down", Mariano said as he gestured Buck to sit next to him.

As Buck sat down, Mariano started talking with him and as he was chatting with Buck, he said "Your voice is high for a man... are you by chance not like everyone else?", to which Buck responded with "yes... to surprise you, I don't have a dick"..

After hearing Buck say that, Mariano was shocked for a bit but remained chill.
"so if you don't have a dick, you have a vagina, right?", Mariano asked to which Buck responded with "yes.. I'm sorry"
"You don't need to feel sorry that you don't have a dick... in fact, I'm down to have an experiment with vaginas", Mariano says

"are you sure?", Buck asked to which Mariano responds with "yes, please"
Mariano's response was a sign for Buck to take off his clothes, leaving his pants on.
Mariano kept looking at Buck as he was stripping down... his body was fit, with a nice chest and abs... but his eyes remained on the crotch... 
curious about what lied beneath
Buck pulled down his boxers to reveal his pussy... 
Mariano's eyes widened at the sight of the shaved vagina, but he remained calm and professional, "you're beautiful" he murmured...

Mariano took a moment to appreciate the beauty of Buck's vagina... It was clean and freshly shaved... 
He leaned in and kissed buck's thigh, feeling the heat emanating from his skin, smelling his arousal in the air.

Buck moaned as Mariano's lips moved closer to his pussy...

Mariano's tongue darted out and tasted the sweetness of buck's pussy, which was already wet with anticipation.

As Mariano's tongue explored the folds of Buck's vagina, Buck's moans grew louder, his hips began to buckle in pleasure.

Mariano felt his cock growing hard at the sound of Buck's pleasure, but he knew his job was to focus on the task at hand.

He used his tongue to tease Buck's clit, feeling it swell under his touch.

Buck's legs began to tremble as Mariano's tongue danced around the sensitive nub, occasionally dipping into the warm, wet opening of his vagina.

Mariano could feel Buck's body tightening with each passing second, the musky scent of his arousal growing stronger.

Buck's breaths grew ragged, and he grabbed onto Mariano's hair, pulling him closer, urging him deeper.
Mariano didn't need any more encouragement. 
He inserted two fingers into Buck's pussy, curling them to hit the g-spot as his tongue continued to flick against the clit.

The room was filled with the wet sounds of oral sex and the low, animalistic grunts of a man being pleasured beyond belief.

Mariano felt a sense of pride in his ability to bring such pleasure to someone who was different from what he was used to.

He could feel the tension building in Buck's body, and he knew he was close to making him cum.

With one final, deep plunge of his fingers and a flick of his tongue, Buck's body arched off the bed, and he let out a guttural scream as he climaxed.

Mariano held on, lapping up the juices that spilled from his new client's body, savoring the taste of victory.

When the spasms finally subsided, Buck collapsed back onto the bed, panting heavily.

Mariano wiped his mouth with the back of his hand and smiled up at him, feeling a sense of accomplishment.

Buck looked down at him with a mix of shock and gratitude, "That was... amazing," he managed to say between deep breaths.

"I appreciate it", Mariano said before asking "Wanna fuck again?" to which Buck responded with "yes, please"

Mariano has an idea in his mind..
"Have you ever pegged a guy?", Mariano asked to which Buck responded with "Not really but I'd love to"

"okay, get the strap-on over there, wrap it around your waist and fuck me with it...", Mariano says with a wink.

Buck, feeling a new sense of excitement, quickly grabbed the strap-on from the drawer and secured it around his waist.

Mariano turned around, presenting his ass to buck, who was already lubing up the dildo attached to the strap-on.

Buck took a deep breath and pushed the dildo into Mariano's ass, watching as his body tensed and then relaxed around the intrusion.

Mariano gritted his teeth, feeling the unfamiliar sensation of being penetrated.

As Buck began to thrust, Mariano's initial discomfort gave way to a growing sense of pleasure.

He reached down to stroke his cock, the sensation of being filled and fucked by someone else's 'dick' was new and exhilarating.

The two men moved together in a rhythm that grew more intense with each passing moment, their bodies slapping against each other.

Mariano's walls tightened around the dildo, and he knew he was close to orgasm.

"Fuck me harder," he groaned, pushing back against Buck's hips.

Buck obliged, pounding into him with a ferocity that surprised even Mariano.

Finally, with a roar, Mariano came, his seed spurting out onto the bed as he felt his body shake with the force of his climax.

Buck, watching the other man's pleasure, couldn't hold out any longer and came himself, his body jerking as he released his load into the strap-on.

The two men collapsed onto the bed, panting and sweaty, their hearts racing from the intense encounter.

Mariano turned to buck and said "You're one of a kind, I've never had a client like you before" with a genuine smile on his face.

Buck returned the smile, feeling a sense of belonging and acceptance that he hadn't experienced in a long time.

Their eyes locked, and for a brief moment, it was as if all the pretense and judgment of the outside world melted away, 
leaving only the raw, unfiltered connection between two individuals exploring their desires.

They lay there, basking in the afterglow, knowing that they had shared something special, something that neither of them would soon forget.

This was just the beginning of a unique relationship that would push the boundaries of what they both thought was possible in the realm of sexual exploration.

Chapter Text

After Mariano Guzman was satisfied with Buck Angel pegging his bussy, Buck decided to kiss Mariano's mouth before leaving.

As Mariano was taking a rest on the floor, a handsome blonde man, whose name was Fred Jones, one of the best mystery solvers in town, walked into the room with an intense expression on his face. He had been searching for Buck Angel for hours, knowing that he was involved in something big and dangerous. The sight of Mariano, sweaty and breathless, with a glow on his face, made Fred's heart beat a little faster, but he kept his composure, focusing on the mission at hand.

Mariano looks at Fred and asks "Is there something I can help you with?" 

Fred's eyes linger on Mariano's flushed skin and the way his chest heaves with every breath, but he shakes his head, trying to stay professional. "No, I'm looking for someone else. Have you seen Buck Angel around here?"

"Yeah, he just left. Why?", Mariano said, still trying to catch his breath, his eyes a little glazed over with pleasure.

Fred felt his cheeks flush slightly at the realization of what had just occurred in the very spot he was standing in, but he couldn't let his personal feelings get in the way of the case. "It's about the recent string of thefts in the area. We have reason to believe that Buck is connected to it."

"Strange. Well, I'm not sure he is behind any theft. But don't ask why, I don't have a response for that", Mariano said, his voice a bit shaky. He grabbed a robe from the chair and wrapped it around himself, trying to cover the evidence of his recent tryst. Fred nodded, his mind racing with questions about Buck's whereabouts and the nature of his relationship with Mariano.

"Except the thefts, what else is on your mind?", Mariano asked as he soon as grabbed the robe, trying to get more information from Fred without giving too much away.

Fred studied him for a moment, his gaze sharp despite the flustered state he was in. "Well, Mr. Guzman, we've had reports of some...unusual activity at the scenes of the crime. Nothing that's conclusive, but it's definitely caught our attention. And, considering your...acquaintance with Mr. Angel, I thought you might have some insight."

"Well.. To assure you, this was just my birthday tape where all the guys I have had a crush on have decided to arrive at my door and pound me.", Mariano says, trying to play it cool and hoping Fred didn't see through his lie. He knew it was a weak excuse, but it was the first thing that came to his mind. 

Fred raised an eyebrow, his gaze unwavering. "I see," he said, his voice betraying a hint of skepticism. "But even if that were the case, your 'acquaintance' with Buck Angel is still of interest. He's quite the elusive character, and we believe he may have some information regarding these thefts."

"You worry too much about someone like Buck. He retired from the activities we did before you arrived and I don't have any other way to say this but, you are looking for a straight answer in a sea of queens, Fred.", Mariano said with a chuckle, hoping to lighten the mood. Fred's expression remained stoic, his blue eyes never leaving Mariano's.

Fred took a step closer, his voice low and serious. "Mariano, I understand the situation might seem...unusual, but this is no laughing matter. These thefts are becoming more than just a nuisance. People are getting hurt, and if Buck is involved, he could be in danger too."

"I understand you're worried but let's not intervene.. You don't want yourself in jail, even though you do a great job at solving mysteries", Mariano says with a smirk, trying to distract Fred from his current line of questioning. He knew that the more Fred dug, the closer he might get to the truth, and he wasn't ready to reveal the secret life he and Buck shared.

Fred's gaze narrowed, his suspicion growing. "What do you mean by 'the activities you did before I arrived'? And what's so dangerous about a little 'birthday surprise' that you can't even tell me about it?" He took out a small notebook from his pocket, flipping it open to a fresh page, ready to jot down any piece of information that could lead him to the truth.

"Something you would do to please yourself", Mariano said with a wink, playing coyly with the edge of his robe. He knew he had to be careful with Fred; he couldn't let his personal life interfere with the detective's investigation. But he also couldn't risk exposing the underground world of pleasure that he and Buck had been a part of, a world that operated on strict rules of discretion.

Fred's pen hovered over the notebook, his handsome features tightening with frustration. He knew Mariano was holding back, but he couldn't quite put his finger on why. "Look, I'm not here to judge anyone's personal life. I just need to know if you have any information that could help me catch the thief. I can't ignore the connections just because they're... unorthodox."

"You can let the authorities catch the thief for you. It's not safe for you nowadays..", Mariano said, his tone a mix of concern and deflection. He didn't want Fred to get too close to the truth, especially when it came to the illicit dealings that Buck might be involved in.

Fred's expression grew more intense. "Mariano, I can't ignore a lead, especially not when it's staring me in the face. If Buck is in danger, then I need to know so I can protect him. Now, tell me, what do you know about these activities?" His voice was firm, leaving no room for misunderstanding.

"It would be too uncomfortable for me to say it, especially since we talk about theft. They involve pegging", Mariano said, trying to keep his voice steady. He knew that revealing too much could put him and his friends in a compromising position.

Fred's eyes widened slightly at the term, his mind racing to piece together what Mariano was hinting at. "Pegging...as in, sexual activity? What does that have to do with the thefts?" He couldn't help but feel a tinge of curiosity about the unconventional lifestyle Mariano was alluding to.

"Yes, these were the activities I had with Buck..", Mariano said with a sigh but not responding to the next question because he doesn't know how to respond without revealing too much. Fred could see that he was hiding something and it only fueled his determination to get to the bottom of it.

Fred leaned in closer, his voice low and urgent. "Mariano, if there's something you're not telling me, you need to come clean. This isn't just about theft anymore, it's about people's safety. Including Buck's." He paused, studying Mariano's reaction. "Is he in trouble?"

"Not in trouble", Mariano said as he was looking at Fred with a mix of desire and anxiety. "But it's a part of our world, Fred. A world where pleasure and danger dance together, and it's better left untouched by the likes of you." He took a deep breath, trying to decide how much to reveal without betraying their trust.

Fred's gaze softened, a hint of understanding dawning in his eyes. "Look, I'm not here to judge or get involved in personal matters, but if there's something going on that's putting people in harm's way, I can't ignore it. If you know anything, you have to tell me." He leaned in closer, his voice gentle but firm.

"It's all I have to say... I hadn't heard anything about theft except from you", Mariano said, trying to sound as convincing as possible. But Fred wasn't so easily swayed. He knew that there was more to the story, and he wasn't about to let it go.

Fred nodded slowly, his gaze never leaving Mariano's. "Alright, but if you do hear anything, you know where to find me. And remember, if Buck is involved in any way, it's my job to protect him, no matter what." He tucked his notebook away and took a step back, giving Mariano some space.

"Alright... I bet there was another reason why you wanted to see me", Mariano said with a smirk, trying to shift the focus away from the conversation about theft and back to something more personal. Fred felt his heart skip a beat, unsure if he was reading the situation correctly.

"What do you mean by that?" Fred asked, his voice a little huskier than he intended.

"since you were so worried about what was I doing with Buck and possibly the others before you, I thought you might be interested into doing such a thing.", Mariano said with a mischievous glint in his eye.

Fred felt a blush creep up his neck, his thoughts racing. He had to admit, Mariano was an attractive man, and the idea of joining in on their... activities was intriguing, to say the least. But he pushed the thought aside, focusing on the task at hand. "Mariano, I'm a professional. I can't let my personal feelings interfere with the investigation."

"like I said earlier, you worry too much.. You need a break from investigations for a bit, although they can be solved by themselves", Mariano said with a knowing smile, his eyes raking over Fred's form.

Fred's expression was a mix of confusion and curiosity. "What are you suggesting?" He swallowed hard, trying to keep his cool.

"anything you want", Mariano said with a seductive purr, his eyes never leaving Fred's. "But for now, let's keep it professional. I don't want to distract you from your job." He took a step closer, allowing the robe to fall open slightly, giving Fred a tantalizing glimpse of what lay beneath.

Fred's resolve wavered for a moment, his gaze dropping to the sliver of bare skin revealed by the gap in the robe. He took a deep breath and forced his eyes back up to Mariano's. "I'm here for the case, not for...this." He cleared his throat and took a step back, creating distance between them.

"oh, I’m sorry if my image is not pleasant", Mariano said with a worried expression as he quickly tied the robe around his waist. "But I can see you're quite the strong-willed man, Fred. I won't force anything on you." He took a sip of the wine that was left on the nightstand, his eyes never leaving Fred's.

Fred felt a strange mix of relief and disappointment, but he kept his emotions in check. "Thank you for understanding. Now, back to the case, have you noticed any unusual objects or behavior from Buck that could point towards his involvement?"

"No", Mariano replied smoothly.

Mariano's response was quick and deliberate, his eyes never leaving Fred's. He knew the detective was trying to find a crack in his story, but he wasn't about to give him one. The world of pleasure and danger that he and Buck shared was too complex, too intertwined to be easily understood by an outsider, especially one as straight-laced as Fred Jones.

Fred's jaw clenched slightly, his handsome face a mask of concentration as he tried to decide his next move. He knew he was missing something, a piece of the puzzle that was just out of reach. "Alright, I'll take your word for it," he said finally, though his tone was anything but convinced.

"so... does this mean there's more to get out of me, regarding Buck, or you wanna ask something else?", Mariano asked, his tone light yet challenging. He knew that Fred was hiding something behind his professional facade, something that was making his pulse race and his eyes darken.

Fred took a deep breath, trying to push aside the images of Mariano and buck that kept flooding his mind. "For now, I just need to find Buck. He's my main concern."

"oh. You might wanna ask around later about Buck.", Mariano says as he walks to the door and opens it for Fred.

Fred nodded, his gaze lingering on Mariano for a moment before he turned to leave. As he walked out of the room, he couldn't help but feel a strange pull towards Mariano, something that went beyond his job as a detective.

"I'll keep that in mind," he said, his voice gruff as he stepped out into the hallway. The sight of Mariano's half-open robe and the scent of their recent encounter still lingered in the air, making it difficult for Fred to focus solely on the case.

As he made his way down the stairs, Fred's mind was racing. He knew there was more to the story, and he was determined to get to the bottom of it. But he also couldn't shake the feeling that Mariano had gotten under his skin in a way that no suspect ever had before.

Once outside, Fred took a deep breath of the cool night air, trying to clear his head. He knew he had to find a way to separate his personal feelings from the case, no matter how tempting it was to explore the alluring world that Mariano had hinted at.

The streets were quiet, the only sound being the distant hum of the city's nightlife. Fred's thoughts drifted to the underground world that Mariano and Buck were a part of. He had heard rumors of such places, where the lines between pleasure and pain, love and betrayal, blurred into a delicate dance of power and passion.

With a newfound determination, Fred decided to ask everyone in town about buck's whereabouts. He knew that if he could find Buck, he could unravel the mystery of the thefts and possibly save him from whatever danger he was in. He started with the local bar, where the patrons were known to be more open about the town's secrets.

The bartender, a burly man named Larry, looked up as Fred entered. "What'll it be?" he asked, wiping down the counter with a dirty cloth.

"I'm looking for someone named Buck Angel," Fred said, flashing his badge. "Seen him around?"

Larry's eyes narrowed slightly. "Why you asking about him?"

"He's a person of interest in an ongoing investigation," Fred replied, keeping his voice neutral.

"Well, he's not been here in a couple of days. Usually, he comes in with a different crowd," Larry said, his tone cautious.

Fred nodded, jotting down the information in his notebook. "Do you know where I can find them?"

"You might wanna try the alley behind the theater," Larry said, his eyes flickering towards the back of the bar. "But be careful, they're a wild bunch."

"Thank you for the information," Fred said, his mind racing as he left the bar. He couldn't shake the feeling that he was getting closer to the truth, yet the more he learned, the more questions arose.

The theater alley was dimly lit, the shadows playing tricks on his eyes. He could hear muffled sounds of pleasure and pain, whispers of secrets shared between lovers and friends. His heart raced as he approached a group of people huddled together, their expressions a mix of excitement and fear.

"Excuse me," he said, his voice firm as he stepped closer. "I'm looking for Buck Angel."

The group fell silent, their eyes darting around nervously. Finally, a slender brunette with a pierced lip stepped forward. "What do you want with him?" she asked, her voice a mix of defiance and curiosity.

"I need to speak with him regarding some recent thefts in the area," Fred replied, keeping his cool.

The brunette's eyes widened, and she took a step back. "I don't know anything about that," she said quickly. "But I can tell you where he's been hanging out."

Fred's pulse quickened as he scribbled down the location she provided. This was it, the break he needed. He thanked her and walked away, feeling the weight of the town's secrets pressing down on him like a heavy blanket.

As he approached the address, Fred couldn't help but wonder what he would find. Would he uncover the truth behind the thefts, or would he stumble upon something far more sinister? His hand hovered over the gun in his holster, ready for anything.

The house was nondescript, blending in with the others on the street. Fred took a deep breath and knocked on the door, his heart pounding in his chest. A moment later, it swung open, revealing a dimly lit room filled with the scent of sex and secrets.

Inside, Buck Angel looked up at him with a surprised expression, his eyes widening as he took in the detective's determined look. "Fred? What are you doing here?"

"I need to talk to you, Buck," Fred said, his voice firm. "It's about the thefts, and I think you know more than you're letting on."

Buck's expression grew guarded, his muscular chest rising and falling as he took a deep breath. "I don't know anything about that, Fred. I've been laying low."

Fred stepped into the room, his gaze sweeping over the disheveled space. "Is that so?" He couldn't help but feel a twinge of doubt. Something about buck's demeanor was off, like he was hiding something.

"Look, I know you're worried about me," buck said, his voice low and soothing. "But I promise, I'm not involved in any of that."

Fred's eyes narrowed, his instincts telling him there was more to the story. "Why don't we talk about it then? Maybe you've seen or heard something that could help me catch the real thief."

Buck hesitated, glancing over his shoulder as if checking for eavesdroppers. "Okay," he said finally. "But you have to keep this between us."

Fred nodded, his curiosity piqued. As he listened to buck's story, he couldn't help but think back to Mariano's evasive answers and the seductive world he had hinted at. Was there a connection between the thefts and the underground activities?

The room grew tense as buck spoke, his voice a mix of anger and fear. "You see, it's not just about the stolen goods," he began. "It's about power, and the people who wield it."

Fred leaned in, his heart racing as the pieces of the puzzle began to fall into place. "What do you mean?"

"There's a...game being played in this town," buck said, his eyes dark with secrets. "A game that involves more than just taking things that don't belong to you. It's about control, Fred. And if you're not careful, you might become a pawn in it."

Fred felt a chill run down his spine. He had stumbled upon something much bigger than he had anticipated, something that could potentially shake the very foundation of the town he was sworn to protect. "What kind of game?"

"One that you wouldn't understand," Buck said, his voice cold. "But trust me, you don't want to get involved."

Fred's jaw clenched, his determination to solve the case growing stronger. "I'll decide what I get involved in," he said firmly. "Now, tell me everything you know."

Buck sighed, his eyes meeting Fred's. "Alright," he said, his voice resigned. "But you have to promise me, you'll be careful. This goes deeper than you can imagine."

As Fred left the house, his mind was racing with the information Buck had given him. He knew that he had to tread lightly, but the temptation to delve deeper into the town's hidden underbelly was too great to resist.

He decided to visit the local diner, a place where rumors spread faster than the town gossip could whisper them. As he sat down at the counter, the waitress, a busty blonde named Betty, gave him a knowing smile. "What'll it be, sweetie?"

"I'm looking for some information," Fred said, his eyes scanning the room for any sign of trouble. "Anything you've heard about buck Angel or the recent thefts?"

Betty's smile grew wider. "Oh, you're in for a treat," she said, leaning in closer. "But you better be ready for what you're asking for."

Fred nodded, his expression unwavering. "I can handle it."

The diner grew quieter as Betty began to speak, her voice dropping to a whisper. "They say Buck's got a taste for the wild side of life, if you know what I mean," she said, her eyes sparkling with mischief.

Fred felt his heart skip a beat. Could it be that the key to solving the case was hidden in the town's most intimate secrets? "What kind of wild side?"

"The kind that involves leather, whips, and a whole lot of...pegging," she said, her voice barely audible.

Fred's eyes widened, his mind reeling. Could it be that the thefts were just a cover for something far more depraved? He knew he had to keep an open mind, but the thought of such extreme activities happening in the town he knew so well was difficult to swallow.

"What do you mean by that, Betty?" he asked, his voice steady despite the turmoil in his thoughts.

"Well, you know how people are," she said, her voice low. "They have their kinks, their little secrets. But some folks take it to the next level. Buck's one of them. He's got a whole club, hidden away from prying eyes. They call it 'The Hole'. It's where all the kinky stuff goes down."

Fred's mind raced with the implications. "And you think this club is connected to the thefts?"

"I'm not saying it is," Betty said, her eyes darting around the room. "But let's just say that some of the stolen goods have been spotted in... unconventional places. And the people who go there, well, they got a lot of money to spend on their... hobbies."

Fred's hand tightened around his coffee cup. "I need to find this club," he said, his voice tight with determination.

Betty nodded, a knowing look in her eye. "You'll have to be discreet, though. It's not the kind of place you just waltz into," she warned him. "Look for the unmarked door at the end of the alley behind the adult store. Knock three times, and wait for the password."

Fred's heart raced as he took in the information, his mind already planning his next move. "Thank you, Betty. I appreciate your help." He left a generous tip on the counter and stood up, his eyes scanning the diner one last time before heading out into the night.

As he approached the alley, his senses were on high alert. The sounds of the city faded into the background, replaced by the distant echoes of leather on flesh and moans of pleasure. His hand hovered over the gun in his holster, his breath shallow as he approached the door.

The password. He had to remember the password. What was it again? His mind raced through the conversation with Betty. "Pegasus," he murmured to himself, feeling a bit ridiculous. He knocked three times, and the door cracked open, a slit of red light spilling out into the darkness.

A heavily tattooed bouncer peered out, his expression a mix of boredom and menace. "Password?" he growled.

"Pegasus," Fred replied, his voice steady. The bouncer nodded and opened the door wider, revealing a staircase that descended into a world of shadows and secrets.

Fred stepped inside, the pounding bass of music vibrating through his body. The walls were lined with posters of half-dressed men and women, their faces contorted in ecstasy. The air was thick with lust and the faint scent of leather. He made his way down the stairs, his heart pounding in his chest.

At the bottom, a dimly lit room unfolded before him, filled with people in various states of undress and engaged in scenes that would make even the most seasoned detective blush. His eyes scanned the room, searching for any sign of Buck or the stolen goods.

He spotted a figure in the corner, a man dressed in a leather harness with a strap-on between his legs, watching the scenes with a detached air. Fred's gut told him it was Buck, and he approached him with caution.

"Buck," he said, his voice firm but not loud enough to draw attention from the others in the room. The figure turned to look at him, a hint of surprise in his eyes. "We need to talk."

Buck nodded and led Fred through a maze of bodies and leather, into a backroom that was slightly more private. The walls were adorned with whips, chains, and various BDSM toys, but there was a table and two chairs, as if for business transactions or private conversations.

"What's going on, Fred?" Buck asked, his voice low and concerned. "You look like you've seen a ghost."

"The thefts," Fred said, cutting straight to the chase. "They're not just random acts of greed. There's something more to them, something... darker."

Buck sighed, running a hand through his hair. "You're right," he admitted. "But it's not what you think."

Fred's gaze was intense as he leaned forward. "What is it, then? Tell me everything."

Buck took a deep breath and began to explain. "The Hole is a safe haven for people like us, Fred. A place where we can be who we are without judgment. But there's a new player in town, someone who's been using our lifestyle against us."

Fred felt his stomach clench. "Who?"

"I don't know their name," Buck said, his eyes searching Fred's face. "But they've been blackmailing some of the club's members, using their...preferences to force them into committing these thefts. They threaten to expose us if we don't cooperate."

Fred's mind raced as he took in the information. He had to admit, he had never encountered a case quite like this before. "Why didn't you come to the authorities?" he asked, his voice tight.

"You think they'd understand?" Buck scoffed. "Or that we'd be safe if they did? The town already thinks we're a bunch of freaks. This would just give them more ammo."

Fred felt a pang of guilt at the accusation in Buck's tone. He knew that the stigma against the lifestyles of people like Mariano and Buck was still strong in many places. "I get it," he said, his voice softer. "But if we don't do something, more people are going to get hurt."

Buck nodded, his expression grim. "That's why I need your help," he said. "You're the only one I can trust to keep this under wraps and still get to the bottom of it."

Fred's gaze flickered around the room, his mind racing. "Alright," he said, making a decision. "I'll help you find this person. But we need to be careful. The less people who know, the better."

Buck's relief was palpable. "Thank you, Fred. I knew I could count on you." He leaned closer, his voice a whisper. "The password to the club is changed every night. It's always the name of a mythical creature that's a mix of two different animals. Tonight's password was 'Pegasus', but tomorrow it'll be something else. Make sure you get the right one."

Fred nodded, his mind already racing ahead to the next steps. "I'll need a list of the club members," he said, pulling out his notebook. "And any information you have on who might be capable of this kind of blackmail."

Buck hesitated, his hand on the doorknob. "I don't have a list," he said. "But I can give you the names of a few people who have been acting... off lately. Maybe they know something."

Fred nodded, jotting down the names. "Good enough," he said. "Now, let's get to work. Time's running out."

The two men stepped out of the backroom and back into the throbbing heart of the club. The music was louder, the scenes more intense. Fred felt a strange mix of arousal and discomfort as he followed Buck through the writhing mass of bodies.

They made their way through the crowded dance floor, Fred's eyes scanning the faces around them, searching for any signs of fear or guilt. As they approached the bar, a tall, muscular man with piercing eyes and a snake tattoo coiled around his bicep caught Fred's attention. Buck noticed his gaze and nodded in the man's direction.

"That's one of them," he said in a low voice. "His name is Jake. He's been acting weird lately, avoiding me and the others."

Fred made a mental note of Jake's description and turned his attention back to Buck. "Do you have any idea what they're after?"

"The usual," Buck said with a shrug. "Money, power, the thrill of the chase. But this one's different. They're targeting specific items, things that have... sentimental value to the club's more influential members. It's like they're playing a twisted game of cat and mouse."

Fred nodded, his mind racing. "I'll start with Jake then," he said, his voice barely audible over the thumping bass. "But we need to move fast. The longer this goes on, the more danger everyone is in."

Buck nodded solemnly. "I know. I'll keep an eye on the others and try to find out anything else I can. But be careful, Fred. This person isn't just dangerous, they're clever."

Fred nodded, his eyes meeting Buck's. "I'll do my best," he promised. "We'll catch this person and make sure The Hole stays safe."

With a nod, Fred made his way through the sea of leather and lace, his detective instincts on high alert. He approached the bar, scanning the faces of the patrons as he went. His eyes landed on Jake, who was nursing a drink at the far end, looking lost in thought.

"Excuse me," Fred said, sliding onto the stool next to him. "Can I buy you a drink?"

Jake looked up, his eyes wary. "What's your angle?"

"Just a concerned citizen," Fred said, flashing a badge. "I've heard some rumors about recent events and I thought you might have some insight."

Jake's gaze flickered over the badge before he downed the rest of his drink. "I don't know anything about any thefts," he said, his voice tight.

Fred leaned in, his voice a low purr. "Come on, Jake. We're all friends here. I'm just trying to keep our community safe."

For a moment, it seemed like Jake was considering confiding in Fred, but then his eyes hardened. "I don't know what you're talking about," he said, sliding off the stool. "But if you're looking for trouble, you've come to the right place."

Fred watched as Jake disappeared into the crowd, his mind racing. He knew he was onto something, but he needed more information. He turned to the bartender, a burly man with a beard and a twinkle in his eye. "Tell me, do you know who's been causing a stir around here lately?"

The bartender leaned in, his voice low. "You mean the new guy? He's been flashing cash around, offering deals to some of the regulars. I don't know his name, but he's got everyone on edge."

Fred's heart raced. This was the break he needed. "Do you know where I might find him?"

The bartender nodded towards the back of the club. "Last I saw, he was heading to the VIP lounge. But be careful, he's got a bit of a...reputation."

Fred's eyes narrowed, and he made his way through the throng of people, the beat of the music pulsing through him like a warning. As he approached the velvet-covered door to the VIP lounge, a bouncer with a bull's head tattoo stepped in front of him. "Password?" the man growled.

Fred hesitated for a moment before remembering the name of the club's founder, the legendary pegging enthusiast: "Minotaur," he murmured. The bouncer nodded and stepped aside, allowing him to pass.

Inside, the atmosphere was less chaotic but no less charged. A group of well-dressed individuals were seated on plush couches, sipping on expensive-looking drinks and watching the scenes unfold on the main floor with a mix of boredom and hunger. In the corner, a man with piercing eyes and an aura of danger sat alone, nursing a whiskey.

Fred approached, his heart hammering in his chest. "I'm looking for someone," he said, his voice low and authoritative. "Someone who's been causing some trouble around here."

The man looked up, a smirk playing on his lips. "And what makes you think you'd find them here?"

"Call it a hunch," Fred said, his eyes locked on the stranger's. "But I have a feeling you might know something."

The man's gaze raked over Fred, taking in his disheveled appearance and the determined set of his jaw. "I might," he said, his tone suggestive. "But what are you willing to give for that information?"

Fred felt a thrill of anticipation. He knew this was a game he had to play if he wanted to get closer to the truth. "I can be...persuasive," he said, letting his voice drop an octave.

The stranger's smile widened, revealing perfectly straight teeth. "I bet you can be," he purred. "But let's not get ahead of ourselves. What exactly do you want to know?"

Fred leaned in closer, the air between them thick with unspoken desire. "I need to know who's been blackmailing your members and causing these thefts. It's not just about the stolen goods anymore. It's about the safety of everyone here."

The man took a slow sip of his whiskey, his eyes never leaving Fred's. "And what makes you think I'd be willing to help you?"

"Let's just say I have my ways," Fred said, allowing his voice to carry the promise of a shared secret. "But I can also be... very generous."

The man's smirk grew into a full-blown smile. "Ah, I see," he said, his eyes glinting with mischief. "You're one of those detectives who thinks he can buy his way to the truth. But information around here is a bit... more personal."

Fred's heart skipped a beat as the man's hand reached out and brushed against his thigh. "How personal?" he asked, his voice betraying a hint of excitement.

"Very," the stranger said, his hand moving higher. "But if you're willing to play by my rules, I might be able to help you."

Fred's mind raced as he felt the heat of the man's touch. He knew he was crossing a line, but the thrill of the chase was too strong to resist. "What do you want?" he whispered, his breath hitching slightly.

"A little... demonstration of your... persuasion skills," the man said, his eyes darkening with lust. "I've heard about your prowess, Fred. Prove it to me, and I'll consider sharing what I know."

Fred's hand tightened around the edge of the chair as he contemplated his next move. He could feel the eyes of the other VIP guests on them, watching the silent exchange with barely concealed interest. He knew he had to tread carefully, but the promise of solving the case was too tempting.

He leaned in, his breath hot against the man's ear. "If you're going to play this game with me," he murmured, "you'd better be ready to lose."

The stranger chuckled, his hand moving even higher up Fred's thigh. "Oh, I like a man who's confident," he said. "But can you back up those words?"

Fred's eyes narrowed, his mind racing with both excitement and strategy. He knew that playing along was the only way to get what he needed, but he had to be careful not to compromise his own boundaries. "I'm a detective, not a whore," he said firmly, though the heat of the man's touch made his voice waver slightly.

The man's smile didn't fade. "Call it what you will," he said, his hand moving away. "But let's just say I enjoy... motivating people to cooperate."

Fred took a deep breath, trying to regain his composure. He knew he had to stay focused on the case. "Alright," he said, leaning back in his chair. "What's your name?"

"Call me... the Cheshire Cat," the man said, his smile widening. "I know things. And I can be very helpful, if the price is right."

Fred felt a chill run down his spine at the mention of the enigmatic figure from Alice in Wonderland, but he kept his cool. "Alright, Cheshire Cat. What's your price?"

The Cat's eyes twinkled with amusement. "A dance," he said, his voice a seductive purr. "A dance, and a little... intimate conversation. That's all I ask."

Fred hesitated, but the urgency of the case weighed heavily on his mind. "Fine," he agreed, standing up from the chair. "But remember, I'm here for information, not... entertainment."

The Cat stood as well, his movements fluid and graceful. He took Fred's hand and led him to the dance floor, which had cleared slightly, making room for the VIPs. The music was slower here, a haunting melody that seemed to wrap around them like a velvet embrace. As they swayed together, Fred felt the heat of the man's body against his, the beat of their hearts in sync with the rhythm.

"The one you're looking for," the Cat began, his voice low in Fred's ear. "He calls himself the Joker. He's been playing his games for a while now, and he's got quite the collection."

Fred's grip tightened on the Cat's hand. "What kind of collection?"

The Cat's smile grew more mysterious as he whispered, "The kind that brings pleasure and pain in equal measure. But beware, he's not one to be underestimated."

Fred's mind raced with the information. The Joker. A name that sent a shiver down his spine, but also brought him one step closer to solving the case. He had to find him, but first, he had to play the game.

After many interrogations and late nights spent piecing together the puzzle, Fred finally had a solid lead. He had worked his way through the shadows of the club's underground network, using his charm and wit to coax secrets from tight-lipped patrons and suspicious employees. Each conversation had brought him closer to the elusive figure that seemed to be orchestrating the thefts and blackmail.

The final piece of the puzzle came from an unexpected source: a young man named Tim, who had been one of the Joker's earlier targets. Terrified and desperate, Tim had provided Fred with the location of the Joker's lair, a secret room hidden behind a bookshelf in an abandoned apartment complex.

Armed with the knowledge of the password and the location, Fred approached the bookshelf with caution. His heart pounded in his chest as he whispered the password of the night: "Cerberus," the three-headed dog that guarded the gates of the underworld. The shelves swung open, revealing a dimly lit staircase that descended into the unknown.

The room was a treasure trove of stolen goods, but what really caught Fred's eye was the wall adorned with various pegging paraphernalia. It was clear that the Joker had a penchant for the kinky and the extreme. The sight of the collection sent a shiver down Fred's spine, but he remained focused on the task at hand.

Fred searched through the items, looking for anything that could point him in the right direction. His eyes fell upon a leather-bound book, the pages filled with names and dates, detailing the Joker's conquests. As he flipped through the pages, he found a pattern: all the names corresponded to the victims of the recent thefts. It was a ledger of pain and pleasure, a twisted testament to the Joker's power.

The room was cold and the air was thick with the scent of leather and sweat. He heard a faint laugh echoing through the room, sending a chill down his spine. "Looking for something, detective?" a voice called out, and Fred spun around, his hand reaching for his gun.

The Joker stood before him, a tall figure dressed in a tuxedo with a harness strapped to his chest, holding a strap-on dildo that matched the theme of the room. His eyes were dark and twisted with a sadistic glee that made Fred's stomach turn. "I've been expecting you," the Joker said, his voice a dangerous purr.

Fred leveled his gun at the Joker, his hand steady despite his racing heart. "Freeze," he ordered, his voice firm. "You're under arrest for blackmail and theft."

The Joker only laughed, a sound that was both enchanting and terrifying. "You think you can stop me with that?" He gestured to the gun with the strap-on. "This is my playground, detective. Here, we play by my rules."

Fred knew he had to think fast. He couldn't let the Joker escape, not after all the trouble he'd caused. "What do you want?" he demanded, trying to keep his voice from betraying his fear.

The Joker tilted his head, a predatory smile playing on his lips. "Oh, I think you know what I want," he said, taking a step closer. "But I'll make you a deal. Give me a taste of that sweet little ass of yours, and I might just tell you where the real treasure is hidden."

Fred's jaw clenched in anger and disgust, but he knew he had to play along.

"Alright," he ground out, holstering his gun and taking a step forward. "But you'll tell me everything afterward."

The Joker's smile grew wider. "Ah, eager, are we?" He circled Fred like a shark smelling blood in the water. "Very well, detective. But remember, this is a dance of power. Who's leading?"

Fred's eyes narrowed. "I am," he said, his voice firm. "But you're the one who's going to be caught."

The Joker chuckled darkly. "We'll see about that," he said, reaching out to run a finger along Fred's jawline. "Now, bend over and spread those cheeks for me. Let's see if you're as tight as your information is."

Fred's stomach churned with a mix of repulsion and arousal, but he knew he had to go through with it. He turned around and bent over, gripping the edge of the table. The Joker stepped closer, his breath hot on Fred's neck as he reached down and unbuckled his pants.

The cold metal of the dildo pressed against Fred's entrance, making him gasp. "Ready?" the Joker asked, his voice dripping with malice.

Fred clenched his fists and nodded, bracing himself for the invasion. The Joker didn't hold back, pushing the strap-on deep into him with one swift movement. Fred's eyes watered with pain, but he didn't make a sound. He had to keep his cover, had to get the information.

The Joker began to move, his strokes long and slow at first, building up a rhythm that had Fred's legs trembling. "Tell me," the Joker murmured, his breath hot against Fred's ear, "who's the real thief here?"

Fred bit his lip, trying to focus on the case rather than the agonizing pleasure-pain coursing through his body. "You are," he managed to say through gritted teeth. "You're the one stealing from people, using their secrets against them."

The Joker's thrusts grew more forceful, a punishment for Fred's accusation. "I'm merely taking what they're willing to give," he hissed. "Now, tell me what you're hiding, detective. What's your deepest, darkest secret?"

Fred clenched his eyes shut, his mind racing. He had to think of something, anything to keep the Joker talking. "I... I once stole a pack of gum," he said, his voice strained. "When I was a kid. I was caught, and it haunts me to this day." It was a lie, a small one, but hopefully enough to satisfy the Joker's hunger for secrets.

The Joker's laugh was cold and cruel. "That's hardly a secret worth sharing," he said, his voice dripping with disappointment. "But since you've played along, I'll tell you what you want to know. The treasure is hidden in the old library, in the restricted section. But beware, the place is booby-trapped. Only the truly brave can claim it."

Fred nodded, his body aching from the punishing rhythm the Joker had set. He had to get out of this situation and fast. "The restricted section," he repeated, trying to keep his voice steady. "Got it."

The Joker leaned in closer, his hand reaching around to grip Fred's erect cock. "But remember, detective," he whispered, "this is just the beginning. You've only just begun to understand the depth of our world."

Fred's eyes snapped open, a look of determination on his face. "I'll get you for this," he said through gritted teeth.

The Joker's laugh echoed through the room as he pulled out abruptly, leaving Fred panting and trembling. "I look forward to it," he said, stepping back and buckling his harness back into place. "But for now, the game is over. Take your prize and go."

Fred straightened up, his face a mask of anger and pain. He couldn't believe he'd let it go this far, but the thought of catching the Joker and bringing him to justice was all that kept him going. He turned to leave, his legs shaking as he made his way up the stairs and back into the bustling club.

The lights were blinding after the darkness of the lair, and the sounds of laughter and music seemed almost alien to Fred's ears. He made his way through the club, his thoughts racing. He had to find the old library and the treasure before the Joker could do any more harm. His body still trembled from the violation, but he pushed the feelings aside, focusing on the mission.

Once outside, Fred took a deep breath of the cool night air, trying to clear his head. The adrenaline from the encounter with the Joker was still pumping through his veins, making it hard to think straight. He pulled out his phone and called for backup, giving them the location of the library and a brief rundown of the situation.

The drive to the library was a blur, his mind racing with the possible dangers that awaited him. The restricted section. Booby traps. The Joker's taunts echoed in his head, but Fred was a seasoned detective. He'd faced worse and come out on top. As he approached the library, he could see the flicker of torches in the windows, casting eerie shadows across the lawn.

Inside, the air was thick with dust and the scent of old books. The shelves stretched on for what seemed like miles, filled with tomes that hadn't been touched in decades. The silence was broken only by the sound of his own footsteps and the distant ticking of a clock. He moved cautiously, his hand on his gun, eyes scanning the shadows for any signs of danger.

The restricted section was hidden behind a wall of books, a secret passage that only revealed itself with the right combination of moves. Fred had studied the layout of the library before coming, and he was ready. He pushed the right books and the wall swung open, revealing a dimly lit chamber filled with more stolen goods.

He stepped into the room, his heart racing. The treasure was here, but so were the traps. He could feel the eyes of the Joker on him, watching, waiting for him to make a mistake. He had to be careful, had to think like the twisted mind that had set this all up. He moved slowly, checking each step before taking it.

Suddenly, the floor gave way beneath him, and he plummeted into darkness. The fall was short, but the landing was hard, and Fred grunted in pain as he hit the cold, stone floor. He lay there for a moment, stunned and disoriented. When he managed to get to his feet, he found himself in a small, windowless room, the walls lined with more of the Joker's twisted trophies.

The room was a maze of leather straps and chains, dildos and whips hanging from the ceiling like some kind of sadistic obstacle course. The air was thick with the smell of fear and sex, a scent that made him feel sick to his stomach. He had to find the treasure and get out before the Joker returned.

As he moved through the room, he triggered another trap, and a net fell around him, the edges lined with sharp metal spikes. He gritted his teeth and worked his way out, feeling the cold steel bite into his skin. It was a warning, a message from the Joker that he wasn't going to get out of this without a fight.

Fred's eyes scanned the room, searching for an exit. That's when he saw it: a glint of gold in the corner, barely visible amidst the darkness. The treasure! He struggled against the net, adrenaline pushing him to ignore the pain as he stumbled closer. As he reached out to grab it, his phone, which had fallen from his pocket during the fall, slipped out of his grasp and skidded across the floor.

He managed to pick it up, noticing the lack of signal bars. "Dammit," he muttered. He needed to call for backup, but the Joker had clearly anticipated this move. He had to find a way out and fast, before the madman returned.

Fred's heart sank as he realized he was trapped in this twisted game of cat and mouse. He knew that every step he took was a potential trap, but he had no choice but to keep moving forward. The treasure was within reach, and the lives of those blackmailed by the Joker were at stake.

He pocketed his phone and took a deep breath, focusing on the task at hand. The walls of the chamber were lined with shelves of books, some of which looked as if they hadn't been touched in centuries. He noticed a pattern in the way the books were arranged, and it dawned on him that it might be a clue. He approached the shelves, carefully examining the titles of each book, looking for any anomalies that might indicate a hidden mechanism.

As he moved closer to the gold glint, he heard the sound of footsteps echoing through the library. His pulse quickened, and he knew the Joker wasn't going to let him escape that easily. He had to think quickly. His eyes fell upon a book titled "The Art of Escape." With a sense of urgency, he pulled it out, and a section of the shelf swung open, revealing a narrow passageway.

With no time to waste, Fred slipped into the passage, the heavy shelf slamming shut behind him. The space was tight, and he had to crawl on his hands and knees, the rough stone scraping against his skin. The darkness was absolute, and he felt a moment of panic before his eyes adjusted to the gloom. A faint light glimmered up ahead, and he crawled towards it, his heart pounding in his chest.

Emerging from the passage, he found himself in a smaller chamber, the treasure chest sitting open and empty in the center. The Joker's laughter filled the air, a recording playing on a loop. "Looks like you're a few steps behind, detective," the taunting voice echoed around him.

Furious and feeling like a fool, Fred searched the room for clues, his mind racing. The Joker had always been one step ahead, but he wouldn't let him win. He spotted a USB stick on the floor, half-hidden under the chest. Picking it up, he realized it could be the key to unlocking the Joker's entire operation.

He slammed it into his pocket and sprinted back through the passage, the sound of the Joker's laughter fading behind him. As he reached the main part of the library, he saw the Joker standing at the top of the grand staircase, a smug smile on his face. "I knew you couldn't resist playing my game," he called out, tossing a handful of stolen jewels into the air.

Fred's hand tightened around the handle of his gun. "This ends now," he shouted, charging up the stairs. The Joker disappeared around a corner, and Fred gave chase, his footsteps echoing through the hushed library. He had to stop him before he could cause any more damage, before he could claim more lives with his twisted sense of humor.

The chase led him through the library's many hidden rooms and secret passages, each one more disturbing than the last. They emerged into a rooftop garden, the moon casting long shadows across the overgrown foliage. The Joker was nowhere to be seen, but the sound of his cackling grew louder.

Fred spotted movement in the shadows and took aim. 

"You're too slow, detective," the Joker's voice echoed from the darkness, followed by the sound of a trapdoor slamming shut. Fred rushed to the edge of the roof, peering over the side, just in time to see the Joker swinging away on a rope, the USB stick glinting in his hand.

With a growl of frustration, Fred holstered his gun and took off after him. He couldn't let the Joker get away, not when he had the evidence he needed to take down the whole operation. He jumped onto the rope, the cold metal biting into his palms as he slid down it, the wind whipping past his face.

The Joker had already reached the ground and was sprinting away, the USB stick tauntingly bobbing in his hand. Fred hit the ground running, his legs burning with the effort to keep up. The chase led them through the back alleys of Gotham, their footsteps echoing off the damp bricks as they weaved through the shadows.

The Joker was fast, but Fred was fueled by anger and determination. He could feel the sticky residue of the Joker's touch on his skin, the humiliation of their encounter in the lair. He wouldn't rest until he had the madman behind bars.

The Joker led him on a wild goose chase through the city, using every trick in the book to throw him off his scent. But Fred was relentless, his eyes never leaving the clown's back. They darted through the streets, dodging pedestrians and leaping over obstacles, the USB stick bobbing in the Joker's hand like a macabre carrot on a stick.

Finally, they reached the outskirts of the city, where the buildings grew sparse and the air was thick with the scent of the industrial district. The Joker ducked into an alley, and Fred followed, his breath coming in ragged gasps. He could hear the distant wail of sirens, a testament to the chaos he had left in his wake.

The alley ended in a dead-end, surrounded by towering, rusted metal fences. The Joker turned to face him, his grin wider than ever. "You've played your part beautifully," he said, holding the USB stick out to Fred. "But the real fun is just beginning."

Fred's eyes widened in shock as Mariano emerged from the shadows, a gun in his hand and the Joker's lifeless body crumpled on the ground. The mad clown's maniacal laughter had been replaced by a grim silence, the only sound the echo of the gunshot that had just rang through the alley. The USB stick clattered to the pavement, forgotten in the wake of the sudden turn of events.

Mariano's expression was a mix of horror and relief as he looked at the detective, the gun still trembling in his grip. "I-I didn't mean to," he stammered, his eyes wide with shock. "He had it coming."

Fred stared at the lifeless body of the Joker, his own gun still in its holster. He had never seen this side of Mariano before, the cold, calculating killer hidden beneath the mask of charm and seduction. But in that moment, he knew that the line between pleasure and danger was much thinner than he had ever imagined.

"How did you get here?", Fred asked, his voice barely above a whisper.

"by a bus, including on foot. Now do you know where's your Mystery van?", Mariano asked, his voice laced with sarcasm. He had clearly been following the investigation closely and had taken matters into his own hands. Fred's mind raced as he tried to process what had just happened. The Joker was dead, and Mariano had killed him. It was a twist he never saw coming.

"Why?" Fred managed to ask, his voice shaking slightly.

Mariano stepped closer, the gun still in his hand. "Because he hurt people, Fred. People like me, people who just want to live their lives without fear." His eyes searched Fred's, looking for understanding. "You may not agree with the way we do things, but we have our reasons."

Fred felt a cold knot form in his stomach as he stared at the gun in Mariano's hand. He knew that he had to make a choice: to uphold the law or to understand the complexities of a world he had only just begun to explore. "What's on that USB stick?" he asked, his voice steady despite his racing thoughts.

"it's all yours... For evidence...", Mariano said as he picked up the USB from the Joker's hand, holding it out to Fred. His eyes were dark, the weight of what he had done clear on his face.

Fred took the USB, his hand shaking slightly. "Mariano, what have you done?" he whispered.

Mariano shrugged, his expression unreadable. "I did what had to be done. The Joker was a monster, and now he can't hurt anyone else." His voice was calm, but his eyes betrayed a flicker of something deeper, something that hinted at a past filled with pain and anger.

Fred stared at the USB stick, the weight of it feeling heavier than it should. "This isn't the end, Mariano. There will be consequences for this. We can't just take the law into our own hands."

"so now you realize that sometimes we gotta let the authorities solve crimes like this themselves", Mariano said with a sad smile. "But sometimes, when the law fails, people like us have to step in."

Fred couldn't argue with that. He knew all too well the limitations of the system, the ways in which it often failed to protect those who needed it most. But he also knew that taking matters into one's own hands was a slippery slope, one that could lead to a dark place. 

Mariano drops the gun and asks for Fred to put his away. "Let's get out of here before someone finds us", he suggests, his voice urgent.

Fred nods, his mind racing with the implications of what had just happened. As they exit the alley, he notices that Mariano's hand is shaking, the adrenaline from the encounter with the Joker still coursing through his veins. They walk in silence for a few minutes, the tension between them thick and palpable.

"Do you know where's your Mystery van?", Mariano asks with a smirk, his eyes gleaming in the moonlight.

Fred nods, still trying to process everything that's just happened. "Yeah, it's a few blocks away. We should go."

Mariano nods before going with Fred to the Mystery van. As they drive away from the alley, the sirens growing fainter in the distance, the silence in the vehicle is deafening. Fred's mind is a whirlwind of emotions and thoughts, trying to piece together the puzzle that Mariano had just laid before him.

"in case you ask why, I came here in case you needed help", Mariano says on the drive to his own home, his eyes focused on the road ahead. The van's engine purrs smoothly, the only sound in the tense silence between them.

Fred nods, still processing the events that transpired. "Thank you," he murmurs, his voice barely above a whisper. He doesn't know what to think about Mariano's actions, but he can't deny that the man had saved his life and potentially ended the Joker's reign of terror.

"You're welcome. And may I ask you something, regarding the time you saw me in my robe?", Mariano asks with a smirk, trying to lighten the mood.

Fred looks at Mariano, his expression unreadable. "What about it?" he says, his voice tight.

Mariano shrugs, a hint of a smile playing on his lips. "You seemed a bit...shocked. It's not every day you see a man in a robe with another man's cock inside of him, is it?"

Fred's cheeks color slightly, but he keeps his gaze fixed on the road. "It's not something you expect to see, no." He clears his throat, trying to push the image out of his mind. "But as long as it's consensual and between adults, it's none of my business."

"You're an adult, right?", Mariano asks with a smirk, his eyes still on the road.

Fred nods, his jaw clenched. "Yes, I am."

"thank God because I don't do shit with people younger than 18", Mariano thought as Fred said that. He was feeling a bit more relaxed with the detective's non-judgmental attitude. He knew Fred was attracted to him, and the thought of exploring that was definitely appealing, but he had to be careful. He had a life and secrets that couldn't be exposed to just anyone.

As they arrived at Mariano's place, Fred parked the van and turned to look at Mariano, who was already opening the door. "Thanks for the ride, and... everything," Fred said, his voice still a little shaky.

"and what about Buck? Is he innocent?", Mariano asks as he climbs out of the van, his voice filled with genuine concern.

Fred follows him, his mind racing with thoughts of the case and the unexpected turn it had just taken. "Buck may have had his hands in some dirty deals before, but I don't think he's directly involved in these thefts," he says, his eyes searching Mariano's for any hint of deceit.

"good. Now, you can tell me what did you feel when you saw me in that robe", Mariano said with a smirk, as he leaned against the van. He was curious to know what was going on in Fred's mind, the attraction was palpable and he enjoyed the detective's discomfort.

Fred took a deep breath, trying to compose himself. "I felt... surprised," he admitted, his eyes flickering to the ground. "But like I said, it's not my place to judge."

"I bet you'd want to see more of me", Mariano says with a knowing smile, his eyes sparkling with mischief. Fred felt his cheeks burn, unable to deny the attraction that had been simmering between them.

"Mariano," Fred starts, his voice firm but his resolve weakening. "I'm a detective. I can't get involved with suspects."

"Case is over, isn't it?", Mariano asks as he leans closer to Fred, his hand resting lightly on the detective's arm. "Or do you want to come inside and 'interview' me further?" His voice drips with innuendo, and Fred can't help but feel his body respond to the touch.

Fred swallows hard, trying to keep his thoughts in check. "We should talk about what happened back there," he says, his voice a little shakier than he'd like.

Mariano nods, his eyes dark with unspoken desires. "We will," he murmurs, his hand sliding up Fred's arm to rest on his shoulder. "But first, let's go inside. I think we could both use a drink."

Fred nods, unable to resist the pull of Mariano's allure. They enter the house, the warmth of the lights and the faint scent of incense wrapping around them like a seductive embrace. Mariano leads the way to the living room, where a bottle of whiskey and two glasses are set out on a low table.

"You're trembling," Fred observes as Mariano pours them both a drink, his own hand steady despite the turmoil inside him.

Mariano laughs it off, handing Fred a glass. "It's just the adrenaline. Nothing to worry about." He takes a sip, the amber liquid burning a path down his throat.

Fred accepts the glass, his hand shaking slightly. He takes a deep breath before speaking. "Mariano, what you did back there...it's not right."

Mariano's smile fades, his gaze serious as he looks into Fred's eyes. "Sometimes, Fred, the world isn't as black and white as you make it out to be. Sometimes, the monsters don't play by the rules, and we can't either."

Fred takes a sip of the whiskey, the fire burning away some of his tension. "What if I want to understand this world you're in?" he asks, the question hanging in the air like a confession.

Mariano's eyes light up, his hand still resting on Fred's shoulder. "You're curious," he says, his voice low and inviting. "But are you willing to risk everything to know the truth?"

Fred takes a deep breath, setting his glass down on the table with a gentle clink. "I've dedicated my life to solving mysteries," he says, meeting Mariano's gaze. "I can't just ignore the one that's staring me in the face."

Mariano nods, understanding the detective's need for answers. "Then I'll tell you everything," he says, his voice a whisper. "But you have to promise me one thing."

Fred raises an eyebrow, his curiosity piqued. "What's that?"

Mariano takes a step closer, his eyes searching Fred's. "You can't tell anyone. What I'm about to share with you stays between us."

Fred nods solemnly, his curiosity winning out over his reservations. "I promise," he says, his voice a whisper.

Mariano leans in, his breath hot against Fred's ear. "Good," he murmurs before taking a step back, his eyes never leaving Fred's. "Then let me show you a glimpse of what goes on in the shadows."

Fred's heart races as Mariano leads him through the house, the walls lined with exotic artifacts and velvet drapes that whisper secrets of their own. They enter a dimly lit room, the air thick with a scent of something sweet and musky. In the center of the room is a large, ornate bed, the sheets tangled as if someone had just been in it.

Mariano sits down on the edge of the bed, patting the space beside him. "You want to understand," he says, his voice a purr. "Then you have to experience it."

Fred's pulse quickens as he sits down next to Mariano, the softness of the mattress giving way beneath him. He tries to ignore the way his body reacts to being so close to the other man. "What do you mean?"

Mariano runs a hand through Fred's hair, his touch gentle yet firm. "You want to know what it's like, don't you?" He leans in, his breath hot against Fred's cheek. "To let go of all your inhibitions, to live in a world where pleasure has no boundaries."

Fred's eyes widen, his breath coming in short gasps. "I-I'm not sure..."

Mariano smiles, a knowing look in his eyes. "Don't worry, I won't push you further than you're willing to go," he says as he leans back, giving Fred space. "But you have to be open to it, if you want to truly understand."

The room feels like it's spinning as Fred tries to process what's happening. He's a detective, a man of the law, yet here he is, sitting on a bed with a man who has just confessed to being involved in something far beyond his understanding. And yet, there's something about Mariano that draws him in, something that makes him want to explore this new, uncharted territory.

Mariano seems to sense his indecision and stands up, walking over to a shelf laden with leather-bound books and various knick-knacks. He selects one, bringing it back to the bed and placing it in Fred's lap. "This might help," he says with a wink, his thumb tracing the title 'The Art of Submission'.

Fred's eyes widen as he opens the book, revealing pages filled with explicit images and detailed instructions. He looks up at Mariano, his cheeks flaming. "Is this what you do?"

Mariano nods, a smirk playing on his lips. "And so much more," he says, his voice low and seductive. "But you don't have to do anything you're not ready for." He sits back down beside Fred, his hand resting casually on the detective's thigh. "Just tell me what you want, and I'll show you."

Fred's mind is racing, his thoughts a jumble of desire and fear. He's never felt anything like this before, never been so drawn to someone so quickly. He takes a deep breath and looks into Mariano's eyes, searching for answers. "What do you want from me?"

Mariano's smile widens, his hand sliding up Fred's leg. "I want you to trust me," he says, his voice a seductive purr. "To let me show you what it's like to live without constraints."

Fred's body responds to the touch, his cock hardening in his pants. He swallows hard, trying to ignore the growing ache in his groin. "What if I do?"

Mariano's eyes darken, his hand moving closer to Fred's crotch. "Then we'll take it one step at a time," he says, his voice a whisper. "But first, you have to tell me what you want."

Fred's mind races with images of the night's events, the gun, the danger, and now this... this temptation that threatens to consume him. He clears his throat, his voice a little unsteady. "I want to understand," he says, his eyes never leaving Mariano's. "I want to know what you and Buck do together."

Mariano's smile turns predatory, his hand finally finding its target. He strokes Fred's cock through his pants, his touch firm yet gentle.

"Just simple.. Licking his clit and letting him leg me was what we were doing before you.",Mariano says as he is honestly not sure if Fred will take that well, but he needs to get him off the subject of theft. He knows Fred is a good detective and that he won't let go easily.

"Did those images turn you on?", Mariano asks, his voice a low murmur as he continues to stroke Fred's erection. The detective's eyes widen, his breath hitching in his throat. He's never admitted his desires out loud to anyone, especially not a man he's just met.

Fred's mind reels with confusion and arousal. He's always identified as straight, but the way Mariano's hand feels on him, the way his body responds, it's undeniable. "I...I don't know," he stammers, his voice thick with need.

"You can be honest", Mariano says, his hand still moving in slow, deliberate strokes. "There's no judgment here. We all have our preferences."

Fred's eyes flicker to the book in his lap, the images of bound men and women in various states of pleasure and pain flashing through his mind. He licks his lips, feeling a bead of sweat trickle down his spine. "I-I think they did," he admits, his voice barely above a whisper.

"there's also another page that includes pictures of man-to-man action", Mariano says , his voice dropping even lower, as he flips through the book, stopping at a page that shows two men engaged in a passionate kiss. His hand moves from stroking Fred's cock to unbuttoning the detective's shirt, revealing the taut muscles beneath.

Fred can't believe the words that are coming out of his own mouth. "I've never... I mean, I've never done anything like that," he stammers, his breathing becoming more ragged as Mariano's hand continues to explore his body.

Mariano looks at Fred with a look of anticipating as he waits for Fred to think over his words. "You know, I can tell you're new to this, but that's okay," he says, his voice soothing and encouraging. "Everyone starts somewhere." He leans in closer, his breath warm against Fred's skin as he kisses the detective's neck, his teeth grazing the sensitive flesh just below his ear.

Fred's body responds to the kiss, a moan escaping his lips before he can stop it. He's never felt anything like this before, and it's both terrifying and exhilarating. His hand moves to cover Mariano's, stopping him for a moment. "What if I'm not good at it?" he asks, his voice a mix of excitement and fear.

"It depends... Do you want to see me in the state I was when you arrived?", Mariano asks with a mischievous smile, his hand sliding away from Fred's to cup his cheek. "But first, you need to relax. Let go of your fears."

Fred nods, his breathing shallow as Mariano's thumb traces his bottom lip. He can't deny the desire that's building inside him, the need to explore these new feelings. "Okay," he murmurs, his eyes fluttering shut.

Mariano starts to undress himself, revealing his toned body that's covered in a light sheen of sweat from the earlier encounter with Buck. "You see, Fred, pleasure is about letting go," he says, his eyes never leaving the detective's face. "About giving in to what feels good."

Fred watches, mesmerized by the way Mariano's muscles move beneath his skin as he undresses. He's never seen a man so comfortable in his own skin, so confident in his sexuality. It's intoxicating. He feels his own pants growing tighter as Mariano stands before him, completely naked.

"I guess a detective needs to take a break from his duties when there's no crime in town", Mariano says with a smirk as he notices Fred's bulge get bigger.

Fred nods, his eyes still glued to the floor, unable to meet Mariano's gaze. "I'm off-duty now," he says, his voice barely above a whisper.

Mariano chuckles, his hands moving to unbuckle Fred's belt. "Good," he murmurs, his fingers deftly working the buttons of the detective's pants. "Because what happens here, stays here."

Fred's eyes fly open, his heart racing as Mariano's hand wraps around his cock, pulling it free from the confines of his briefs. The feeling is overwhelming, a mix of excitement and fear that he's never experienced before. "What...what are we doing?" he stammers, his voice shaking.

Mariano's smile is gentle as he looks down at Fred's erection, his own arousal clearly evident. "We're exploring, Fred," he says, his voice low and reassuring. "We're finding out what makes us feel good." He leans in, his breath hot against Fred's cheek. "Do you want me to stop?"

Fred's eyes meet Mariano's, the heat in them leaving no doubt. "No," he says, his voice firm despite the tremor in his body. "I want to... I want to see where this goes."

Mariano continues touching Fred's bulge, feeling the warmth and hardness of his cock through his boxers. "Good," he murmurs, his hand moving to the waistband of Fred's briefs. "Because I've wanted to do this since I first saw you."

With a flick of his wrist, Mariano pulls Fred's boxers down, revealing the detective's erect cock. He looks up into Fred's eyes, searching for any signs of hesitation, but all he sees is a desperate need for release. "Is this what you want?" he asks, his hand lingering just above the detective's cock.

Fred nods, his breathing heavy and erratic. "Y-yes," he manages to say, his eyes never leaving Mariano's. He feels a mix of excitement and fear as the other man's hand wraps around him, his grip firm yet gentle.

Mariano starts sucking Fred's cock, his lips wrapping around the tip and sliding down the shaft with ease. Fred's body arches off the bed, his eyes rolling back in his head as he lets out a moan that's part surprise, part pleasure. He's never felt anything so intense before, never been touched in such a way that makes him question everything he thought he knew about himself.

Mariano's mouth is wet and warm, his tongue swirling around the head of Fred's cock as he takes him deeper. Fred's hand fists in the sheets, trying to hold on to something, anything, as the sensation overwhelms him. He's never been with a man like this, never allowed himself to experience this kind of pleasure.

"is this the best interview you've ever done?", Mariano asks with a chuckle, his mouth still wrapped around Fred's cock. The detective can't help but groan in response, his hips involuntarily bucking up into the warmth and wetness.

Mariano starts removing his underwear, revealing his already hard dick. "Let's not make it a one-sided affair, shall we?" he says with a grin, his eyes never leaving Fred's. Fred nods, his cheeks flushed as he watches Mariano's confident movements. Mariano straddles Fred's lap, his erection bobbing in front of him. "Now, let me show you what it's like to be on the receiving end," he says, guiding Fred's hand to his cock.

Fred's hand is tentative at first, unsure of what to do. But as he feels the velvet heat of Mariano's cock, something clicks into place. He starts to stroke, mimicking the movements Mariano had made on his own dick. Mariano groans in approval, his hips rocking into Fred's hand. "That's it," he purrs, his eyes closing in pleasure. "Just like that."

Fred starts wondering if he wants to suck Mariano's cock, his curiosity piqued by the images in the book. He watches as Mariano's hand guides his, the blonde man's hips moving in a rhythm that's both mesmerizing and arousing. He can feel his own inhibitions slipping away, the need to know, to feel, to experience consuming him.

"Would you like to taste it?" Mariano asks, his voice a low growl that sends a shiver down Fred's spine. He looks up, meeting Mariano's gaze, and sees the desire there, the challenge. Fred's never done this before, but the idea of having this man's cock in his mouth is suddenly all he can think about.

Without a word, he leans forward, taking the head of Mariano's cock between his lips. It's salty and hard, and he's surprised by how much he enjoys the feeling of it filling his mouth. Mariano's hands are in his hair, guiding him, and Fred feels a sense of power in making this confident man moan. He takes more of Mariano in, his tongue swirling around the shaft as he tries to mimic the way Mariano had taken him.

"You're doing good for a detective, knowing how to suck this good", Mariano says with a moan, his hands tightening in Fred's hair. Fred feels a surge of pride, his movements becoming more confident as he continues to suck, his tongue swirling around the tip and dipping down to lick at Mariano's balls. The sounds of their bodies moving together fill the room, a symphony of moans and gasps that only serve to fuel their desire.

"oh, you like my balls too?", Mariano asks with a moan, his voice a little more breathless now. Fred nods, not breaking the rhythm of his sucking. He's never felt so alive, so alive in the moment, and it's all thanks to this man whose cock he's eagerly sucking.

They both adjust each other so they could suck themselves off.

Mariano's hand guides Fred's cock to his mouth, and Fred reciprocates, taking Mariano's cock into his own. The room is filled with the sound of wet sucking and the occasional gasp as one of them hits a particularly sensitive spot. It's a heady feeling, being this close to someone, sharing something so intimate, and Fred finds himself lost in the moment.

The taste of Mariano is foreign but not unpleasant, and he's surprised at how much he enjoys it. The way Mariano's cock throbs in his mouth, the way his hips buck in response to Fred's touch, it's all so raw and primal. Fred's never felt this kind of desire before, never knew it could be this intense.

Mariano touches Fred's balls as he sucks, and Fred does the same, their movements becoming more frantic as they both race towards climax. It's a delicate dance, each trying to outdo the other in the quest for pleasure. The room is filled with the scent of sweat and sex, the air thick with desire.

Fred feels himself getting closer, his hips thrusting up into Mariano's mouth in time with his own sucking. Mariano's eyes are on him, watching his every move, and the intensity in them is almost too much to handle. "I'm going to cum," Fred warns, his voice a strangled groan.

"cum for me", Mariano moans through sucks, his voice vibrating along Fred's shaft. Fred's eyes widen at the explicit request, but the desire is too much to resist. He feels his orgasm building, his cock swelling in Mariano's mouth until he can't hold back anymore. With a loud groan, he shoots his load into Mariano's throat, the pleasure so intense it's almost painful.

Mariano does the same, feeling Fred's warm, wet mouth on him as he reaches his peak. His eyes roll back in his head, and he moans around Fred's cock as he cums, the pleasure coursing through him like a wildfire. They both swallow each other's loads, the intimacy of the act making Fred's heart race even faster.

"best thing I've ever done as a detective.",Fred says with a breathless laugh, his cheeks flushed and his eyes glazed with pleasure.

Mariano smiles, leaning back on his heels. "I'm glad you enjoyed it," he says, his voice a little hoarse.

Fred starts to feel the pain in his hole from the pounds he took earlier, but the pleasure from sucking Mariano's cock is too intense to care. Mariano seems to notice and gives him a knowing smile, his own hand moving to stroke Fred's slick hole. "You're such a good boy, taking it like that," he murmurs, his thumb pressing gently against the sensitive skin.

Fred whimpers, his body responding to the touch despite the pain. "What's your limit, Fred?" Mariano asks, his voice a seductive purr. "What do you want to try next?"

Fred looks up at him, his eyes wide with lust. "I... I don't know," he admits, his voice shaking with desire. "I've never done anything like this before."

"I notice the Joker had done a lot of damage in your hole", Mariano says with a smirk, his thumb still playing with Fred's entrance. "But don't worry, I know how to fix that." He stands up, his cock still hard and glistening with cum. "I've got just the thing for you," he says, walking over to the nightstand.

Fred takes off his shirt, leaving his ascot on as always, as Mariano pulled out a glove.

Mariano opens a drawer and pulls out a bottle of lube and a glove. He walks back to the bed, his erection still standing tall despite the recent climax. "Trust me, Fred," he says, his voice a low murmur that sends shivers down Fred's spine. "I know how to take care of you."

Fred decides to bend over, letting Mariano please his hole. He's nervous but also incredibly excited by the prospect of trying something new. Mariano's gentle touch as he applies the lube is almost soothing, easing the detective into a state of relaxation despite his inexperience.

Mariano slides the glove on with a snap, his eyes never leaving Fred's. "Remember, if it hurts, tell me," he says, his voice a mix of command and concern. He squeezes a generous amount of lube onto his fingers before bringing them to Fred's ass, gently pushing one in.

Fred's body tenses at the initial intrusion, but the slick warmth of the lube and Mariano's gentle touch soon have him relaxing, his muscles loosening around the finger. Mariano works him slowly, adding another digit as Fred's moans grow louder. The feeling of being filled is strange, but it's also oddly satisfying.

"Does it start to feel good?", Mariano asks as he adds a third finger, his other hand reaching around to stroke Fred's still-hard cock.

Fred nods, his voice muffled against the pillow. "Yeah," he gasps, his hips pushing back to meet the thrusts of Mariano's hand. The stretch is intense, but the pleasure is quickly overtaking the discomfort.

Mariano leans in, kissing the back of Fred's neck. "Good," he murmurs. "Just keep breathing, and let me make it feel even better." He starts moving his fingers in a come-hither motion, searching for Fred's prostate and finding it with unerring precision.

Fred's moan is loud and unrestrained as Mariano hits the sweet spot, his cock twitching with every stroke of those magical fingers. "Oh, god," he says, his voice filled with wonder. "I've never felt anything like this."

Mariano smiles, pleased with the effect he's having. He continues to play with Fred's prostate, feeling the detective's body tense and release with every movement. "You're doing so well," he praises, his voice a soft whisper in Fred's ear. "Now, I think you're ready for more."

"Do you want me to pound you?", Mariano asks, his voice a seductive whisper that sends a shiver down Fred's spine.

Fred nods, his breath hitching in anticipation. "Yes," he says, the word barely a whisper.

"do you wanna look at me as I do it?", Mariano asks, his hand still working Fred's prostate.

Fred nods eagerly, lifting his head to watch as Mariano positions himself behind him. He sees Mariano's cock, thick and hard, coated with lube, and he feels his own body respond with a renewed wave of desire. Mariano's hand leaves his prostate, and Fred feels a moment of loss before the pressure of Mariano's cockhead against his hole replaces it.

Fred turns around to face Mariano as he gets pounded from behind. He watches as the other man's muscles flex and tighten, his face a mask of concentration as he thrusts into him. It's an incredible sight, one that makes Fred feel alive in a way he's never experienced before. The pain is there, a constant reminder of the taboo nature of what they're doing, but it's mixed with a pleasure so intense it's almost overwhelming.

"I... love this", Fred moans as he pictures Mariano as Shaggy fucking him like a wild beast. "Love feeling your cock inside me." The words are barely out of his mouth before Mariano starts to move, his hips slamming into Fred's ass with a fervor that matches his own..

"Oh you love the way a hunk like you can be topped by the one who's always hungry?", Mariano asks, feeding Fred's imagination with a mischievous smirk. He leans in, kissing Fred deeply, their tongues tangling together as Mariano starts to move his hips, pushing his cock deeper into the detective's body.

Fred moans into the kiss, his hands clutching at the bed sheets as he feels Mariano's cock fill him completely. The sensation is unlike anything he's ever felt before, a mix of pleasure and pain that's somehow perfect. He can feel the blonde's hands on his hips, guiding him, holding him in place as Mariano starts to fuck him in earnest.

"Oh, Shaggy... Keep doing this as if the girls and Scooby aren’t here with us", Fred moans, his body moving in sync with Mariano's rhythm.

Mariano starts slapping Fred's butt as he pounds him, the sound echoing through the room with every smack. Fred's eyes roll back in his head, his moans growing louder with every impact. "You like it, don't you?" Mariano asks, his voice teasing and full of lust. "You like being my little slut."

Fred can't deny it. The words only make him hotter, make him push back harder against Mariano's cock. "Yes," he says, the word barely coherent. "I love it." He's never felt so wanted, so desired, and it's intoxicating.

"You're a one sexy mystery solver, man...", Mariano says as he pounds Fred while looking at him.

Mariano's strokes become harder and faster, his grip on Fred's hips tightening. Fred's eyes are squeezed shut, his face a mask of ecstasy as he feels Mariano's cock pounding into him. He's lost in the moment, the sounds of their bodies slapping together and their harsh breathing the only sounds in the room.

"Oh, Shaggy... Make your cock hit that spot", Fred moans, his voice a desperate plea as he feels his orgasm building. "Right there, yes, like that!"

"You wanna cum for dear Shaggy?", Mariano asks with a smirk, his voice a low purr as he feels Fred's body tensing around his cock.

Fred nods, unable to form coherent words as the pleasure builds within him. "Yes, please," he manages to gasp out.

Mariano's thrusts grow more deliberate, aiming directly at Fred's prostate with every push. Fred's eyes roll back in his head, his body shaking as the pressure builds. "Cum for me, Fred," Mariano commands, his voice a low growl.

Fred can feel it, the edge of his orgasm, so close he can almost taste it. "Yes, oh god, yes," he moans, his body tensing up as he feels the warmth spread through him. His cock spurts cum onto his stomach, the contractions of his orgasm milking Mariano's cock inside him.

"that’s a good boy.. You did a good job at not messing your ascot", Mariano says with a chuckle, his own orgasm following shortly after Fred's. He pulls out, the sound of their bodies parting making Fred's toes curl.

They both collapse onto the bed, panting heavily. Mariano wraps his arms around Fred, pulling him close. Fred can feel the other man's heart racing, their bodies sticky with sweat and cum. For a moment, they just lie there, their breathing the only sound in the room.

Fred opens his eyes, looking up at Mariano with a mix of amazement and curiosity. "How did you know I was into this?" He asks, his voice a little shaky.

Mariano smiles, his eyes twinkling with mischief. "You can't hide everything, Fred. Sometimes, the way you look at a guy says more than words ever could," he teases, his thumb idly tracing circles on Fred's lower back.

Fred blushes, his cheeks a deep shade of red. "I... I had no idea," he admits, still trying to catch his breath. "But I'm not complaining."

Mariano chuckles, his hand continuing to caress Fred's back. "Good," he says, his voice warm with affection. "Because I plan on making this a regular thing." He leans in to kiss Fred gently, tasting the salty-sweetness of his cum on the detective's lips.

Fred's heart races as he kisses back, his body still buzzing with the aftermath of his climax. He never thought he would find himself in a situation like this, but he can't deny the connection he feels with Mariano. It's more than just the physical; there's a spark between them that's undeniable.

Chapter Text

Minutes after Fred Jones managed to get consciousness, he kissed Mariano Guzman goodbye before leaving the room they both got intimate.

Fred walked out into the hallway of the hotel feeling a mix of emotions. The soft light from the pendant lamps created a comforting glow that reflected off the polished floor. He took a deep breath, trying to process the whirlwind of events that had just transpired. The fling with Mariano had been unexpected, but the passion between them was undeniable. Despite the late hour, the hotel was still bustling with activity, with guests and employees moving to and fro, seemingly oblivious to the private moments that had just unfolded behind the closed door.

Mariano managed to get strength and get up from the bed, his eyes still misty with the aftermath of their encounter. He took a moment to fix the disheveled sheets before walking over to the window, where he pulled back the curtains. The neon lights of the city outside painted a vibrant picture, starkly contrasting with the quiet intimacy of the room. He watched Fred's retreating figure as he made his way through the crowded lobby, the reflection in the glass a silent goodbye. A sense of melancholy washed over Mariano, as he realized that this was probably the last time he would see the man who had so fiercely captured his heart.

With that, Mariano finished recording his birthday sex tape. Days after doing so, he had gone to the local laundromat, unaware two people would be there. The washing machines were in constant motion, creating a rhythmic sound that was both comforting and eerie. He found an empty chair in the corner, sat down, and took out his phone to watch the video. His heart raced as he saw the raw emotion and passion they had shared. He felt a strange sense of pride, knowing that he had been a part of something so intimate with someone so beautiful.

Mariano noticed two people around their laundry. Johnny Bravo, a hunky blonde man with a black t-shirt. He was very outgoing and he loved to make compliments toward other women. And Samurai Jack, who had managed to defeat Aku, the shapeshifting master of darkness, was also in front of his already dried kimono. Mariano kept on looking at both guys and suddenly he had a brilliant idea. He knew that Johnny and Jack were canonically meant for each other but thought to himself if he could be their third wheel. 

Johnny, noticing Mariano's gaze, gave him a wink. Mariano's heart skipped a beat, not knowing if it was just a friendly gesture or if Johnny had noticed the phone in his hand. Quickly, Mariano switched the video off and pretended to be texting someone. Meanwhile, Jack was engrossed in a book titled "The Art of War" by Sun Tzu, seemingly unaware of his surroundings. Mariano took a moment to appreciate the serene focus that Jack had, a stark contrast to the chaos in his own mind.

Johnny, having finished his laundry, sauntered over to the vending machine to grab a drink. The sound of his coins dropping echoed through the room. As the machine dispensed his soda, he turned around and caught Mariano staring. A smirk played on his lips as he approached, a knowing look in his eye. "Whatcha up to, handsome?" he asked, his voice low and teasing. Mariano's cheeks flushed as he slipped his phone into his pocket, trying to play it cool.

"Oh, I’m here to dry my clothes", Mariano responded casually, pointing to the t-shirt and jeans spinning in the dryer. His heart thudded in his chest as he tried to read the situation. Was Johnny flirting with him? Or was this just his usual charm?

Johnny leaned against the dryer next to Mariano's, his muscular arms flexing as he opened his drink. "You know, I've always liked a man who knows how to handle his fabric with care," he said, his eyes dancing with mischief. Mariano couldn't help but laugh, the tension in the air dissipating slightly. They exchanged pleasantries about the weather and the hotel's laundry service, but the undercurrent of attraction was palpable.

Mariano got up without saying another word, not knowing he would be next to Jack, already testing his kimono. The samurai looked up from his book, noticing the phone in Mariano's pocket. "Is that a video of us?" He inquired with a smirk.

"if you thought I was recording you, no. It's not a video of both you and the guy over there", Mariano said, pointing at Johnny, "It's just my birthday tape." He couldn't believe he had just said that out loud. The words tumbled from his mouth before he had a chance to think.

Jack raised an eyebrow, his curiosity piqued. "Your birthday tape? Do tell," he said, his voice carrying a hint of amusement. Mariano felt his face grow even hotter.

"it's not gonna be your thing", Mariano said quickly, trying to cover his tracks. "It's just something personal. You know, like a solo celebration." He hoped Jack wouldn't probe further, but the samurai's interest was clear. He took a step closer, the fabric of his kimono whispering against the floor.

Johnny, having overheard the exchange, sauntered over to them with a playful smile. "Solo celebrations are fun, but sometimes it's better with company," he said, raising his drink in a toast. The three men stood in a awkward triangle, the tension thickening like the steam rising from the dryers.

Jack studied Mariano for a moment, his gaze intense and searching. "Perhaps you'd like to share your celebration with us," he suggested, his voice as smooth as the silk of his kimono. Mariano's heart raced at the implication. Could this really be happening?

"unless one of you is okay with it", Mariano said, looking from Johnny to Jack and back again, hope and excitement swirling in his eyes. The prospect of sharing something so personal with these two strangers was thrilling yet terrifying.

Johnny set his drink aside and stepped closer, his hand brushing against Mariano's arm. "I'm all for sharing," he said with a wink. "And I'm sure Jack is too, aren't you, buddy?"

Jack tilted his head slightly, his gaze still locked on Mariano. "It's not every day we get an invitation like this," he mused. "But it does sound intriguing."

The atmosphere in the laundry room grew charged with anticipation. Mariano felt his breath catch in his throat as he considered the offer. He knew that Johnny and Jack had a history, a bond forged in adventure and danger. Yet here they were, both showing an interest in him. He couldn't believe his luck. Or was it fate?

Mariano knew Jack was hot, he has been pretending to sleep next to Jack as a kid, but here he was in the laundromat with none other than Jack himself.

Johnny's hand lingered on Mariano's arm, his thumb tracing small circles on his skin. The warmth from his touch sent shivers down Mariano's spine, and he felt himself leaning in slightly. "Okay," Mariano whispered, his voice barely audible over the hum of the machines. "But we have to be discreet."

Jack chuckled, the corners of his eyes crinkling with amusement. "I think we can manage that," he said, gesturing to the empty laundry basket. "After all, we're in a public place."

"Yeah. Let's get down to business somewhere else, if you know", Mariano said as he heard the doorbell ring. 

Johnny and Jack exchanged a knowing look before Johnny spoke up, "I know a place, it's not far from here." He winked at Mariano, and the three of them made their way out of the laundromat into the cool night air. As they made their way out of the laundromat, they bumped into a girl named Ariana Grande who was just about to pick up her clothes. But the three of them did not have time for chit chat as they had a more pressing engagement.

They arrived at a dimly lit bar around the corner, the neon sign flickering in the night. It was the kind of place where secrets were whispered in the shadows, and no one batted an eye at the sight of a trio like them. The music was low and sensual, setting the mood for what was about to happen. They found a secluded booth in the back, and Johnny slid in first, making room for Mariano and Jack to join him.

"Do people like Jack go to places like this?", Mariano thought as they made entrance.

Jack leaned in, his voice a low rumble next to Mariano's ear. "You'd be surprised where a man can find refuge in the city of angels," he said, his breath warm against Mariano's skin.

Johnny ordered a round of drinks, his hand lingering on the small of Mariano's back as he leaned over the table to speak to the waitress. The physical contact sent waves of desire crashing through Mariano, and he found himself leaning back into the touch.

Jack wasn't aware of Mariano's gaze at him. He took a sip from his drink, watching the bartender mix a cocktail with a focused precision that seemed almost meditative. The silence between them was filled with unspoken desires and the faint echo of laughter from the other patrons.

"I wonder if this is just a normal or a Gay bar", Mariano thought to himself as he took a sip of his drink.

Johnny leaned in closer, his eyes sparkling with mischief. "You never know," he said with a wink. "But I have a feeling you're going to enjoy the entertainment tonight."

Mariano's heart raced as the waitress brought over their drinks. He took a sip of his whiskey, the liquid fire burning a path down his throat. The alcohol helped to ease his nerves, and he felt his body begin to relax. The chemistry between the three of them was palpable, and it was clear that the evening was about to take an unexpected turn.

Mariano was so drunk he wanted to spill out but tried not to, deeply knowing they will remember anything said by him.

Mariano's hand trembled as he set his glass down, and he found himself caught between the magnetic pull of Johnny's charisma and the quiet intensity of Jack's gaze. "So, what's the plan?" he managed to ask, his voice a little shakier than he would have liked.

Johnny took a swig of his beer, his eyes never leaving Mariano's. "Well, I say we get cozy," he drawled, sliding an arm around Mariano's shoulders. "You know, make sure you really get to know us before we get... acquainted."

Jack's smile grew, his hand reaching across the table to cover Mariano's. "Johnny's right," he said, his thumb stroking the back of Mariano's hand. "We should take our time and enjoy each other's company."

The tension in the booth grew as the minutes ticked by. The conversation remained light, but the electricity between them was undeniable. Mariano found himself fidgeting under their combined gazes, his mind racing with a mix of excitement and apprehension. What exactly were they getting into?

Johnny's hand on his shoulder grew bolder, his fingers tracing a line down to Mariano's chest. The warmth of his touch sent a jolt through Mariano's body, making him acutely aware of his own arousal. Jack's hand remained steady on his, his eyes never leaving Mariano's, as if he was trying to convey something without words.

Mariano took a deep breath and leaned into the moment, letting the anticipation build. He knew he was playing with fire, but the thrill of the unknown was too tempting to resist. He allowed his own hand to slide over Jack's, their fingers lacing together. The gesture was not lost on either of them, and the air in the booth grew even thicker with desire.

The music grew louder, and the lights dimmer, as if the bar itself was conspiring to create the perfect setting for their rendezvous. Mariano felt a gentle nudge from Johnny's leg under the table, his thigh pressing against Mariano's. The contact sent a jolt of pleasure through him, and he couldn't help but lean in closer, his eyes flicking from one man to the other, unsure of who to focus on.

Jack leaned in, his breath hot against Mariano's ear. "Ready to show us your celebration?" he whispered, his hand sliding up Mariano's arm.

"Sure", Mariano said, his voice a little hoarse. He slid his phone out of his pocket and placed it on the table. His heart was racing as he unlocked the screen and found the saved video, his hands trembling slightly. The throb of the bass from the music seemed to sync with the pounding in his chest as he hit play.

Jack and Johnny were focused onto the actions Mariano was doing with the other guys in the tape . They were silent as they watched the intimate moments play out on the small screen. Mariano felt a strange mix of vulnerability and excitement as he watched their reactions. The video was graphic, showcasing every moment of passion and pleasure, leaving nothing to the imagination.

Johnny was the first to break the silence, his voice gruff with desire. "Damn, you really know how to throw a party," he said, his hand sliding down to rest on Mariano's thigh.

"Do you?", Mariano asked, his voice filled with a coy challenge.

Jack took the phone from the table, his eyes never leaving Mariano's. "It seems you do indeed," he said, his voice a seductive purr. "But why don't you let us show you what a real celebration looks like?"

Mariano put on a smile as soon as he heard Jack's request. It was clear that the two men were not only okay with the idea but also intrigued by it. The bar was the perfect setting for the kind of evening they had in mind, and the dim lighting cast a tantalizing glow on their faces, making them appear like gods of pleasure in the making.

Both guys started sharing Mariano, kissing him on the lips while the other hand explored his body. Mariano's hands roamed over their muscular chests, feeling the heat and hardness beneath their clothes. It was like a dance, a delicate ballet of desire and passion. They were careful not to be too obvious in public, but the chemistry between them was unmistakable. The video on the phone had only served to stoke the fire that burned within them, and now they were all eager to take things to the next level.

Johnny leaned back against the velvet booth, pulling Mariano onto his lap. His hands roamed up under Mariano's shirt, caressing his bare skin as he kissed him deeply. Jack took the opportunity to trace kisses along Mariano's jawline and neck, his breath hot and urgent. Mariano moaned softly, his body responding to their touches with a fierce hunger. He could feel their erections pressing against him, and the knowledge that he had brought these two strangers together in such a way was intoxicating.

"You know.. I have always pictured you sleeping next to me", Mariano said as he was looking at Jack with a mix of excitement and curiosity.

Johnny chuckled, "Well, now you can say you've had both of us in the same night." He slid his hand up to Mariano's neck, gently pulling him in for a kiss that was both tender and demanding. Mariano's heart raced as he felt Jack's hands move to the hem of his shirt, lifting it over his head. The cool air of the bar kissed his skin, sending shivers down his spine.

Jack's hands continued to explore, his fingers tracing the lines of Mariano's abs, teasing his nipples, while his mouth found its way to Mariano's ear. The pressure in Mariano's pants grew as Johnny's hand slipped down to grasp him firmly, stroking him through the fabric of his jeans.

Mariano kept on kissing Johnny, knowing his clothes are harder to take off in public but that didn't stop him from imagining the moment they would be alone. He felt Jack's hand sneak into his jeans, and before he knew it, he was being touched by both men, their hands working in tandem to drive him wild. The sensations were overwhelming, and he had to bite his lip to keep from crying out.

Jack goes to kiss Mariano, letting him put his hand through his kimono and touch his bare chest, feeling his heart beating fast.

Mariano felt a wave of desire wash over him as Jack's soft, warm lips met his. It was like nothing he had ever felt before. The tender kiss grew more intense, their tongues dancing together as if they had been lovers for centuries. Meanwhile, Johnny's hand worked on the button of Mariano's jeans, popping it open with ease. The zipper followed, and before he knew it, he was being gently guided to straddle both of them, his pants open and his erection exposed to the cool air of the bar.

"what's the matter, Johnny? Does a hunk need its protein?", Mariano asks, as Johnny's hand goes down his pants.

Johnny laughs, his hand never leaving Mariano's erection. "Always looking out for me, aren't you?" he said with a smirk.

Mariano couldn't help but grin at the banter, the situation feeling more surreal with each passing second. He felt both men's hands on him now, stroking and caressing in a rhythm that matched the music playing in the background. The bar had become a haze of light and shadow, the only things in focus were the two men who had so quickly claimed his attention.

Johnny's hand slipped inside Mariano's underwear, his grip firm yet gentle as he began to stroke him in time with the pulse of the bass. Mariano's breath hitched as Jack leaned in, his breath hot against Mariano's neck. "You taste like a dream," he murmured, before sucking on his earlobe.

Mariano's eyes closed as he lost himself in the sensations. The feeling of two strong, capable hands on his body was almost too much to bear, and he had to force himself to remain still, not wanting to draw attention from the other patrons. But the desire was growing too intense, and soon he found himself rocking his hips in response to their ministrations.

Johnny's hand slid down to cup Mariano's balls, rolling them gently in his palm. Mariano gasped, his eyes flying open to meet Jack's gaze. There was a fire in the samurai's eyes that had not been there before, a hunger that matched his own. "Let's go somewhere more private," Jack murmured against his skin, his voice a dark promise of what was to come.

Mariano nodded, his breathing ragged with need. They managed to extricate themselves from the booth, the video on the phone forgotten amidst their passionate embrace. They stumbled out of the bar into the cool night air, the sound of their laughter echoing down the empty street. They didn't go far, finding a secluded alleyway that offered the privacy they craved.

Against the rough brick wall, the three of them kissed and touched with a fervor that could only be described as insatiable. Johnny's hand remained wrapped around Mariano's erection, stroking him with an expertise that made him moan into Jack's mouth. Jack, meanwhile, had moved his attentions to Mariano's chest, his teeth grazing over his sensitive nipples, making him arch into the touch.

Mariano's hands were busy too, exploring the planes of Johnny's chest, feeling the warmth of his skin beneath the black t-shirt. He tugged at the fabric, desperate to feel more of him. The alley was dimly lit, casting them in a soft glow that made them look like figures in a painting of passion and desire. The sounds of the city were muffled, leaving only their heavy breaths and the rustle of clothing to fill the space.

"want me to take it off?", Mariano asks Johnny as he grabs his t-shirt.

Johnny's eyes flashed with approval, and he nodded eagerly. Mariano pulled the shirt over his head, revealing his lean, toned body. The cool air of the alleyway sent a shiver down his spine, making his nipples peak with anticipation.

Jack stepped back, taking in the sight of the two men before him. He reached behind his kimono and pulled out a blindfold, the fabric a sleek black that matched the night. "Trust us," he said, his voice a seductive rumble. Mariano's heart raced as Johnny took the blindfold and tied it securely around his eyes.

The world went dark, and all he had to rely on were the sensations that assaulted him. Hands roamed over his body, hot mouths kissed his skin, and he felt himself being pushed back against the wall. He was lost in a sea of sensation, no longer able to tell where one man's touch ended and the other's began. It was a heady feeling, one that made him feel alive and desired in a way he had never experienced before.

As Johnny was blindfolded, Jack started to whip out his dick, ready to let Johnny suck both of them off.

Mariano felt a hand at the waistband of his pants, and before he knew it, they were being tugged down, pooling around his ankles. The cool air kissed his bare skin, making his cock twitch with anticipation. He felt a warm, wet mouth engulf him, and he gasped at the sensation. It was impossible to tell who it was, but it didn't matter. All that mattered was the pleasure that was building with every suck and lick.

As soon as both cocks were around Johnny's face, he started sucking both while they were kissing each other. The salty taste of Jack mixed with the sweetness of Mariano was a heady concoction that made him moan. His mouth switched from one to the other, his tongue swirling around the heads, his teeth grazing the sensitive skin. Both men's hands tangled in his hair, guiding him, urging him deeper.

Mariano felt Jack's hand slip between his legs, his fingers playing with his balls before sliding back to his ass. The sensation was overwhelming, and he had to bite his lip to keep from crying out. He could feel the tip of a finger pressing against his entrance, teasing him, making him want more. And then, with a gentle push, Jack slipped a finger inside, sending waves of pleasure through him.

"Oh, Jack. You’re gonna make me cum in his mouth", Mariano moaned, the words slipping from his lips without thought.

Johnny's response was a chuckle, muffled by the cock in his mouth. He took the opportunity to suck harder, his cheeks hollowing with the effort. The sensation was exquisite, and Mariano could feel himself getting closer to the edge with each passing second. He leaned back against the wall, his legs trembling with the effort to stay upright.

Jack's finger moved in and out of him with a slow, steady rhythm that had him panting. The anticipation was unbearable, and he knew he wouldn't last much longer. "Johnny, Jack," he managed to gasp out, "I'm going to... I'm going to...!"

Johnny released Mariano's cock with a pop, his hand moving to cup his chin and tilt his head back for a deep, claiming kiss. Mariano moaned into his mouth, the sensation of Jack's finger inside him and the pressure of Johnny's hand on his cock too much to handle. He could feel the beginnings of his orgasm building, his body tightening with each stroke.

Jack's finger curled inside him, hitting that sweet spot that made stars explode behind his closed eyes. He couldn't hold back anymore. With a final gasp, Mariano came, spilling into Johnny's waiting mouth. The blonde swallowed greedily, his eyes never leaving Mariano's, a look of pure satisfaction on his face.

As the last of his orgasm faded, Mariano felt himself being spun around, the blindfold still in place. "Now, let's see how you like it," Johnny murmured, his voice thick with lust. He dropped to his knees, his mouth moving to replace Jack's finger with his own.

Mariano leaned back against the wall, panting, as he felt the other man's hot breath against his sensitive skin. The feeling of being taken, claimed by two such powerful figures, was like nothing he had ever experienced before. He could feel the heat of their bodies surrounding him, their breath mingling with his as they worked in tandem to bring him to new heights of pleasure.

Mariano looks at Jack with excitement, his heart racing with anticipation.

Jack stepped closer, his own cock now free from his kimono, standing tall and proud. He leaned in and whispered into Mariano's ear, "Ready to see how it feels to have two warriors inside you?"

Mariano could only nod, his breath coming in short, sharp gasps. The idea of both Johnny and Jack taking him at the same time was more than he could handle, and he felt a thrill of fear mixed with excitement. He knew he was going to need something to hold onto, and Jack seemed to read his mind, taking his hand and guiding it to the base of his cock.

Mariano took off everything he didn't take off, letting both guys shove their cocks inside him. The feeling was overwhelming, and he had to bite back a scream of pleasure as they filled him completely. The alleyway spun around him, the rough bricks of the wall digging into his back as they began to move, their hips crashing together in a symphony of need and want.

Johnny started out slow, letting Mariano get used to the feeling of being stretched by two men at once. But it wasn't long before he picked up the pace, his strokes growing longer and deeper, until Mariano was sure he would split in two. Jack's hand was on his hip, guiding him, urging him to take more. And Mariano did, eagerly.

Mariano felt like he was on fire, consumed by the flames of desire that licked at every inch of his skin. His legs were shaking, and his heart was racing so fast he could hear it in his ears. He knew he wouldn't last much longer, but he didn't want it to end. He wanted to stay in this moment forever, lost in the pleasure of their bodies joined together.

Mariano started jerking off as they started pounding him from both sides.

The sounds of their bodies slapping together filled the alleyway, echoing off the walls like a primal chant. Mariano's hand moved in time with their hips, his grip tight around his own cock as he felt himself getting closer and closer to the edge. The feeling of being filled so completely, of being used by two men who knew exactly what they were doing, was almost too much to handle.

"My Colombian ass loves it", Mariano moans as he starts to jerk himself off, the sensation of both cocks inside him sending him over the edge. The alley was their playground now, their moans and grunts mixing with the distant sounds of the city.

Johnny picked up the pace, his hand now wrapped around Mariano's cock, matching the rhythm of his own thrusts. Mariano could feel the blonde's excitement growing, his grip tightening as he stroked in time with the movement of their hips. The sound of skin slapping against skin filled the narrow space, and it was all Mariano could do to keep from screaming out in ecstasy.

Jack leaned in and whispered something in Mariano's ear that made him shiver, his voice a dark promise of what was to come. "You're going to love this," he murmured, his teeth grazing the sensitive skin of Mariano's neck.

Mariano could feel the tension in both men as they grew closer to their climax, their breaths coming in harsh pants that mingled with the sounds of their bodies. He knew he was close too, his hand a blur as he stroked himself in time with their thrusts. The pleasure was building, coiling tighter and tighter in his belly until he felt like he was going to burst.

And then, it happened. Johnny's hand tightened around his cock, and Mariano felt the first spurt of hot cum hit his stomach. It was like a dam breaking, the sensation of being filled from the inside out sending him over the edge. He came, his body shaking with the force of his orgasm. The world went white as he lost himself in the feeling, the warmth of their combined releases painting his skin.

Johnny and Jack didn't stop, though. They kept moving, their thrusts growing erratic as they too reached their climaxes. Mariano felt them fill him up, one after the other, the heat of their cum mixing with his own.

Moments later, they both pulled out, being ready for more action. Johnny decided to make it an actual threesome by pounding Mariano's mouth, letting Jack pound his hole.

Johnny stood up, his cock still rock-hard, and took the place of Jack. "My turn," he growled, his voice thick with lust. He positioned himself at Mariano's entrance, his cock glistening with precum. Without warning, he pushed inside, filling Mariano to the brim.

Mariano's mouth was now free, and he took full advantage, eagerly devouring Jack's cock. The samurai groaned, his hand tangling in Mariano's hair as he took over the rhythm, setting a pace that was just shy of painful. The alleyway was theirs, the only witnesses to their passion the shadows that danced on the walls.

"do you like what I'm doing?", Mariano asks, still stroking himself to the pounds of the two men.

Johnny's only response was a grunt of pleasure as he began to fuck Mariano with a ferocity that seemed to match the beat of their hearts. The sound of their flesh slapping together was almost deafening, the scent of sex heavy in the air. Mariano's mouth was filled with Jack's cock, and he could feel the man's pleasure building.

Mariano looks at Jack, as if wanting him to suck his dick again.

Jack seemed to understand the unspoken request, and with a wicked smile, he knelt down, his mouth wrapping around Mariano's cock once more. The feeling was indescribable, the combination of their mouths and cocks driving him wild. He moaned around Jack's cock, the vibrations sending shivers through the samurai's body.

Mariano's eyes rolled back in his head, his hips bucking against Johnny's thrusts. The blonde's grip on his hips was like iron, holding him in place as he claimed him over and over. And with each stroke, Mariano felt himself getting closer and closer to the edge again, the pleasure too intense to ignore.

Jack's mouth was a sweet, wet heaven around his cock, his tongue swirling and teasing until Mariano couldn't take it anymore. He pulled back, his cock glistening with saliva. "I need... I need you both to fuck me," he panted, his voice desperate.

Johnny smirked, his eyes glinting with desire.

Jack pulled out of Mariano's mouth, ready to get pounded by the blonde as well. "Your wish is our command," he said, his voice a low rumble.

With surprising grace, Jack positioned himself on the cold, concrete floor of the alley, his legs spread wide. Johnny stepped up behind him, his cock still hard and eager. He didn't waste any time, pushing inside the samurai in one smooth motion. Jack's eyes rolled back in his head, and he let out a low moan that sent shivers down Mariano's spine.

Mariano let Jack play with his balls as he was stroking himself. "You love balls, Samurai?", Mariano asked softly as he was stroking himself off.

Jack looked up at him, his eyes dark with lust. "I love anything that belongs to the one I'm with," he murmured, before taking one of Mariano's balls into his mouth, rolling it around his tongue. The sensation was exquisite, and Mariano's hand moved faster on his cock.

"You want both of us to give you our loads?", Johnny asked, his voice thick with lust as he began to pump into Jack.

Jack nodded, his eyes never leaving Mariano's as he continued to suck and nibble on his balls. "Yes," he breathed, the word barely audible over the sounds of their bodies coming together. "Both of you, inside me."

Mariano felt his cock throb at the thought, the heady mix of power and desire making him feel like he could conquer the world. He stepped closer, positioning himself at Jack's entrance, which was already slick with their combined juices. With one hand, he held onto the samurai's hip, and with the other, he guided his cock into him.

The feeling of sliding into Jack was like coming home. He fit perfectly, as if they had been made for each other. Mariano watched as the samurai's eyes went wide, his mouth forming a perfect 'O' of surprise. But Jack took it, pushing back onto Mariano's cock like a champ, eager for more.

Both Johnny and Mariano began to move in unison, their cocks sliding in and out of Jack with a rhythm that was as old as time itself. The samurai's moans grew louder with each thrust, his body shaking with pleasure. Mariano couldn't believe this was happening, that he was sharing this moment with two men who had once only existed in his fantasies.

Johnny leaned over Jack, his hand reaching around to stroke Mariano's cock as he continued to fuck him. "Look at him," he whispered in the samurai's ear, his voice ragged with need. "Look at how much he wants you."

Mariano felt a rush of pleasure at the words, his eyes meeting Jack's in the dim light of the alley. They stared at each other, their connection palpable. The samurai's eyes were glazed with lust, his breaths coming in short, sharp pants as he took them both.

Johnny's hand on Mariano's cock was like an electric shock, sending waves of pleasure through his body. He could feel himself getting closer and closer to the edge, the pressure building in his balls. "I'm... I'm going to cum," he moaned, unable to hold back.

"give it to me... Both of you", Jack panted, his eyes shining with need.

Mariano nodded, the thrill of the moment taking over. He began to fuck Jack harder, his cock sliding in and out of the tight, warm channel. Johnny's hand tightened on Mariano's shaft, his own hips moving in time with Mariano's thrusts. The three of them were one, moving together as if they had been doing this for years, not minutes.

Jack's moans grew louder, his body tightening around both cocks. Mariano knew he couldn't hold out much longer, the pleasure was too intense. He leaned over, capturing Jack's mouth in a kiss that was as fiery as their passion. Their tongues danced together, tasting each other's desire.

Johnny's hand was a blur on Mariano's cock, his strokes becoming more erratic as he felt his own climax approaching. "Now," he grunted, his eyes locked on Mariano's. "Cum with me."

"sure thing", Mariano said before both guys started moaning in unison as they bred Jack's tight asshole.

"I.. I feel like I'm gonna have a mixed kid", Jack thought to himself as they bred him.

The feeling of their cum filling him was like nothing Jack had ever experienced. He felt claimed, owned, and completely alive. The warmth of their releases spread through his body, making him feel like he was on fire from the inside out.

As the two men pulled out of him, Jack couldn't help but whimper at the sudden emptiness. But the night was far from over. He looked up at them, his eyes filled with a mix of lust and satisfaction. "That was... incredible," he panted, his voice hoarse from the screams he had been holding back.

Johnny grinned down at him, his chest heaving from exertion. "Glad you liked it," he said, wiping a bead of sweat from his brow. Mariano's face was a picture of pure bliss, his chest rising and falling as he tried to catch his breath.

"Let's go back to the hotel," Mariano suggested, his voice still thick with desire. "We're not done yet."

Johnny and Jack shared a knowing look, the same thought crossing their minds. They helped each other to their feet, their bodies sticky with sweat and cum. The alley was quiet once more, as if the concrete walls had absorbed the echoes of their passion.

As they made their way back to the hotel, the cool night air did little to dissipate the heat that lingered between them. They walked in a tight group, their arms brushing against each other's, the energy of their encounter still pulsing through their veins.

Once inside the room, they didn't bother with the lights. The moonlight filtering through the open curtains was enough to illuminate the space. The air was thick with the scent of sex and desire, a heady mix that made it hard for any of them to think straight.

"Which one of us wants to get pounded again?", Mariano asks with a playful smirk as they enter the hotel room.

Johnny didn't waste any time, pushing Mariano onto the bed and climbing on top of him. His cock was already hard again, ready to go for another round. "I want to ride you," he said, his voice filled with a need that was almost animalistic.

"You wanna feel this Colombian cock?", Mariano asks Johnny with a smirk.

Johnny's eyes lit up with excitement, and he nodded eagerly. "Hell yes," he said, licking his lips.

Mariano's cock stood at full attention, and Johnny straddled him, taking it in one smooth motion. He threw his head back, his long hair cascading over his shoulders as he began to ride Mariano's cock with a passion that was almost feral.

Jack watched from the side, his own cock hardening again as he took in the sight before him. He couldn't believe the turn of events, but he was loving every second of it.

Jack decided to join in, climbing onto the bed and kissing Mariano deeply. Their tongues danced together as Johnny's hips moved in a hypnotic rhythm. The blonde leaned back, giving Jack the space he needed to get closer, and soon the samurai was kissing Mariano as well, their three bodies tangling together in a beautiful mess of limbs.

Jack's hand slid down Mariano's chest, his fingers wrapping around the base of his cock as he stroked in time with Johnny's thrusts. The sensation was overwhelming, and Mariano knew he wasn't going to last much longer..

"You want me to keep pounding you, even after I breed you?", Mariano asks Johnny with a mischievous twinkle in his eye.

Johnny's only response was a nod, his eyes glazed over with passion. The sight of Mariano's cock disappearing inside him was too much to handle, and he couldn't form coherent words.

"Moan how much you want my load", Mariano says as he starts to speed up his thrusts into Johnny.

Johnny's breath hitched as he felt Mariano's cock hit his sweet spot, "Oh, fuck yeah," he moaned, "Breed me, fill me up."

"look at that beautiful cock flopping up and down", Jack said, watching Johnny riding Mariano.

Mariano couldn't help but chuckle at the comment, his own hips bucking up to meet Johnny's. "You want a taste, Jack?" he teased, his voice a low growl.

Jack's eyes snapped to Mariano's, a wicked smile playing on his lips. He leaned in, his tongue darting out to lick the precum from the tip of Johnny's cock. The salty taste on his tongue made him moan, and he took the head of the cock into his mouth, sucking gently.

The combination of the two men's attention was too much for Johnny, and he let out a loud moan, his body convulsing as he came, his cock spurting thick ropes of cum into Mariano's ass. The feeling was indescribable, and Mariano could feel himself getting closer to the edge.

Johnny pulled out, panting, and collapsed onto the bed beside them. "Holy shit," he murmured, his chest heaving.

Mariano looked down at Jack, his eyes filled with a fiery passion that the samurai couldn't resist. "My turn," he said, his voice low and commanding. He flipped Jack onto his back, his cock still rock-hard from the sight of Johnny's release.

Jack looked up at him, his eyes filled with a mix of excitement and anticipation. "Take me," he whispered, his legs spread wide in invitation.

Mariano didn't need any more encouragement. He pushed inside Jack, his cock sliding in easily thanks to the cum that still coated him from their earlier encounter. The samurai's body was tight around him, and he had to fight the urge to come immediately.

"Oh, Jack. You have no idea how much I wanted this", Mariano said , his voice thick with lust as he began to move in and out of the samurai. His strokes were long and deep, his hips snapping against Jack's ass with each thrust. The sound of their skin slapping together filled the room, mixing with their ragged breaths and the occasional moan.

Johnny watched from the side, his own cock already hard again as he took in the sight of Mariano fucking Jack. He reached out, his hand sliding along Jack's chest, tweaking his nipples and eliciting gasps from the man beneath them. The pleasure was almost too much to handle, and Jack arched his back, his body begging for more.

"wanna take my dick in your mouth?", Johnny asked Jack, his cock standing at attention.

Jack nodded eagerly, his mouth watering at the offer. He sat up and took Johnny's cock into his mouth, sucking hard as Mariano continued to fuck him from behind. The sensation of being filled in both ends was almost too much, but he took it like a champ, his moans muffled by the thick cock in his mouth.

Mariano's hands gripped Jack's hips, his thrusts growing more erratic as he felt his own climax approaching. "I'm going to cum," he grunted, his voice strained with the effort to hold back.

Jack moaned around Johnny's cock, the vibrations sending a shockwave of pleasure through the blonde's body. "Do it," he mumbled, his voice muffled. "Cum inside me."

The room was filled with the sounds of their passion, the headboard banging against the wall in a steady rhythm that matched their movements.

Mariano threw his head back and roared as he came, his cock pulsing inside Jack's tight ass. The sensation was so intense, it felt like he was seeing stars. He collapsed onto the bed, his body spent and sated.

Johnny pulled out of Jack's mouth, his own orgasm building. He couldn't take it anymore. He grabbed Jack's head and pushed it down onto his cock, his hips bucking as he released his load, filling the samurai's mouth with hot, sticky cum.

Jack swallowed every drop, his eyes never leaving Mariano's as he did so. The look of satisfaction on the Latino's face was all the thanks he needed.

The three men laid there, panting and sweaty, their bodies tangled together in the aftermath of their passionate encounter. The room was silent except for the sound of their breathing, the air heavy with the scent of sex.

"That was..." Mariano began, unable to find the words to describe what they had just shared.

Johnny chuckled, running his fingers through Mariano's hair. "Yeah, it was something," he agreed.

Jack reached out, his hand finding its way to Mariano's cock. "Again?" he asked, his voice hopeful.

Mariano couldn't help but laugh, the sound echoing through the room. "Maybe give us a few minutes," he said, his voice filled with good-natured exhaustion.

Johnny leaned over, pressing a kiss to Mariano's cheek. "I think we're going to have some fun together," he murmured, his eyes sparkling with mischief.

Mariano turned his head, capturing Johnny's lips in a kiss that was sweet and filled with promise. "I'm counting on it," he murmured, his heart racing with excitement for the adventures that lay ahead.

They lay there, basking in the glow of their newfound connection, their bodies still humming with pleasure. The night was young, and the city outside was full of possibilities. But for now, all that mattered was the here and now, and the feeling of being exactly where they were meant to be.

The three of them drifted off to sleep, their bodies entwined like a tangled web of desire and passion. The moon continued its silent vigil outside the window, casting shadows across the rumpled bed sheets. The hotel room was a sanctuary for their newfound relationship, a place where they could explore the depths of their desires without fear of judgment or repercussion.

Morning came too soon, the harsh light of day seeping through the curtains and illuminating the trio in their post-coital bliss. Mariano stirred first, his eyes adjusting to the brightness as he took in the sight of Johnny and Jack lying next to him. He couldn't believe that the events of the night before had actually happened, that he had found himself in the arms of two men who seemed to understand him on a level he had never before experienced.

He gently untangled himself from their embrace, careful not to wake them, and made his way to the bathroom. As he washed his face and brushed his teeth, he couldn't help but feel a sense of excitement for what the day might hold. Would they continue to explore this newfound connection, or was it just a fleeting moment of passion?

When he emerged from the bathroom, Johnny and Jack were both awake, stretching languidly in the bed. They exchanged lazy smiles, the kind that spoke of a shared secret. "Morning, handsome," Johnny drawled, his voice still thick with sleep.

"Good morning," Mariano said shyly, his cheeks flushing at the memory of the night's escapades. "What's the plan for today?"

Jack sat up, his abs rippling with the movement. "Whatever makes us happy," he said simply, his eyes never leaving Mariano's.

Mariano couldn't argue with that. They decided to spend the day exploring the city, walking through the bustling streets and discovering hidden gems that only locals knew about. They laughed and talked, their camaraderie growing stronger with each step they took.

As the sun began to set, they found themselves in a quiet park, the sounds of the city fading into the background. The air was cooler now, the earlier heat of the day giving way to a comfortable warmth. Johnny leaned against a tree, watching as Jack and Mariano threw a Frisbee back and forth, their laughter filling the space around them. He felt a sense of belonging that he hadn't felt in a long time, a feeling that was both new and familiar.

Mariano caught the Frisbee with a flourish, his shirt riding up to reveal the smooth skin of his stomach. He looked over at Johnny, his eyes sparkling with mischief. "You wanna join us?"

Johnny grinned, pushing off the tree and jogging over. "Thought you'd never ask."

The three of them played for a while longer, their laughter mingling with the chirps of the birds and the distant sounds of the city coming alive for the night. It was a moment of pure joy, one that seemed to encapsulate the essence of their newfound bond.

Afterwards, they decided to grab dinner at a cozy Italian restaurant that Johnny had heard about from a friend. The place was dimly lit, with candles flickering on the tables and the scent of garlic and tomato sauce filling the air. They sat in a booth in the back, their legs brushing together under the table. The conversation flowed easily, a mix of stories from their pasts and plans for their future together.

As they shared a bottle of wine, the conversation grew more intimate. Johnny spoke of his life before the hotel, filled with adventure and conquests, while Jack spoke of his battles against Aku and his quest for enlightenment. Mariano found himself opening up about his own journey, the struggles of hiding his true self from the world and his desire to find someone who truly understood him.

The waiter brought over a steaming plate of pasta, and as they dug in, the tension between them grew thicker. Johnny's hand found its way to Mariano's thigh, his thumb tracing lazy circles that made the other man's skin prickle with heat. Jack reached across the table, his fingers brushing against Mariano's hand, a silent question in his touch.

Mariano looked up, meeting Jack's gaze, and felt a jolt of electricity shoot through him. He nodded almost imperceptibly, and Jack's hand closed over his, their fingers lacing together. The connection between them was undeniable, and the warmth of their joined hands was a stark contrast to the cool metal of their cutlery.

Johnny took a sip of his wine, watching them with a knowing smile. "You know, guys," he said, "I've had a lot of great moments in my life, but this... this is something special."

Jack squeezed Mariano's hand, his eyes shining. "It is," he agreed. "I never thought I'd find someone who could understand what I've been through."

Mariano felt a lump form in his throat. "You both do," he murmured. "More than anyone else ever has."

The three of them sat in silence for a moment, the gravity of their confessions weighing on them. The clinking of silverware and murmurs of other diners provided a comforting backdrop to their conversation.

Johnny leaned in closer, his eyes filled with a warmth that made Mariano's heart race. "So, what happens now?" he asked softly.

Mariano took a deep breath, looking from one to the other. "Now?" he echoed. "I guess we figure out how to make this work."

Jack nodded, his gaze intense. "We're in this together," he said firmly. "Whatever that means."

The rest of the evening passed in a blur of laughter, good food, and stolen kisses. As they left the restaurant, their arms around each other, it was clear that they had formed a bond that went beyond a single night of passion.

They walked back to the hotel, the city lights reflecting off their faces, each step bringing them closer to the reality of what they had just begun. The lobby was quieter now, the hustle and bustle of the day giving way to the stillness of the night.

When they reached the elevator, Mariano felt a thrill of excitement. He knew what was coming, and his body was already responding. He pushed the button for their floor, his hand trembling slightly.

Johnny leaned in, whispering in Mariano's ear.

"Are you ready for round two?" His breath was hot against Mariano's neck, sending shivers down his spine.

Mariano couldn't help but let out a low moan, his body already responding to the promise in Johnny's voice. "More than you know," he murmured.

The elevator doors slid open, revealing their room. They stumbled inside, their hunger for each other evident in their haste to shed their clothes.

Jack was already on the bed, his kimono discarded on the floor. He watched as Mariano and Johnny kissed, their bodies pressed together.

The sight of them was almost too much for Jack to handle. He reached out, his hand finding Mariano's cock, already hard and eager. "Come here," he whispered, his voice a siren's call.

Mariano didn't need to be told twice. He moved to the bed, Johnny following close behind. The three of them fell into a tangle of limbs, their kisses and touches a silent symphony of desire.

Johnny took the lead this time, his mouth moving down Mariano's body, kissing and licking every inch of skin he encountered. He reached Mariano's cock, already wet with precum, and took it into his mouth, sucking hard.

Mariano's eyes rolled back in his head, his moans filling the room. He had never felt so alive, so wanted, so... claimed.

Jack watched with hooded eyes, his own cock standing at attention. He leaned in, kissing Mariano deeply as he felt the other man's hands exploring his body.

Mariano's fingers found Jack's ass, sliding inside with ease. He moaned into the kiss, his hips bucking against the pressure.

Johnny looked up, his eyes meeting Mariano's. "You want to fuck him again?" His voice was rough with lust.

"how about we pound you?", Mariano asks Johnny as Jack nodded eagerly.

Johnny's grin was all the answer they needed. He climbed onto the bed, positioning himself on his hands and knees.

Mariano took a moment to appreciate the view, the muscles in Johnny's back rippling as he waited for them. Then, with a growl, he slammed into Johnny, their bodies moving in perfect sync with the rhythm of their passion.

Jack watched, stroking himself, before climbing into the mix, eager to feel Mariano's cock inside him again.

Mariano pulled out of Johnny, his cock glistening with lube and precum. He turned to Jack, his eyes dark with desire. "Your turn," he said, his voice thick.

Jack nodded, his breath coming in quick gasps. He climbed onto the bed, his legs spread wide.

Mariano didn't waste any time, pushing into Jack with a gentle but firm pressure. The samurai moaned, his body accepting Mariano's length with ease.

Johnny watched, his cock bobbing between his legs as he stroked himself. "You two are so beautiful together," he murmured.

Mariano's rhythm grew faster, his hips slapping against Jack's ass with each thrust. The sounds of their lovemaking filled the room, a crescendo of passion that seemed to echo through the hotel walls.

Jack's hands gripped the sheets, his body shaking with the effort to hold on. "I'm close," he gasped.

Mariano leaned down, his mouth finding Jack's ear. "Cum for me," he whispered.

Jack's body tightened, and with a strangled cry, he did just that, his seed spurting onto the bed between them.

Mariano pulled out, letting both guys handle his cock like two girls playing with a dick.

The sight was too much for him to handle, and with a roar, he came, his cum spraying across their chests and stomachs.

They lay there, panting, their bodies slick with sweat and cum. The room was silent except for the sound of their hearts beating in unison.

Mariano looked from Johnny to Jack, his emotions a whirlwind. He had never felt so connected to anyone before.

Johnny leaned over, kissing him softly. "We're going to have a good time, you know that?" he said, his voice filled with certainty.

Jack chuckled, his body still trembling with the aftershocks of his orgasm. "I have no doubt," he agreed.

The three of them curled up on the bed, their limbs tangled together like a human pretzel.

Chapter Text

Johnny Bravo, Mariano Guzman and Samurai Jack satisfied themselves once more before they parted ways, leaving Mariano completely spent.

Mariano stumbled out of the tavern into the cool night air, his thoughts swirling as wildly as the dust beneath his boots. The encounter with Johnny Bravo and Samurai Jack had been exhilarating, but now that the adrenaline had worn off, he felt drained. The stars above twinkled like distant candles in the inky sky, offering little comfort to the weary traveler. He knew he had to find a place to rest soon, for the journey ahead was long and fraught with danger. His horse, a sturdy steed named El Cid, nickered softly in the alleyway, sensing his master's weariness.

Mariano patted El Cid's neck, and the horse responded with a gentle nuzzle. "We'll find a quiet spot," he murmured. "Somewhere out of sight of prying eyes." He glanced around the sleepy town, noticing the shuttered windows and the occasional flicker of candlelight. Most of the townsfolk had long ago retreated to the safety of their homes, leaving the streets to the nocturnal creatures that lurked in the shadows.

With a weary sigh, he mounted El Cid and urged him forward, his body aching with every jolt of the horse's stride. The moon cast a pale glow over the cobblestones, guiding them to the town's outskirts. As they reached the edge of civilization, Mariano spotted a small grove of trees, their branches intertwined to form a natural canopy. It was perfect; secluded, yet close enough to the town that he wouldn't be too far from help if needed.

Dismounting, he loosened El Cid's reins, allowing the animal to graze on the sparse patches of grass that grew between the tree trunks. He unrolled his bedroll and laid it down on the soft earth, his eyes already heavy with fatigue. The whispers of the leaves above him created a soothing lullaby that blended with the distant sounds of the town settling in for the night.

As Mariano lay there, staring up at the stars, he couldn't help but think about the peculiar duo he had just parted with. Johnny Bravo, with his silver tongue and sharp wit, and Samurai Jack, the silent and deadly warrior from a world unknown to him. Their stories had been as mesmerizing as they were bizarre, and the camaraderie they had shared over drinks had been unexpectedly genuine. Despite their differences, the three men had found common ground in the pursuit of their respective quests.

The next morning, the sun peeked through the canopy of leaves, casting dappled light upon Mariano's face and gently rousing him from his slumber. He stretched his limbs, feeling the stiffness from the previous night's escapades slowly melt away. El Cid had wandered off a bit during the night but was now standing nearby, looking well-rested and ready for the day's journey. Mariano packed up his bedroll, his mind racing with the tales of adventure and valor that had been shared in the tavern.

As he saddled El Cid, he made a spontaneous decision. Instead of continuing on the dusty trail that led to the heart of the kingdom, he would take a detour to the beach. It had been years since he had felt the cool sand between his toes and the soothing kiss of the sea breeze on his skin. The thought of a brief respite from the rigors of the road was too tempting to resist. With a gentle tug on the reins, they set off towards the sound of waves crashing against the shore, a sound that grew louder with each step they took.

Mariano's spirits lifted as the salty scent of the ocean filled his nostrils and the horizon grew wider. The beach was a sight for sore eyes, a pristine stretch of gold that sparkled under the early morning sun. He led El Cid to the water's edge, allowing the horse to drink from the surf before dismounting and walking further in. The waves lapped at his boots, leaving a trail of foam as he went. He found a quiet spot, free of rocks and debris, and laid down his bedroll once more.

Just as he laid down, he noticed a very built figure standing at the water's edge, a few hundred paces away. The man's posture was as unyielding as the cliffs that jutted out into the sea, his gaze as sharp as the swords that often adorned his back. It was Li Shang, the famed captain of the Royal Guard, known for his unparalleled skill in combat and unyielding loyalty to the kingdom. Mariano's heart skipped a beat; he had heard tales of the captain's exploits, but never in his wildest dreams had he expected to cross paths with such a legendary figure.

Li Shang noticed Mariano and decided to ask him if he needed assistance. As the captain approached, Mariano felt a mix of awe and anxiety. He had heard that the Royal Guard had been dispatched to apprehend a notorious criminal, and while he knew he was no outlaw, the presence of such a high-ranking officer was intimidating.

Just as they were talking, Li Shang noticed a sailor carrying a man, named Prince Eric, whose ship wrecked hours ago. Apparently, there was a huge storm at the other side of the road which made the waves wobble the ship, causing Eric to lose consciousness.

Both guys decided to try and save him, only for Prince Eric to wake up confused and ask what happened.

Li Shang responded calmly and firmly, his eyes never leaving Mariano's. "I am Captain Li Shang of the Royal Guard. I'm here on official business, but I see that you've had your own adventure last night. Who are you, and what is your business in these lands?" His question hung in the air, a silent challenge to reveal his intentions. Mariano took a deep breath, recognizing the gravity of the situation. He knew that the Royal Guard was not to be trifled with, especially when it came to matters of the kingdom's security.

"I am Eric," the prince replied with a cough, his voice hoarse from the saltwater. "My ship was caught in a terrible storm, and I barely made it to shore. I am eternally grateful to you both for your kindness."

Both Mariano and Shang nodded in response. "You're always welcome", Shang responded before turning back to Mariano. "And you, sir?" Mariano took a moment to gather his thoughts. "I am Mariano Guzman," he introduced himself with a courteous bow. "I am but a traveler, seeking my own path in this vast world. I've heard tales of your valor, Captain Shang," he added with genuine respect. Mariano wanted to ask Li Shang about how did he become a captain after being a trainer, eventually falling in love with Mulan after finding out she wasn't a man, but decided not to since he already knew Shang wasn't mostly into guys.

"Let's get you to the upper shore", Mariano said before picking up Eric with a gentle but firm grip. The prince was surprisingly light despite his muscular build. He walked with Eric to where his horse and bedroll were, laying him down gently on the makeshift bed. The prince looked around, his eyes widening at the sight of El Cid, a creature of the land that seemed out of place on the beach. "You're quite strong," Eric mumbled in amazement.

Mariano chuckled, his nerves dissipating slightly. "Thank you, Prince Eric," he said. "But I assure you, there's nothing special about me."

Li Shang studied Mariano with a discerning gaze. "Your accent suggests you're not from around here. What brings you to our shores?"

"A simple rest after a big adventure", Mariano said but Li Shang knew better so he assumed Mariano meant threesome by adventure. He nodded politely, his gaze flickering to the bedroll. "You've chosen a tranquil spot to rest," he said. "But the journey ahead is perilous. The storms have brought more than just unfortunate sailors to our lands."

Mariano felt a twinge of curiosity at the captain's cryptic words. "What do you mean?"

Li Shang's expression grew serious. "Bandits and beasts are stirring, driven by the chaos of the storm. I've had reports of strange occurrences along the coastline."

Mariano's eyes narrowed, his mind racing with the implications. He had heard whispers of such things on his travels, but never paid them much heed. "What kind of occurrences?" he asked, his voice tight with concern.

"Creatures not of this world, perhaps," Li Shang replied, his tone measured. "My men and I are investigating. If you wish to stay safe, I'd advise you to join us in our camp."

"We would love to but I gotta make sure Eric is safe", Mariano says with a nod towards the prince. "He's not in the best condition to travel but maybe you can visit me in the hotel after your shift ends"

Li Shang nodded, understanding the concern for the prince's well-being. "Very well," he said. "I shall leave you to your rest. But beware, traveler. The night brings danger, and even the bravest of hearts can falter." He handed Mariano a rolled-up parchment. "This map will lead you to our camp. If you need assistance, or if you encounter anything... unusual, do not hesitate to seek us out." With that, he turned on his heel and strode back towards the town, his cloak billowing out behind him like a dark cloud.

Mariano nodded as he was ready to take Prince Eric to his hotel room for safety and to make sure he was okay. As they walked back to the town, Mariano couldn't shake off the feeling that Captain Li Shang was keeping something from him, something much more serious than just strange occurrences. He knew that the Royal Guard didn't get involved in matters of local gossip, so whatever was happening must be of significant concern.

Once at the hotel, Mariano helped Eric into his room, ensuring he was comfortable before heading to the tavern to gather information. The same buzz of activity from the night before had transformed into a tense murmur. The townsfolk spoke in hushed tones, their eyes darting around the room as if they expected trouble to come crashing through the doors at any moment.

Prince Eric lays down on the plush hotel bed, his eyes still filled with confusion and wonder at the events of the night. Mariano quickly explains the situation to him, leaving out the part about his recent rendezvous with Johnny Bravo and Samurai Jack, of course. Eric nods, his gaze distant as he tries to piece together the events of the storm.

"Thank you, Mariano," the prince murmurs, his voice still weak. "I don't know how I can ever repay your kindness."

"It's alright. It's not necessary", Mariano says as he tries not to go straight to pound him.

Just as he was about to sit next to Eric, he heard the doorbell ring. He thought it might be Li Shang coming to visit but as he opened the door, it was a young girl with a tray of food. She had a worried look on her face, which was understandable given the current situation in town.

"Your breakfast, Sir Mariano," she said, her voice quivering slightly.

Mariano thanked her and took the tray, placing it on the small table next to Eric's bed. The sight and smell of the warm food seemed to revive the prince somewhat.

As they were both eating, Mariano noticed Eric looking at him, as if wanting to say something but unsure how to begin. "Is something the matter, Your Highness?" he asked, taking a sip from his mug of steaming coffee.

Eric took a deep breath, his eyes searching Mariano's. "I know we've only just met, but I feel as though I can trust you," he began. "There's something I need to tell you, something I haven't told anyone else."

Mariano leaned in, his curiosity piqued. "What is it?" 

"I believe he is hot under that shirt", Eric thought as he was looking at him.

Mariano starts to think if Eric wants more than a simple friendship or is just being polite. He decides to play it cool and not jump to conclusions. "I'm all ears, Your Highness," Mariano said, his tone calm and reassuring.

Prince Eric took another deep breath, his gaze never leaving Mariano's. "Before the storm, I was...different. I was not always the man you see before you. In my world, I am a prince, but I was cursed by an enchantress. Turned into a creature of the sea, I've been searching for a way to break the spell." His voice grew softer, a hint of desperation creeping in.

Mariano's eyes widened in shock, but he kept his composure, nodding for the prince to continue. "Go on," he encouraged.

"The enchantress told me that only true love's kiss can break the spell," Eric whispered, his cheeks flushing slightly. "But how am I to find such love when I'm trapped in this form?"

Mariano felt his heart go out to the prince, his own secrets weighing heavily on his mind. "We'll find a way to help you, Eric," he promised, his voice firm. "But first, you must rest and regain your strength."

Just as they were talking, Mariano heard the doorbell ring. This time, Li Shang was standing there , looking even more concerned than before. "Mariano, I need to speak with you," he said, his eyes flicking to Eric on the bed. "Privately."

Mariano nodded, understanding the urgency in the captain's tone. He stepped out into the hallway, closing the door gently behind him. "What is it, Captain?"

Li Shang leaned in close, his voice a low murmur. "We've had reports of more than just bandits along the coast. There's talk of a sea witch, one with power to control the very essence of the ocean."

Mariano's stomach knotted. The prince's tale of a curse suddenly didn't seem so far-fetched. "What does this have to do with us?"

Li Shang's expression was grim. "The witch is said to be seeking a prince to use in a dark ritual, to claim dominion over both land and sea. We must ensure that Eric remains safe, and find a way to break his curse before it's too late."

Mariano felt his heart pound in his chest. "We can't let that happen," he said fiercely. "I'll do whatever it takes to protect him."

Li Shang's gaze searched Mariano's face, as if looking for something unspoken. "Your dedication to the prince is commendable," he said, his voice low. "But beware, the path to break a curse is fraught with danger and deceit. The sea witch is not to be underestimated."

Mariano nodded solemnly, his thoughts racing. He had come across his fair share of danger in his travels, but nothing quite as otherworldly as this. Yet, he felt a strange kinship with Eric, as if their fates were somehow intertwined. "I'll need your help, Captain," he said. "I know nothing of sea witches or breaking curses. But together, perhaps we can find a way."

Li Shang nodded, his expression unreadable. "Very well," he said. "Rest while you can. I will gather information and prepare for what's to come. We'll leave for the Royal camp at first light tomorrow. It's the safest place for him right now."

Mariano agreed, his mind racing with questions and concerns. He knew he couldn't tell Eric about the sea witch, not yet. The prince needed to focus on recovering, not be burdened with the weight of an impending supernatural threat. He returned to the room, the gravity of their situation weighing on him like a heavy cloak.

As he entered, Eric looked up at him with hopeful eyes. "Mariano, I know I can trust you," he said, his voice stronger. "But there's one more thing."

Mariano braced himself, expecting another revelation of a fantastical nature. "What is it?"

"I...I have feelings for you," Eric confessed, his gaze unwavering. "I know it's sudden, and I don't know if it's because of the curse or just because you've been so kind to me, but I can't ignore it."

Mariano felt his own heart stutter in his chest. He had never been one to deny his desires, but this was different. This was a prince, and one with a serious predicament at that. He took a deep breath, trying to find the right words. "Eric," he began, "I care for you too, more than I can express. But we must focus on breaking this curse. Once you're back to your true form, we can explore these feelings."

Eric nodded, though his eyes searched Mariano's for any sign of doubt. "I understand," he said softly. "But I had to tell you."

The rest of the day passed in a blur of rest and quiet conversation. Mariano couldn't help but steal glances at Eric, his mind torn between his growing attraction and the looming danger. He knew that once they reached the Royal camp, he'd have to be on high alert, ready to face whatever challenges the sea witch might throw their way.

The next morning, with Eric still too weak to travel on horseback, they set out on foot, the prince leaning heavily on Mariano's shoulder. The journey was slow, but the bond between them grew stronger with every step. They talked of their hopes and dreams, sharing laughter and stories of their pasts.

As the sun began to dip below the horizon, the silhouettes of the Royal camp's tents appeared in the distance. Mariano's heart swelled with relief. They had made it. But as they approached, they were met by a sight that chilled their very souls. The camp was in ruins, the tents torn and the ground stained with the crimson of battle. The air was thick with the metallic scent of blood and the cries of the dying.

Li Shang's expression was a mask of rage as he emerged from the shadows, his sword crimson from recent use. "Mariano," he said, his voice tight with anger. "We've been betrayed. The sea witch has struck, and she's taken our men."

Mariano's eyes searched the wreckage, fear for Eric's safety gripping him like a vice. "We must find a way to stop her," he said, his voice firm.

Li Shang nodded. "We will," he promised. "But first, we must gather our strength and prepare for battle. The sea witch is powerful, and she won't be easy to defeat."

They set up a makeshift camp on the outskirts of the destroyed encampment, keeping Eric hidden and safe. Through the night, they tended to their injuries and sharpened their weapons, their conversation a mix of strategy and silent comfort. The tension between them grew palpable, their unspoken feelings a dance of desire and denial.

The following morning, they set out to track the sea witch's trail. It led them along the coast, through treacherous terrain and perilous paths. The ocean roared ominously beside them, as if it were whispering secrets of the impending doom.

As the sun began to set, they stumbled upon an ancient lagoon, its waters a deep, unnatural blue that seemed to pulse with malevolent energy. The air was thick with the scent of brine and magic, and they knew they were close. The lagoon was surrounded by a ring of skeletal ships, their wooden bones jutting out of the sand like the teeth of a giant, decayed beast.

Mariano's heart hammered in his chest as they approached the water's edge. He knew that beyond this point, there was no turning back. They would either succeed in their quest to break Eric's curse and defeat the sea witch, or they would become part of the grim tableau that littered the beach.

"The witch's lair is somewhere within," Li Shang said grimly, pointing to a shadowy cave hidden by a waterfall at the far end of the lagoon. "We must be cautious. Her powers are at their strongest here."

Mariano nodded, his grip on his sword tightening. Eric looked at them both, his eyes filled with determination. "Let's do this," he said, his voice firm despite his weakened state.

They approached the cave with caution, the roar of the waterfall masking their footsteps. As they drew closer, Mariano could feel the power of the sea witch's magic, a tingling in his very bones that set his teeth on edge. The air grew colder, and the waves crashed against the shore with a ferocity that seemed almost malicious.

Li Shang took the lead, his eyes scanning the shadows for any sign of the witch or her minions. Mariano followed closely, his arm around Eric's waist to keep him steady. They waded through the ankle-deep water, their boots sinking into the wet sand.

As they entered the cave, the temperature dropped dramatically, and the light from the setting sun was swallowed by the oppressive darkness.

Mariano could feel Eric shivering against him, but the prince's grip on his hand was firm. "Stay strong," he murmured. "We're almost there."

Their steps echoed off the damp walls, the only sound in the eerie silence. The air grew thick with the scent of sea salt and something else, something ancient and decaying. It was a scent that spoke of power and corruption, of life drawn from the very fabric of the ocean.

Deeper they ventured, the cave's walls closing in around them like the jaws of a leviathan. The path grew slippery with seaweed and slime, making every step a battle for balance. Li Shang's torch cast flickering shadows that danced like the spirits of the drowned, hinting at the horrors that lay ahead.

Mariano's eyes were drawn to a glow in the distance, a pulsating light that grew stronger as they approached. The cave opened up into a vast chamber, illuminated by a series of bioluminescent plants and crystals that cast an eerie glow upon the scene before them. At the center of the chamber stood a figure, tall and commanding, with hair as black as the ocean depths and skin as pale as the moon. Her eyes, a piercing green, bore into them from the shadows, and a cruel smile played upon her lips.

The sea witch, in all her terrifying glory, was surrounded by a ring of her followers, twisted creatures of the deep that had once been men. Their fish-like scales gleamed wetly in the dim light, their eyes devoid of any semblance of humanity. The witch raised a hand, and the water in the lagoon began to churn, forming a whirlpool that grew in size and intensity with every passing moment.

Mariano felt Eric tense beside him, his grip tightening. "This is it," he whispered. "The moment of truth."

Li Shang stepped forward, his sword at the ready. "You will not harm this prince," he declared, his voice echoing through the chamber. "Your reign of terror ends here, witch."

The sea witch's laughter was like the cackle of a thousand seagulls. "So, the Royal Guard dares to challenge me?" she taunted. "Very well. Let us see if your steel can match the power of the sea."

With a wave of her hand, the water in the whirlpool shot towards them like a spear. Mariano pushed Eric behind him, drawing his sword as he stepped in front of the prince. The liquid missile shattered against an invisible barrier that had formed around them, the power of the sea dissipating into a spray of mist.

Li Shang stepped up beside Mariano, his eyes never leaving the witch. "Your magic is strong," he said, "but so is our will. We've come too far to turn back now."

The witch's smile grew even more sinister. "You think you can stand against me?" she hissed. "Fools."

The chamber grew brighter as the water in the lagoon began to glow with an unearthly light. The witch's followers howled in unison, their forms shifting and distorting as they charged forward. Mariano and Li Shang fought back-to-back, their swords flashing in the dim light as they faced the onslaught of the sea witch's minions.

The battle was fierce and relentless, each blow they struck only to be met with the cold, unyielding strength of the creatures. Eric watched in horror, his own powerlessness a stark contrast to the valor of the men fighting to protect him. Yet, amidst the chaos, a spark of hope ignited within him. The love he felt for Mariano was unlike anything he had ever known, and it was in this moment that he realized it was stronger than any curse.

He stumbled forward, the power of his love for Mariano surging through him like a tidal wave. The creatures around them faltered, their movements growing sluggish as the very air around the prince began to shimmer. The sea witch's eyes narrowed, sensing the shift in power dynamics. "You think love can save you?" she sneered, raising a hand to summon a giant wave that threatened to engulf them all.

But as the wave crashed towards them, Eric threw his arms wide, a burst of light erupting from his chest that collided with the water. The wave dissipated, the light expanding to fill the chamber, driving the witch's minions back with its intensity. Eric's body began to transform, his legs fusing into a mighty tail, his skin becoming scales, and his eyes blazing with an inner light that matched the sea witch's own power.

Mariano and Li Shang watched in amazement as Eric grew stronger, his form now a breathtaking mix of man and sea creature. The sea witch cackled, unperturbed by the display. "You think you can match me?" she challenged, her eyes flashing with malice.

Mariano felt a surge of pride for Eric, his love for the prince growing stronger with every beat of his heart. He knew they had to end this now, before the witch could regain her full power. He stepped forward, sword held high. "With Eric by our side, we can conquer anything," he declared, his voice ringing through the cavern.

Li Shang nodded, understanding dawning in his eyes. Together, the three of them advanced on the witch, their combined might pushing back the dark tide of her magic. The sea witch stumbled, her spellcasting faltering as she realized the depth of Eric's newfound power.

The battle was fiercer than any they had ever faced, their swords clashing with the witch's water-whips and Eric's tail striking like a thunderbolt. The very earth beneath them trembled with the force of their conflict, the walls of the chamber threatening to collapse around them.

Yet, as the witch grew weaker, Eric's power grew stronger, fueled by the love that had broken the curse. With a final, mighty effort, Eric surged forward, wrapping his powerful tail around the sea witch and pulling her into the heart of the light that now emanated from his very being.

The witch screamed, her form contorting and writhing as the light burned away the darkness that had twisted her soul. The chamber grew brighter and brighter until it was almost blinding, and when the light faded, she was gone, leaving only a pile of seaweed and coral behind.

Mariano and Li Shang looked at Eric in awe, their eyes filled with wonder and hope. The prince had not only survived the curse but had become something greater, a beacon of love in the face of the deepest despair.

They emerged from the cave, the sun setting in a blaze of oranges and pinks across the sky. The sea had calmed, the storms a distant memory. The three of them stood on the beach, the waves gently kissing the shore as if in tribute to Eric's victory.

The townsfolk had gathered, drawn by the commotion. They gasped in amazement at the sight of Eric, now a creature of myth and legend. But Mariano knew that the true wonder wasn't in his tail or his power but in the love that had transformed him.

As the night fell, they made their way back to the town, their hearts filled with the warmth of victory and the promise of a new day.

Mariano, reminiscing about what Eric told him earlier, started thinking about a threesome in his mind as a celebration of the victory.

Back in the tavern, the mood was one of jubilation. The townsfolk had heard the tale of Eric's transformation and the defeat of the sea witch, and they celebrated the heroes with food, drink, and song. Eric, still coming to terms with his new form, was the center of attention, his scales glinting in the flickering candlelight. Despite the exhaustion of battle, he couldn't help but feel a sense of belonging, a feeling that had eluded him for so long as he searched for a cure to his curse.

Mariano couldn't keep his eyes off Eric, his mind racing with thoughts of the passionate nights they had shared. The prince's transformation had only served to enhance his allure, and he found himself imagining new ways they could explore each other's bodies. The idea of a threesome with Li Shang was still at the forefront of his mind, the captain's earlier rejection of his advances now a distant memory in the face of their shared victory.

The party grew louder, the clinking of glasses and the laughter of the townsfolk creating a cacophony that filled the air. Mariano leaned in closer to Eric, his voice a low murmur that only the prince could hear. "Remember what we talked about earlier?" he whispered, his eyes gleaming with mischief. "Maybe now's the perfect time to celebrate our victory?"

Eric's cheeks flushed a deep red, his human instincts warring with the excitement of his new form. He glanced at Li Shang, who was deep in conversation with a group of soldiers, his strong jaw clenched in concentration. The prince's gaze returned to Mariano, his own eyes smoldering with desire. "I think... I think I'd like that," he breathed, his voice barely above a whisper.

Mariano's grin grew wider, his hand sliding down to Eric's tail, stroking it gently. The prince shivered, his scales rippling under the human's touch. "Then it's settled," Mariano said. "But first, we must ensure that we are all well-rested and ready for whatever the night may bring."

The two of them shared a knowing smile before excusing themselves from the revelry, heading back to Eric's hotel room. The atmosphere between them grew thick with anticipation, the air crackling with the electricity of their unspoken desires. As they entered the room, Eric turned to Mariano, his eyes filled with a hunger that was mirrored in the other man's gaze.

Mariano stepped closer, his hand reaching up to trace Eric's jawline. "You're so beautiful," he murmured, his voice thick with passion. Eric's heart raced, his tail swishing behind him in excitement. He reached up to cup Mariano's face, pulling him into a kiss that was both tender and demanding.

Li Shang was amazed as he was watching them from a distance, his eyes filled with a mix of envy and longing. He had never seen such a deep connection between two men, and the sight of Mariano's hand caressing Eric's tail sent a shiver down his spine. Despite his earlier rejection, he couldn't help but feel drawn to them, to the passion that seemed to emanate from their very cores.

He knew he should leave them to their privacy, but his curiosity and his own desires kept him rooted to the spot. As if sensing his presence, Mariano turned to look at him, a question in his eyes. Eric followed suit, and the two of them held out their hands, inviting him to join them.

Li Shang hesitated for a moment before taking a step forward, his heart hammering in his chest. He had never felt such a powerful attraction to anyone before, let alone two men who had just faced the brink of death together. The thought of sharing in their passion was both exhilarating and terrifying.

Li Shang started kissing both of them, his hands roaming over their bodies, exploring the contours of Eric's new form with a gentle curiosity. Eric's tail wrapped around Mariano's waist, pulling him closer as the three of them became lost in the heat of the moment.

Their clothes fell away, discarded like the shackles of their former lives. Eric's scales were cool and slick against Mariano's skin, his human body warm and inviting. Li Shang's firm muscles rippled with every movement, his kisses leaving a trail of fire wherever they landed.

"now let's get down to business, shall we?", Li Shang asked, his voice a mix of excitement and nerves. Mariano and Eric nodded eagerly, their eyes never leaving the captain's. The three of them moved to the bed, the anticipation in the air thick with desire.

Mariano kissed Eric deeply as his hands explored the prince's new form, his fingers tracing the line where skin met scales, eliciting a soft moan from the prince's lips. Meanwhile, Li Shang's hands were busy unbuckling his own armor, revealing the chiseled chest and abs that had earned him his reputation as one of the kingdom's most eligible bachelors.

As the three men lay on the bed, their limbs entangled, the energy in the room grew even more intense. The passion that had been building between them since their first meeting in the tavern was now a raging inferno, consuming all inhibitions and reservations.

Mariano's hands slid down Eric's torso, tracing the path of his scales before coming to rest on the prince's powerful tail. He gave it a gentle squeeze, and Eric gasped, his eyes rolling back in his head. The sensation was unlike anything he had ever felt before, a delicious mix of pleasure and power that made him arch off the bed.

Li Shang watched the exchange with growing need, his own body responding to the erotic dance before him. He reached out, his hand brushing against Eric's scales before coming to rest on Mariano's shoulder. "Let's make this a night none of us will ever forget," he murmured, his voice husky with desire.

Mariano's eyes met Li Shang's, and he felt the heat of the captain's gaze down to his very soul. He nodded, his hands moving to Eric's chest, his thumbs circling the prince's nipples until they peaked into tight buds. Eric's tail thrashed, knocking over a vase of flowers that had been placed thoughtfully on the nightstand, the water splattering onto the floor.

The sound of shattering glass barely registered as the three of them succumbed to their desires. Mariano kissed Eric's neck, his teeth grazing the sensitive skin just below the prince's ear, making him shiver. Li Shang positioned himself between Eric's legs, his own desire for the two men clear in his eyes. He leaned in, taking Eric's erection into his mouth, his tongue swirling around the head in a way that made the prince's hips buck.

Mariano watched, his own arousal growing as he took in the erotic sight. He reached down to stroke himself, his eyes never leaving the captain's. Eric's moans grew louder, his tail lashing wildly as Li Shang took him deeper, his hand tight around the base of his cock. The prince's human and sea creature instincts melded together, creating a symphony of passion that neither Mariano nor Eric had ever experienced.

Mariano decides to whip out his dick but prepares himself to suck Shang's cock too. He moves closer to the captain, his breath hot against Li Shang's skin as he kisses a trail down his chest, pausing to lick at his nipples before reaching his erection. The taste of salt and sea air lingers on Eric's skin, mingling with the musk of desire that fills the room.

Mariano wraps his lips around Li Shang's cock, his tongue dancing along the velvety length as the captain groans in pleasure. Eric watches, his own arousal growing as he feels the human's warmth enveloping him. The sensation of Li Shang's mouth and Mariano's touch is overwhelming, and Eric can't help but let out a guttural moan, his tail swishing even more erratically.

Li Shang's hand grips the base of Mariano's cock, his own need mirroring that of the prince. He starts to pump him in rhythm with the movements of his mouth, their bodies moving together like a well-oiled machine of passion. The room is filled with the sound of wet kisses and the slick slide of skin on skin, the three men lost in the throes of desire.

Mariano's hand moves down to cup Eric's firm ass, pulling him closer to Li Shang's eager mouth. The prince's tail coils around Mariano's body, holding him in place as the human's other hand plays with Eric's balls, rolling them gently in his palm. Eric's moans become cries of pleasure, his body a tapestry of sensation that threatens to consume them all.

Li Shang feels Mariano's hand on his own cock, stroking in time with his mouth on Eric's. The captain's hips thrust involuntarily, his own need rising like the tide. He releases Eric with a wet pop, turning his attention to Mariano's erection, his tongue darting out to lick the pre-cum from the tip before taking the entire length into his mouth.

Mariano gasps, his hand tightening on Eric's ass as he fucks into Li Shang's mouth. The prince watches with wide eyes, his breathing ragged as he feels the human's warmth enveloping his cock. The sight of the two men pleasuring each other sends him over the edge, and with a roar that echoes through the room, Eric's body convulses in climax, his tail slapping against the bed as he fills Mariano's hand with his seed.

Mariano groans, the vibrations traveling up his cock, sending him spiraling into his own release. He spurts into Li Shang's mouth, the captain swallowing every drop before pulling back to look at the two of them, his own orgasm written across his face.

Li Shang pulls out, completely ready for more action. He looks up at Mariano and Eric, a fiery look in his eyes. "Your turn, prince," he says, his voice thick with desire. Eric nods, his human side eager to return the favor. He moves between Mariano's legs, his tail slithering around to caress his backside.

Mariano watches as Eric takes him in, his eyes half-lidded with lust. He reaches down to guide the prince, his hand on the back of Eric's head as the merman's lips make contact with his still-sensitive cock. The feeling of Eric's wet, human mouth combined with the gentle scrape of his teeth sends shockwaves through Mariano's body. He throws his head back, groaning as Eric takes him deeper, his tail flicking against Mariano's balls in a way that makes him see stars.

"fuck... Keep using this tail", Mariano moaned as Eric's tail flicked and caressed him in the most sensitive spots. He watched as the merman's cheeks hollowed out, his eyes closed in concentration as he took him in deeper, his own cock growing harder at the sight. The sensation was unlike anything Mariano had ever felt before, a heady mix of pleasure and pain that had him panting and writhing beneath Eric's ministrations.

Li Shang gets away, making way to pound Mariano's mouth with his own cock while Eric continues to suck him off. The sensation is overwhelming, the taste of Eric's precum mingling with the salty tang of his own desire. Mariano's hands grip the sheets, his body taut with need as the captain fucks his face with an almost brutal passion.

Mariano can feel Eric's tail moving against his ass, the sensation of those strange scales sending shocks of pleasure through his body. He moans around Li Shang's cock, his own need growing with every passing second. The captain's hips are a blur as he fucks into Mariano's mouth, his grip on the human's shoulders tightening as he nears his climax.

Mariano opens his mouth, ready to swallow everything that Captain Li Shang has to give him, eager to taste the essence of the powerful warrior. Eric, feeling the intensity of the moment, decides to take it up a notch. His tail slithers down to Mariano's cock, which is now fully erect once more, and he wraps it around the shaft, squeezing gently before starting to pump in time with his mouth.

The pressure is almost unbearable, and Mariano feels his orgasm building. He tries to pull away, not wanting to cum in the captain's mouth without permission, but Li Shang holds him firm, urging him to let go. With a final, guttural moan, Mariano does just that, his cum spurting into the merman's mouth as Eric's tail tightens around his cock, milking him dry.

Li Shang pulls out, his own release imminent. He grabs Eric's hair, holding his head in place as he shoots his load across the prince's face, painting him with his seed. Eric licks his lips, the salty taste of the captain's essence mixing with the sweetness of Mariano's cum.

Eric realizes nobody was pounded, so he goes to spread his ass wide, ready to take the Colombian cock inside of him. Mariano, still panting from his recent climax, looks down at the prince's eager expression and can't resist the temptation. He lines up his cock with Eric's tight hole and presses in, feeling the warmth and wetness that awaits him.

"oh, baby. You really want that bussy stretched out?", Mariano asks with a smirk, his accent thick with lust. Eric nods fervently, his eyes glazed over with desire. He spreads his legs wider, offering himself up to Mariano like a sacrifice to the gods of passion.

Mariano doesn't waste any time, pushing into Eric with a slow, deliberate motion. The prince's body tenses, his muscles clenching around the intrusion, but he relaxes almost immediately, his body seemingly made for this kind of pleasure. Mariano's cock sinks into him, the heat of Eric's insides like a warm embrace that threatens to swallow him whole.

Li Shang watches the scene unfold with a hunger that's almost palpable. He's never felt so alive, so consumed by desire. He moves closer, his own cock now at full mast once more. Mariano meets his gaze, his eyes filled with a challenge that the captain can't resist. He straddles Eric's face, his cock brushing against the prince's lips. Eric eagerly takes him in, his mouth now filled with both human and merman cock.

The rhythm they've established is primal, a dance of lust and need that seems to have been choreographed by the very forces that govern the tides. Mariano's thrusts grow more powerful, his hips moving in time with Eric's tail. The prince's moans are muffled by the captain's cock, but the vibrations are enough to send shockwaves through Mariano's body.

Mariano starts to feel Eric's tail penetrate his hole, causing him to pound harder into the prince's welcoming ass. The sensation is indescribable, a fusion of pleasure and pain that sends his senses spiraling. Eric's moans grow muffled around Li Shang's cock, the vibrations from his throat sending tremors through Mariano's shaft. The room is filled with the sounds of flesh slapping against flesh and the wet sucking noises of Eric's eager mouth.

"faster please", Mariano moans, wanting Eric's tail to go faster and deeper. The merman obliges, his tail moving in a steady, pulsing rhythm that matches Mariano's thrusts. The human's cock is a perfect fit for Eric, filling him up and hitting all the right spots. The prince's moans are music to Mariano's ears as he drives into him, feeling the walls of Eric's ass tighten around him with every stroke.

Li Shang watches the erotic display with a mix of amazement and lust. He reaches down to stroke his cock, the sight of Mariano fucking Eric's ass while the prince eagerly deep-throats him too much to bear. He knows he has to be a part of this, to feel that warm embrace around his own cock. "Switch," he commands, his voice gruff with desire.

Mariano manages to pull out, letting Shang pound into Eric's ass with an enthusiasm that borders on desperation. The prince's body takes the captain's length with ease, his tail wrapping around the human's thighs to help him maintain his balance. The sight of Eric being claimed by the powerful warrior is almost too much for Mariano to handle. He can feel his own orgasm building once more, his cock twitching with every slap of skin.

"suck it nicely", Mariano moans as he gets his dick sucked by Eric, feeling the merman's tail squeezing his ass as if it was a pair of wet, warm hands. His body is alight with sensation, and he can feel his climax building once again. The feel of Eric's mouth on him is like nothing he's ever experienced before, a perfect blend of human and sea creature that drives him wild.

Li Shang doesn't waste a second, plunging his cock into Eric's tight, wet hole. The prince's body stretches to accommodate the captain's girth, his moans growing louder with every inch. Mariano watches, his own cock pulsing in Eric's mouth, as the two men move together in a dance of passion that seems to shake the very foundations of the hotel room.

The sound of their bodies slapping together fills the air, the scent of sex and the sea thick and intoxicating. Mariano can feel his climax building once again, his body responding to the primal energy of the scene unfolding before him. He reaches down to stroke Eric's cock, feeling the prince's muscles tighten and release with every thrust from Captain Shang.

"do you want my Colombian seed to be yours?", Mariano asks Eric, who nods eagerly, his eyes never leaving the human's face. Mariano's hand moves faster on Eric's cock, matching the rhythm of Captain Li Shang's thrusts. Eric's body tenses, and with a final, desperate cry, he releases his load, spurting his cum onto his own chest.

Mariano's own orgasm is close behind, his cock pulsing in Eric's mouth as he watches the prince's body shudder with pleasure. He pulls out with a wet pop, his cum painting Eric's face as he shoots his load across the merman's body. The prince licks his lips, savoring the taste of the human's release.

Li Shang doesn't miss a beat, his hips slamming into Eric's ass with a fervor that borders on obsession. The prince's tail wraps around Mariano's cock once more, pumping him back to hardness as he watches the warrior claim what's rightfully his. The captain's eyes meet Mariano's, and for a moment, it's as if they're sharing the same thoughts, the same desires.

Mariano is secretly waiting for Li Shang to breed Eric so he could get pounded by both the merman and the warrior at the same time. His fantasy is about to come true as Captain Li Shang reaches his peak, his muscular body taut with pleasure. With a roar that echoes through the hotel room, he empties himself into Eric's welcoming body, filling him with his seed. The merman's tail tightens around Mariano's leg, urging him closer.

"keep going and I'm gonna be praying for both of you to fuck me", Mariano moans out, unable to hold back his desire any longer. The words hang in the air, a brazen invitation to the two men who are already lost in the throes of passion.

Li Shang pulls out of Eric, his cock glistening with the merman's juices. He looks at Mariano, his eyes burning with a hunger that mirrors the human's own. Eric, still panting from his own release, nods eagerly, his body already preparing for the next round of pleasure. Mariano lays down, opening for Li Shang to take him as he had Eric. The captain doesn't need any more encouragement. He lines up his cock with Mariano's hole and pushes in, his movements slow and deliberate at first, allowing the human to adjust to his size.

Mariano's eyes roll back in his head as he's filled by the captain's thick, hard shaft. It's a sensation he's never felt before, a mix of pain and pleasure that makes him feel alive in a way that nothing else ever has. He looks over at Eric, who is watching them with a look of pure, unbridled lust. The prince's tail is still hard, twitching with the need for more.

"wanna stroke me using that tail and let your cock be in my mouth?", Mariano asks as he looks at Eric with a smoldering gaze. The merman's eyes light up at the suggestion, his tail slithering up to wrap around Mariano's shaft while he eagerly takes the human's cock into his mouth. The sensation is exquisite, the combination of Eric's tail and mouth sending waves of pleasure through Mariano's body.

Li Shang's hips move in a steady, powerful rhythm as he fucks Mariano, his cock hitting the human's prostate with every thrust. The feeling is intense, a symphony of sensations that has Mariano's body writhing in ecstasy. Eric's tail is a maestro, stroking him with precision and strength that Mariano had never felt before. The prince's cock is still rock hard, bobbing in the air as he works his mouth around Mariano's shaft.

Mariano's eyes roll back in his head as Eric's tail works its magic, the merman's scales gliding smoothly against his sensitive flesh. He can feel Captain Li Shang's cock growing even bigger inside him, the warrior's grip tightening on his hips as he prepares to release his seed once again. "I'm going to cum," Mariano gasps out, his voice ragged with need.

Li Shang nods, his own breathing ragged with exertion. "Do it," he says, his voice low and urgent. "Cum for us, Mariano. Show us how much you want this."

Mariano's body responds to the captain's words, his cock swelling even further in Eric's mouth. The merman's tail squeezes him tightly, the scales leaving a trail of fire along his shaft. He can feel his orgasm cresting, his body tightening as the pleasure builds to a crescendo. With a roar that rivals the captain's, he shoots his load into Eric's eager mouth, filling the prince's throat with his cum.

"deeper", Mariano moans as he gets pounded by Shang , feeling the merman's tail wrapping around his own cock, stroking him in time with the warrior's thrusts. The pressure inside him is unbearable, but he doesn't want it to end. Eric's mouth is heaven around him, sucking and licking with a skill that's unrivaled.

"I don't know if Eric has a cock but I need a one to make me shut the fuck up", Mariano thought to himself, his mind racing with the delirious pleasure coursing through his body. His eyes locked with Eric's, the merman's expression one of pure, unadulterated lust. It was as if the prince could feel every inch of Li Shang's cock claiming him, every pulse of Mariano's own need through the tail that gripped his shaft.

The human's orgasm seemed to fuel Captain Shang even more, his strokes becoming more powerful, his grip on Mariano's hips tightening to the point of bruising. The sound of skin slapping against skin filled the room, the scent of sex and the briny tang of the sea mixing in an intoxicating aroma that was as potent as it was overwhelming. Eric's tail worked faster on Mariano's cock, the merman's own need now a palpable force in the air.

Mariano's eyes rolled back in his head as the pleasure grew, his body arching off the bed. He could feel Eric's tail pumping him, the scales leaving a trail of fire across his skin that was almost too much to bear. The prince's mouth was a wet, tight embrace around his cock, sucking him in a way that made him feel like he was being worshipped.

Li Shang's thrusts grew more erratic, his breaths coming in harsh pants. He was close, so close to filling Mariano with his seed, to marking him as his own. The human's body was a perfect fit for his cock, tight and warm, and the feeling was driving him mad with desire. He reached down, his hand wrapping around Eric's tail, and began to pump it in time with his hips.

"that’s it", Mariano moans as Eric's tail and Li Shang's cock hit every spot within him, pushing him to the edge of sanity. The merman's tail was a masterful tool, stroking him in a way that no human hand ever could. The combination of textures and sensations was driving him wild, his mind racing with images of the two men claiming him, making him theirs in every possible way.

"fuck fuck fuck, I need another cock", Mariano said softly, unaware of the surroundings, his eyes glazed over with pleasure. His body was a canvas of sweat and cum, the aftermath of their passionate encounter. Captain Li Shang pulled out, his cock glistening with the mix of their juices, and nodded to Eric.

The merman eagerly took his place, his own cock, a sight to behold with its iridescent scales and the tip glowing faintly blue, ready to claim Mariano. The human's body quivered in anticipation as Eric's tail slithered away, revealing his cock. Mariano felt his insides clench with excitement, ready to accommodate the prince's alien member.

With a gentle push, Eric's cock breached Mariano's hole, the sensation unlike anything he had ever felt. It was a mix of cold metal and the slickness of the sea, sending waves of pleasure through his body. The prince's eyes shone with a hunger that was both terrifying and thrilling. Captain Li Shang watched, stroking his own cock as he took in the sight of his men, lost in their passion.

"damn, I love the feel of that cock", Mariano thought to himself as Eric slammed into him, filling him up completely. The merman's cock was like nothing he had ever felt before, the scales on the shaft leaving a trail of pleasure-pain that had him writhing on the bed. Eric's eyes were closed in ecstasy, his body moving with a rhythm that seemed as old as the ocean itself.

Li Shang watched the two men, his own cock still rock hard from the intense fucking he had just given Mariano. He couldn't help but feel a twinge of envy as Eric's cock disappeared into the human's willing body, the prince's tail still wrapped around Mariano's own cock. But he knew that he had already claimed his share of the night's spoils, and that it was now Eric's turn to feel the human's tight embrace.

"say how much you love it", Eric said in a low, seductive voice that sent shivers down Mariano's spine. The merman's eyes were half-closed with pleasure, his body moving in perfect sync with the human's. Mariano's hips met Eric's thrusts eagerly, his moans growing louder with every stroke.

"I love it," Mariano gasped out, his voice a ragged whisper. "Your cock feels so fucking amazing." He could feel Eric's tail tighten around his cock, the scales digging into his sensitive flesh in a way that was both painful and incredible. The merman's hips moved faster, his cock sliding in and out of Mariano with a wet, slapping sound that seemed to echo through the room.

Li Shang leaned back in his chair, his own cock still hard as he watched the scene unfold before him. He had never seen anything so erotic, so raw and primal. The way Eric's cock stretched and filled Mariano was mesmerizing, the human's body a testament to the power of desire and need.

"fuck me like you mean it," Mariano begged, his body trembling with each powerful thrust from Eric. The merman's cock was unlike any he had ever felt, a blend of cold steel and the pulsing warmth of the sea. His own cock was being expertly stroked by Eric's tail, the scales leaving a trail of sensation that had him teetering on the brink of madness.

"oh you’re gonna make me cum many times until you finally breed me," Mariano exclaimed, his voice thick with pleasure. Eric's tail moved faster, the scales scraping against his shaft as the merman's hips pistoned in and out. Captain Li Shang watched with a predatory gaze, his hand idly stroking his still-hard cock as he took in the sight of his two lovers.

The room was alive with the sounds of passion; Eric's grunts, Mariano's cries, the wet slap of skin on skin, and the rhythmic throb of the merman's tail against Mariano's cock. The human's eyes were glazed over with desire, his body moving in perfect harmony with Eric's. The captain felt his own cock throb with need, remembering the tight warmth of Mariano's body around him.

Mariano noticed Shang's absence so he asks if he wants his mouth or ass, unsure of what the captain prefers. Captain Li Shang, unable to resist the allure of the human's submission, approaches the bed, his cock standing at attention once again.

"Take me in your mouth," the captain commands, and Mariano eagerly complies, his eyes never leaving Eric's as the merman continues to pound into him. The sensation of the two men using him, filling him in every way possible, is more than he could ever have imagined.

"finally someone made me shut the fuck up", Mariano thought as he kept on sucking Captain Li Shang's cock with the same passion he was receiving from Eric. The warrior's cock was like a hot brand, a stark contrast to the coolness of Eric's scales, and the combination was driving him wild.

The captain's hand was in Mariano's hair, guiding him in a steady rhythm, his eyes never leaving the human's. Mariano could feel the tension building in the warrior's body, the muscles of his abs tightening with every suck. He knew that Shang was close, could taste the saltiness of his pre-cum on his tongue.

"Swallow me," Captain Li Shang ordered, his voice strained with need. Mariano nodded eagerly, his eyes never leaving the captain's. He felt Eric's cock swell inside him, knew that the merman was close as well. The prince's tail tightened around his own cock, the pressure building to unbearable levels.

"I'm gonna be bred with merman semen," Mariano thought as he felt Eric's cock pulse inside of him, the prince's tail tightening around his own cock. The pressure was unbearable, the pleasure almost too intense to handle. Captain Li Shang's cock filled his mouth, the warrior's hand tight in his hair, guiding him in a punishing rhythm that had him gagging around the thick shaft.

With a roar that seemed to shake the very foundations of the hotel, Eric came, his semen spilling into Mariano in hot, thick spurts. The human's body convulsed around the merman's cock, his orgasm ripped from him in a wave of white-hot ecstasy. At the same time, Captain Li Shang erupted in his mouth, filling him with his own seed, the taste of the warrior's cum almost as potent as the feeling of Eric's cock inside of him.

Mariano's body trembled with the aftershocks of his climax, his eyes rolling back in his head as Eric pulled out, his cock still glowing faintly with the aftermath of his orgasm. The merman's tail slithered away, leaving Mariano's cock slick with the combined essence of the two men.

As Mariano was stunned by the merman prince's ability to pound while using his tail, he kept thinking "what about Li Shang?" before Eric went to kiss Mariano passionately, his cock still lodged deep within him. The human felt like he was in a dream, the warmth of Eric's kiss melding with the coolness of his scales, creating a symphony of sensation that washed over him like a wave.

"that was so fucking good", Mariano said softly before kissing Eric back, feeling the merman's cock still inside him, the aftershocks of pleasure still coursing through his body. Eric's tail slithered around his waist, pulling him closer, the scales leaving a trail of sensation across his skin that was almost painful in its intensity. Captain Li Shang watched, his own cock still hard and demanding, his hand moving in slow strokes along his shaft.

"now that you satisfied me, is more seed left for breeding?", Mariano asked Eric with a cheeky smile, his voice still shaky from the intense orgasm. Eric chuckled, his cock still pulsing within Mariano's ass, the glow of his climax slowly fading. Captain Li Shang, his own need still unsated, climbed onto the bed, his cock standing at full attention.

"I guess we need to pound him, right?", Eric asked Mariano with a smirk, his cock still buried deep within the human's tight ass. Mariano nodded eagerly, his body already begging for more. Mariano got up, letting Li Shang position himself on the bed, and he watched as Eric approached the captain, his cock still rock hard despite the recent release.

The merman's tail wrapped around Captain Shang's cock, the scales leaving a trail of fire across the warrior's shaft that had him hissing with pleasure. Mariano watched, his own cock standing at attention as Eric began to stroke Li Shang's cock, his movements slow and deliberate.

The captain leaned back into the pillows, his eyes closing as Eric worked his magic. The human could see the tension in his body, the way his muscles flexed and tightened as the merman brought him closer to the edge.

Mariano's cock was still hard, and he knew he couldn't resist joining in. He straddled Captain Li Shang's face, his cock pointing down at the warrior's eager mouth. The captain didn't hesitate, taking him in with a groan that vibrated through Mariano's entire body.

As Eric's tail continued to work its magic on Captain Shang, Mariano began to ride the warrior's face, the sensation of the man's tongue and teeth against his sensitive flesh sending him spiraling towards another climax. The captain's hands gripped his thighs, holding him in place as he devoured Mariano's cock with a hunger that was almost feral.

Mariano's eyes rolled back in his head as he felt Captain Shang's tongue swirl around his shaft, his teeth grazing the sensitive ridge just below the head. Eric's tail had moved to his own cock, the scales leaving a trail of pleasure-pain that had him teetering on the edge. He knew he wouldn't last much longer, the feeling of being taken by both men was too intense, too overwhelming.

As the captain's mouth worked its magic, Eric's tail tightened around Mariano's cock, the pressure building once again. "I'm going to cum," he warned, his voice a strangled moan. Captain Shang's grip on his hips grew stronger, his tongue flicking against his prostate as he urged him over the edge.

Mariano threw his head back, his body arching as he came for a second time, his seed spilling into Captain Li Shang's eager mouth. The warrior swallowed greedily, his eyes never leaving Mariano's as he drank him in.

Eric kept on pounding Li Shang's cock with his tail, his own orgasm building with every stroke. The captain's moans around Mariano's cock grew louder, his hips bucking up to meet Eric's rhythm. Mariano couldn't believe what he was seeing; the stoic warrior, lost in a haze of pleasure, being brought to the brink by the merman's tail. It was a sight that would be burned into his memory forever.

Mariano leaned back, watching as Eric brought Captain Shang to the edge of ecstasy. The warrior's face was a picture of concentration and lust, his eyes locked onto Mariano's as he took him deep into his throat. With a final, guttural growl, Captain Li Shang came, his cum spurting out in thick ropes that Eric eagerly caught with his tail. The merman brought the tail to his own mouth, licking off the creamy essence with a satisfied smile.

Mariano later decided to go behind Eric and help him breed Li Shang as well, his cock still hard and eager for more.

"you want me to fuck the cum out of you?", Mariano asked whispering in Eric's ear, his breath hot and heavy with lust. Eric nodded eagerly, his eyes never leaving Captain Li Shang's as he felt Mariano's cock pressing against his entrance. The human's cock slid in easily, lubricated by the warrior's own cum. Eric's tail wrapped around Mariano's waist, pulling him in deeper.

"You so want me to cum inside your wet hole, yeah?", Mariano said with a smirk, his cock sliding in and out of Eric's tight ass. The merman moaned, his cock still rock-hard despite his recent climax. Captain Li Shang watched with a mix of amazement and lust as the human claimed him once again.

The three of them were moaning together in a symphony of pleasure, their bodies entwined in a dance as ancient as the tides. Captain Li Shang's eyes rolled back in his head as Eric's dick slid in and out of him, his own cock pulsing with need. Mariano's cock was buried in Eric's ass, the merman's tight muscles squeezing him with every stroke. The room was filled with the smell of sex and the salty tang of the sea, a heady mix that only served to drive them onward.

The Colombian started playing with Eric's chest from behind, pinching his nipples and kissing his neck while he fucked him, making the merman moan even louder. Eric's tail was still wrapped around Mariano's waist, the scales now glowing faintly with arousal. Captain Li Shang's eyes rolled back in his head, his body moving in time with Mariano's thrusts. The human could feel Eric's prostate swelling, knew that he was close to another orgasm.

"faster please", Eric told Mariano as he felt the captain's cock fill him up once again, the human's hips slamming into his with every thrust. Mariano obliged, his own pleasure building as he watched the two men lose themselves in each other. Eric's tail wrapped around Mariano's cock, the scales leaving a trail of pleasure that had him panting with need.

The three men moved together in perfect harmony, their bodies a tapestry of passion and desire. Captain Li Shang's eyes were squeezed shut, his teeth gritted as Eric fucked him with a fierce intensity that was matched by Mariano's relentless pounding from behind. The warrior's moans grew louder, his body shaking with the effort of holding back his orgasm.

"wanna cum together?", Mariano asked Eric, his voice a mix of urgency and passion. Eric nodded fervently, his body already on the precipice of a second orgasm. Captain Li Shang's cock was pulsing inside him, the warrior's own climax imminent. Mariano gripped Eric's hips tightly, his own orgasm building with every stroke into the merman's tight ass.

The room was a blur of motion and sound, the only constant the slap of flesh against flesh and the grunts of effort and pleasure that filled the air. Mariano felt himself getting closer, his cock swelling with the promise of release. He reached down, wrapping his hand around Eric's cock, and began to pump it in time with his thrusts.

"Yes, like that," Eric gasped, his eyes half-lidded with pleasure. "Cum inside me, Mariano. Please, I need it."

Mariano's eyes widened at the prince's begging, his own need reaching a fever pitch. He picked up his pace, slamming into Eric's ass with all the force he had left, his hand moving in a blur as he jerked Eric off. The merman's body tightened around him, his cock pulsing in his grasp as he felt the prince's orgasm build.

With a roar that echoed through the hotel room, Mariano came, causing a chain reaction between Eric and Li Shang. Eric's cock spasmed in Mariano's hand, his own orgasm crashing over him as he filled the warrior's ass with his seed. Captain Li Shang's eyes snapped open, his body arching off the bed as he felt the merman's cock pulse inside him. The warrior's own climax hit him like a wave, his cock erupting in a torrent of cum that spurted out of Eric's ass and onto the bedspread.

Mariano collapsed onto the bed, his body spent and trembling with the aftershocks of pleasure. Eric's tail uncoiled from his cock, the glow of arousal fading away as he lay back, panting and satisfied. Captain Li Shang looked up at them, his chest heaving with the effort of breathing. "I have never... experienced anything like that," he managed to say, his voice hoarse with passion.

Mariano couldn't agree more; the intensity of the encounter had left him feeling both exhausted and exhilarated. He leaned over to kiss Eric, his lips meeting the merman's in a gentle press of gratitude. Eric's tail curled around him, pulling him closer, and Mariano felt a surge of affection for the prince.

As the three of them lay there, basking in the aftermath of their passion, Mariano's mind began to wander. He wondered if this was the first time Eric had ever been with a human, and if Captain Li Shang had ever experienced the unique pleasure of a merman's embrace. The thought of being part of something so rare and special sent a thrill through him.

"We should rest," Eric murmured, his voice still thick with satisfaction. "We'll need our strength for whatever challenges lie ahead."

Mariano nodded, his body feeling both heavy and light at the same time. He rolled off Eric and laid beside him, their bodies still entwined. Captain Li Shang sat up, his face a mask of contemplation. "You speak of challenges," he said. "What is it you two are planning?"

Mariano looked over at Eric, his expression a mix of excitement and concern. "We're going on a quest," he replied. "To find the treasure of the sea witch, and perhaps save Eric's kingdom from whatever danger lurks beneath the waves."

Li Shang raised an eyebrow, intrigued despite himself. "A quest, you say?" He considered the situation for a moment, the gravity of their situation weighing heavily on his shoulders. "Very well," he decided. "I will accompany you. My duty to the kingdom demands it, and I suspect these 'strange occurrences' along the coastline may be connected to whatever it is you seek."

Mariano felt a surge of relief and excitement at the captain's offer. Having a skilled warrior like Li Shang on their side could be invaluable, especially considering the unknown dangers they would likely face. Eric's tail swished contentedly against the bed, and he nodded in agreement. "Thank you, Captain," he said, his voice still a bit shaky from their recent exertions.

The three men rested for a short while longer, allowing their bodies to recover from the intense pleasure they had shared. As they lay there, Mariano couldn't help but think about the journey ahead. He knew that their union had formed a bond that went beyond the physical, and he felt a sense of camaraderie and loyalty towards Captain Li Shang and Prince Eric that was unshakeable.

Chapter Text

Previously, Prince Eric revealed himself to be a merman, in front of Mariano Guzman and Captain Li Shang, after defeating the sea witch that was hunting the seas, in order to be saved..

After spending the day pleasing themselves, both went to sleep, prepared for the next day where they will be looking for the sea witch's treasure and save Prince Eric from the dangers lurking at the sea.

The next morning, the trio set sail early, with the sun just peeking over the horizon, painting the sky with shades of pink and orange. Mariano and Captain Shang could not contain their excitement, while Eric remained focused on the task at hand. They had studied the map the sea witch had left behind meticulously and identified a series of hidden caves along the coastline that could potentially hold the treasure. As they approached the first cave, the sea grew choppy, and the waves crashed against the shore with a ferocity that seemed almost deliberate.

Entering the cave, they found themselves in a vast underwater cavern, illuminated by bioluminescent algae that cast an eerie glow over the ancient artifacts scattered on the seafloor. The air grew thick with tension as they swam deeper, their eyes scanning for any signs of danger. It wasn’t long before they encountered a school of aggressive sea serpents, their eyes gleaming with malice. Without hesitation, Captain Shang drew his sword and charged at them, his movements swift and precise, slicing through the water with the grace of a dolphin.

Mariano, on the other hand, used his magical abilities to manipulate the water currents, creating a barrier between the serpents and the others. The serpents, confused by the sudden change in the flow, slammed into the invisible wall and disoriented themselves. Taking advantage of the momentary respite, Eric transformed into his merman form, his powerful tail propelling him through the water as he led the charge deeper into the cavern.

As they ventured further, they stumbled upon a chamber that seemed to have been untouched for centuries. The walls were adorned with murals depicting battles between ancient sea creatures and the early merfolk. In the center of the chamber, a pedestal rose from the seabed, and atop it lay a gleaming treasure chest. However, as they approached, the floor began to tremble, and the murals around them sprang to life, their painted eyes following the intruders with a malevolent intent. The sea serpents they had encountered earlier were mere sentinels, and the true guardians of the treasure were about to reveal themselves.

A deafening roar echoed through the cavern as colossal crabs, each the size of their ship, emerged from the shadows. Their pincers snapped with the force of a thousand jaws, and their eyes burned with a hunger that could only be satisfied by the flesh of interlopers. Captain Shang and Mariano exchanged a quick glance before springing into action. Shang raised his sword, now glowing with an enchanted light, and Mariano chanted an incantation that conjured a whirlpool at the center of the chamber, drawing the crabs closer.

The battle was fierce, with Captain Shang’s blade clanging against the crabs’ exoskeletons and Mariano’s whirlpool growing stronger by the second. Eric, using his merman strength, pushed the chest aside and uncovered a hidden lever. He pulled it, and the floor beneath the crabs gave way, sending them plummeting into the abyss below. The murals on the walls ceased their movements, and the chamber grew eerily quiet once more.

Breathless, the trio approached the treasure chest, now exposed and unguarded. It was bound with thick, corroded chains that seemed to be made of pure kelp. Captain Shang took out a dagger and began to cut through them, while Mariano kept a watchful eye on their surroundings, wary of any other traps the sea witch may have left behind. As the final chain fell away, the chest creaked open, revealing its contents.

The treasure inside was indeed magnificent, filled with gold and jewels that reflected the bioluminescence in a dazzling display of wealth. Amongst the glittering riches lay an ancient scroll, rolled up and sealed with a wax emblem that bore the symbol of the sea witch’s coven. Mariano carefully retrieved it, his heart racing with anticipation. Unfurling the scroll, he began to read aloud the incantation written upon it, not knowing that it would set in motion a series of events that would change the fate of the sea and the land forever.

As the words of power left Mariano’s lips, the water in the cavern started to swirl and churn, the pressure building to an almost unbearable level. Suddenly, the treasure chest burst open wider, and from it emerged a specter of pure darkness, coalescing into the form of the sea witch’s vengeful spirit. Her eyes, two orbs of pure malice, fixed on Eric, who stared back at her with a mix of fear and defiance. She had been waiting for this moment, her spirit bound to the treasure, waiting for someone to break the seal and release her into the world once more.

The spirit let out a shriek that pierced through the water, and the very fabric of the sea trembled in response. The murals on the walls came to life once again, their warrior figures charging forth from their two-dimensional prisons to fight alongside the trio. Captain Shang and Eric took their positions, ready to face the wrath of the sea witch’s spirit, while Mariano, understanding the gravity of the situation, hastily began to recite a counter-incantation to banish her back to the netherworld from which she came. The cavern was now a battleground, with the spectral warriors clashing against the dark tendrils that the spirit had conjured.

The spirit hovered before them, her form distorting as she drew power from the treasure, growing in size and intensity. Eric’s eyes narrowed as he focused his energy, and with a mighty roar, he shot a beam of pure light from his trident, striking the spirit and sending her reeling. She retaliated with a wave of dark energy that crashed into the trio, but they held their ground, their determination unyielding.

Mariano’s voice grew stronger as he recited the ancient words, the incantation resonating through the cavern. The spirit howled in fury, her form beginning to flicker and fade. Captain Shang stepped forward, driving his enchanted sword into the heart of the spirit. With a final, ear-shattering screech, she dissolved into a cloud of inky water that was swiftly drawn into the whirlpool Mariano had created, which grew more intense as it consumed her essence, spinning faster and faster until it collapsed with a deafening boom, leaving the chamber silent once again.

The murals on the walls slowly returned to their lifeless state, the spectral warriors vanishing into the very stone from which they had emerged. The treasure lay scattered across the seabed, forgotten in the face of the greater victory they had just achieved. The trio, exhausted but triumphant, stared at each other, the gravity of what they had just done settling over them like a heavy cloak. They had not only found the treasure but had also prevented the sea witch’s spirit from wreaking havoc on the world above and below the waves.

But their victory was not without consequence. As they made their way back to the surface, the scroll that had contained the banishing incantation began to crumble in Mariano’s hands, the ink fading away. It dawned on them that they had used a powerful, one-time-only magic to defeat the spirit. As the sun broke through the surface of the water, they knew that their adventure had only just begun, for the sea held many more secrets, and now they were part of an ancient legacy that bound them to its protection.

Upon returning to the ship, they decided to keep the existence of the treasure and the spirit’s defeat a secret. Only a select few could be trusted with the knowledge of such power. They divided the treasure among themselves, not for greed, but for the understanding that it could be used to aid them in their future battles against the dark forces that threatened the balance of the ocean.

Over the following days, they charted a course for Eric’s kingdom, eager to share the news of their victory with the merfolk and humans alike. The journey back was filled with tales of their heroism and speculation about what lay ahead for them. Captain Shang spoke of his newfound respect for the mysteries of the sea, and Mariano revealed his curiosity about the ancient magic they had encountered. Eric, however, remained silent, contemplating his dual heritage and the weight of his newfound responsibilities as a protector of the ocean.

As they approached the underwater city of Atlantica, the waters grew calmer, almost welcoming. The merfolk, sensing the return of their prince and the vanquishing of the sea witch’s spirit, had gathered at the city’s entrance to greet them. Their faces were filled with relief and hope, for the shadow that had loomed over their lives for so long had finally been lifted.

The trio emerged from the water, their figures silhouetted by the setting sun. Eric transformed back into his human form, his legs feeling the weight of the world once more. The crowd parted as they made their way to the throne room, where King Triton and the council of elders awaited their return. The king’s eyes searched Eric’s, looking for answers to the questions he hadn’t yet asked. Eric took a deep breath, knowing that he had to be honest about his true nature and the events that had transpired.

The council chamber was filled with an air of anticipation as Eric recounted their journey, from the revelation of his merman heritage to the fierce battle in the treacherous cavern. The merfolk listened in awe, their whispers hushed in the presence of such bravery. When he finished speaking, the room was silent for a long moment before the council spoke. They praised Eric’s valor and wisdom in choosing his friends and confidants, acknowledging the human and the sorcerer as honorary protectors of Atlantica.

The council bestowed upon Captain Shang a golden trident, a symbol of his newfound kinship with the ocean and his status as an ally of the merfolk. For Mariano, they offered a crystal orb, a tool to enhance his magical abilities and a token of their gratitude for his crucial role in the spirit’s banishment. Eric, now openly accepted as both a prince of Atlantica and a human, was granted the title of High Protector, a position that would require him to stand between the two worlds and maintain their fragile peace.

The days that followed were a whirlwind of celebration and preparation. Eric was taught the ways of the merfolk, honing his abilities and learning the history of his mother’s people. Meanwhile, Mariano delved into ancient tomes, eager to understand the depth of his newfound connection to the sea. Captain Shang, ever the pragmatist, worked tirelessly with the Atlantican guards, sharing his military knowledge to strengthen their defenses against any future threats.

As the trio grew closer, they found themselves drawn into the complex web of political intrigue that wove through the underwater city. Not all merfolk were pleased with Eric’s human ties, and whispers of dissent grew louder with each passing day. Some believed that a union between the sea and the land would only invite more danger to their hidden realm. Yet, Eric remained steadfast in his belief that understanding and cooperation were the keys to a prosperous future for both worlds.

One evening, as the moon cast its silver glow over the ocean’s surface, Eric called for a meeting with Captain Shang and Mariano. He spoke of a vision he’d had, a vision of a great storm brewing on the horizon, a tempest that threatened not only Atlantica but the entire world above the waves. The sea witch’s spirit may have been defeated, but her followers remained, biding their time, waiting for a chance to strike.

Mariano studied the skies, his eyes narrowing as he felt the faint tremble of dark magic. “We must find the source of this storm before it’s too late,” he said gravely. Captain Shang nodded in agreement, his grip tightening on the golden trident.

Their preparations were swift, fueled by the urgency of the situation. They gathered a small, trusted group of Atlantican guards and set off into the open ocean, their course set by the whispers of the sea currents and Mariano’s magical intuition. The water grew colder and the pressure increased as they ventured into deeper, uncharted waters. It was here that the whispers grew louder, the malicious intent of the sea witch’s followers echoing through the abyss.

Days turned into weeks as they searched for the source of the disturbance. The storm clouds grew thicker, casting a permanent twilight over the sea. The guards grew weary, but the trio’s determination never wavered. Finally, as they approached the edge of a trench that dropped into the darkest depths, they saw a flicker of light. A city lay before them, hidden from the eyes of the surface world, a bastion of the sea witch’s dark magic.

They descended into the abyss, their hearts pounding in their chests. The city was alive with twisted creatures, corrupted by the sea witch’s power. Her followers had gathered here, amassing an army that would be unstoppable if unleashed. Eric knew that they had to act quickly, but the sheer size of the threat was overwhelming.

Mariano suggested a covert approach, using his magic to disguise themselves as one of the shadowy beings that roamed the city’s streets. They agreed, and with a deep breath, the sorcerer wove an illusion around them, transforming them into monstrous forms that blended seamlessly with the city’s inhabitants. They moved through the twisted alleyways, gathering intel on the impending storm and the extent of the sea witch’s remaining power.

Their mission grew more dangerous with each step, the air thick with the stench of decay and the whispers of dark incantations. They discovered that the storm was not just a natural phenomenon but a weapon, a magical barrier that would isolate Atlantica and allow the sea witch’s followers to attack without mercy. The heart of this spell was a crystal, hidden in the deepest chamber of the city, and it was here that they would have to confront the true enemy.

The trio made their way to the chamber, their steps echoing through the silent halls. As they reached the crystal, a figure emerged from the shadows, a twisted reflection of Eric himself. The sea witch’s power had created a dark doppelgänger, a creature born of his fears and insecurities. This was the final guardian, the last test of Eric’s strength and resolve.

The battle was intense, the doppelgänger mirroring Eric’s every move, exploiting his weaknesses. Captain Shang and Mariano fought valiantly beside him, their friendship and unity a beacon of light in the dark abyss. The clang of trident against crystal and the sizzle of Mariano’s spells filled the chamber as they pushed back the tide of shadowy minions.

As Eric and his doppelgänger clashed, the crystal pulsed with each strike, the storm outside growing more violent. The city trembled, and the sea roared with fury. With a final, desperate blow, Eric shattered the crystal, releasing a burst of light that consumed the doppelganger and dispersed the dark magic throughout the city.

The storm receded, the clouds parting to reveal a clear, starlit night. The city lay in ruins, but the threat had been averted. As the trio emerged from the abyss, they were greeted by the cheers of the Atlantican guards, who had felt the shift in power. The merfolk knew that their prince had returned, not just a hero, but a symbol of unity and hope in a world that had been torn apart by fear and darkness.

Their journey was far from over, for the whispers of the sea witch’s legacy had not yet been silenced. But Eric, Captain Shang, and Mariano had proven themselves as a formidable team, ready to face whatever challenges the deep waters of destiny had in store for them. They knew that together, they could bring peace to the sea and perhaps, in time, bridge the gap between the land and the ocean.

Back in Atlantica, Eric’s revelation shook the very core of the city. Some merfolk hailed him as a hero, a beacon of hope in a time of uncertainty. Others viewed him with suspicion, fearful of the change he represented. Yet, the trio remained unfazed by the political currents, focusing instead on the greater good of the two worlds. They spent their days training with the Atlantican guards, sharing their newfound knowledge and skills, and preparing for the inevitable battles to come.

Mariano kept thinking about Prince Eric, even after they had said their goodbyes. The prince's newfound responsibility weighed heavily on his shoulders, and the sorcerer couldn't help but feel a pang of guilt for not being able to fully understand what his friend was going through. Yet, he knew that Eric was not alone. He had Captain Shang, a man of honor and valor, and he had Mariano, who had pledged to stand by Eric’s side, no matter what the future held.

The weeks turned into months, and the friendship between the trio grew stronger. They continued to train together, pushing the boundaries of their abilities and learning from one another’s experiences. Mariano’s magic grew more attuned to the rhythms of the ocean, while Captain Shang’s tactical mind was enriched by the mysteries of the deep. Eric, on the other hand, had to navigate the intricate dance of diplomacy between the merfolk and the humans, a task that grew more challenging with each passing day.

Mariano thought the fun he had with both Li Shang and Prince Eric was over until Prince Eric had wanted Mariano to see the King Triton.

By command, Mariano came to visit Atlantica, feeling a mix of excitement and nerves as he approached the grand city beneath the waves. The beauty of the place was breathtaking, and he marveled at the intricate architecture and the vibrant life that teemed within it. He had been invited to an audience with King Triton, and he knew that this could be a turning point in the relationship between the merfolk and the humans.

When Mariano was presented before the king, he felt the weight of the moment. He had come to respect Eric's father, a wise ruler who had seen much in his long reign. The king studied him intently, his trident resting across his lap as he listened to Eric’s account of their adventure. The prince spoke of Mariano’s bravery and the vital role he had played in saving Atlantica, and the sorcerer felt his cheeks flush with pride.

"I have heard you wanted to see me, your highness", Mariano said to the King with a bow, his heart racing.

King Triton nodded gravely, his eyes piercing through the sorcerer. "Mariano Guzman, your actions have not gone unnoticed. The protection of our city is paramount, and we are in your debt."

Mariano swallowed hard, his throat dry with tension. "Thank you, your majesty. I only did what I thought was right."

The king’s expression softened. "And for that, we are eternally grateful. But our worlds are intertwined, and with great power comes great responsibility. I sense a connection between you and the sea, one that is rare and precious. I wish to offer you a place here, among us, as an advisor and protector of our realm."

"I appreciate the offer, although I like it the way I am now..", Mariano said hesitantly, unsure of what such a commitment would entail.

King Triton leaned forward slightly, his gaze unwavering. "I understand your hesitation, but consider this. Your magic is unlike any we have encountered before. With the sea witch's power diminished, there will be those who seek to fill the vacuum she has left behind. Your knowledge and power could be the difference between peace and war."

"I'll think about it", Mariano said, his voice wavering slightly. The gravity of the offer was not lost on him, but the thought of leaving his life on land was daunting. He had friends, family, and a world of his own to consider. The king nodded in understanding, giving him the time he needed to make such a momentous decision.

"Now, is there any other reason why I was called?", Mariano asked as he sensed an atmosphere of lust, coming from the King Triton.

King Triton cleared his throat, looking slightly uncomfortable. "Yes, there is another matter I wish to discuss. I have received word of a disturbance in the sea, one that may require your unique skills."

Mariano's eyes lit up with interest. "What sort of disturbance, your majesty?"

"Our scouts have reported a series of unexplained shipwrecks along the trade routes. The vessels appear to have been torn apart by some great beast or perhaps a creature of dark magic," the king explained, his voice tinged with concern. "The humans are growing fearful, and their suspicion may soon turn to us."

Mariano's curiosity piqued. "Could it be the work of the sea witch's remaining followers?"

The king's expression grew grim. "It is possible, but we must rule out all other explanations before we jump to conclusions. I would like you to investigate these incidents, Mariano. Your understanding of the human world and your magical abilities make you the perfect candidate for this task."

Mariano felt a knot form in his stomach. He had hoped for a joyous reunion with his friends, not to be thrust into another dangerous mission so soon. But he knew that he couldn’t refuse. The safety of both the merfolk and humans depended on it. "I will do my best, Your Highness," he said solemnly.

The trio gathered in a private chamber to discuss their plan of action. Eric's eyes were filled with determination, and Captain Shang's jaw was set with the same resolve Mariano felt. They decided to split up, with Eric and Captain Shang heading to the surface to investigate the shipwrecks from above and Mariano delving into the depths to search for the source of the disturbances from below.

Mariano transformed into his dolphin form, feeling the rush of excitement and fear as he leaped from the palace's balcony into the water. The ocean was vast, and the mysteries it held were boundless. As he swam through the coral forests and past schools of brightly colored fish, he couldn’t help but feel like he was stepping into a whole new adventure.

The sea grew darker and more foreboding as he approached the area of the shipwrecks. The water was thick with the scent of fear and decay. Mariano sent a pulse of magic ahead of him, feeling for any signs of the supernatural. His senses tingled, and he knew he was getting closer to the heart of the mystery.

In the distance, a monstrous silhouette loomed, its tentacles snaking through the water like living shadows. The creature was unlike anything Mariano had ever encountered, a creature of nightmares given form by the sea witch’s dark magic. He took a deep breath and steeled himself, knowing that he had to face this beast alone. The fate of two worlds rested on his shoulders.

The creature sensed his presence and turned towards him, its eyes burning with an unnatural light. Mariano swam closer, his heart pounding in his chest. He focused his magic, calling upon the ancient incantations that had been passed down through generations of sorcerers. A fiery spear of light shot from his trident, piercing the creature’s flesh and sending it writhing in pain.

The beast roared, its tentacles lashing out in a frenzied attack. Mariano dodged and weaved, his reflexes honed by his training with Captain Shang. He knew he couldn’t defeat the creature with brute force alone; he had to find a way to sever its connection to the dark magic that empowered it.

As he fought, Mariano noticed that the creature’s movements were erratic, as if it were being controlled by an outside force. He dove deep, evading the creature’s grasp, and searched for the source of the dark energy. There, at the heart of the disturbance, he found a pulsing black crystal embedded in the seafloor, the same crystal that had powered the storm.

With a burst of strength, Mariano ripped the crystal from its resting place. The creature let out a wail of anguish as the lifeblood of its power was torn away. The tentacles that had once been so menacing now flailed wildly, no longer under control. The creature began to fade into the inky water, its form dissipating as the dark magic that had given it life drained away.

Surfacing, Mariano saw Eric and Captain Shang aboard a small boat, their eyes wide with amazement at the spectacle they had just witnessed. The two men paddled over to Mariano, who was now back in his human form, the crystal in his hand.

"What have you done?" Eric gasped, a mix of awe and concern etched on his features.

Mariano, panting heavily, held up the crystal. "It's the source of the disturbances," he said. "The sea witch's magic lives on through these crystals. We must destroy them all to ensure peace between our worlds."

Captain Shang nodded gravely. "We will not rest until this is done," he said, his hand on the hilt of his sword.

The trio set forth on a new quest, tracking down each crystal and destroying it. Their journey took them to the far reaches of the ocean, facing creatures of the deep that had been twisted by the dark magic. They encountered merfolk who had been driven mad by the power of the crystals and had to be subdued or cured. The humans, seeing the trio’s dedication to protecting the sea, began to view the merfolk with less fear and more admiration. The friendship between Eric, Captain Shang, and Mariano grew stronger as they faced these trials together.

Mariano, in particular, found a newfound respect for the merfolk and their way of life. He saw the beauty in their culture and the wisdom in their ways, and he understood that the fate of Atlantica was intertwined with that of the humans. The ocean was vast, and the challenges they faced were many, but Mariano knew that he had found a purpose beyond his wildest dreams.

One fateful day, as they approached the last known crystal, they stumbled upon a hidden cove, where the remnants of the sea witch’s coven had gathered. The merfolk who had once feared the witch now revered her as a goddess, willing to do her bidding even in death.

Mariano studied the cove from afar, his heart racing with the anticipation of what was to come. The coven was more organized than he had expected, with a clear hierarchy and a dark altar at the center, surrounded by the flickering light of candles made from the crystals. He knew they had to be careful; the power of the crystals was too strong for them to face the entire coven at once.

The trio formulated a plan. Eric would create a diversion, using his merman form to distract the coven’s leader, while Captain Shang would sneak in and retrieve the crystal. Mariano would wait outside, ready to provide backup with his magic if needed.

With a nod, Eric transformed and swam into the cove, his trident glinting in the murky water. The coven’s leader, a powerful and twisted mermaid, took the bait, drawn to his royal aura.

Mariano watched from the shadows, his heart in his throat as Eric led the mermaid away from the altar. The moment she was distracted, Captain Shang slipped into the water, moving with the grace of a predator stalking its prey. He reached the altar unnoticed, his hand closing around the crystal. But as he did, the waters around the altar began to churn, and the candles flared with an ominous light. The crystal was not just a source of power; it was a beacon, drawing the dark energy of the sea witch’s followers to it.

Mariano’s eyes widened as he saw the danger, but before he could act, the crystal exploded with a deafening roar, sending a shockwave through the water that knocked him back. When the bubbles cleared, Captain Shang was nowhere to be seen, the altar now a pile of rubble. Panic gripped Mariano’s chest, and he called out to Eric, who was still locked in combat with the crazed mermaid. The prince managed to break away, swimming over to check on his friend.

Together, they searched the wreckage, their hearts heavy with the fear of losing Captain Shang. Just as they were about to give up hope, they heard a faint sound coming from a nearby cave. Following the noise, they found the captain unconscious but alive, the crystal’s shards embedded in his armor. The explosion had thrown him into the cavern, but the crystal’s power had been contained, and the coven’s hold on the area was broken.

They managed to extract the shards and revive Captain Shang, who grimaced in pain as he regained consciousness. The victory was bittersweet; they had found the last crystal, but at what cost? The cove was now desolate, the merfolk who had once worshipped the sea witch now disillusioned and lost. It was clear that their work was not over; they had to find a way to heal these creatures and restore the balance of the ocean.

The trio made their way back to Atlantica, bringing the last crystal shard with them. King Triton received them with open arms, proud of their accomplishments. However, he knew that the true battle was just beginning. The sea witch’s legacy had left deep scars, and it was up to them to heal them.

Mariano decided to accept the king’s offer, understanding that his place was now with the merfolk. His decision was met with mixed feelings from his friends and family on land, but they knew that he had found a new purpose, one that transcended the boundaries of his human life.

The first few months of Mariano’s life in Atlantica were a whirlwind of learning and adaptation. He studied the merfolk’s history and culture, trained with Eric and Captain Shang to hone his fighting and magical skills, and worked alongside the council to address the aftermath of the sea witch’s rule. The merfolk were wary of him at first, but as he proved his dedication and loyalty, they began to accept him as one of their own.

Mariano’s unique background made him an invaluable asset in bridging the gap between the human and merfolk worlds. He accompanied Eric on diplomatic missions to the surface, where they shared their story and the truth about the sea witch’s fall. The humans were astonished by their bravery and the revelation of the merfolk’s existence. Slowly, the tides of fear turned to fascination and admiration, and the two worlds started to build a tentative peace.

One evening, as Mariano strolled through the gleaming corridors of the palace, he heard a faint whisper of a melody. Following the sound, he found himself in a hidden chamber filled with ancient tomes and artifacts. There, he discovered a book that spoke of the origins of the crystals and the dark magic that had once ruled the sea. The book revealed that there was a way to purify the crystals and harness their power for good. The knowledge was ancient and obscured, but Mariano felt a deep calling to unravel the mystery.

With Eric’s blessing and the support of the council, Mariano set out on a solitary quest to master the forgotten art of crystal purification. He traveled to the far corners of the ocean, seeking out wise old merfolk who had lived through the time of the sea witch’s rise to power. Each one offered him a piece of the puzzle, a fragment of a lost incantation or a clue to the purification process.

The journey was fraught with peril, as the remnants of the sea witch’s power still lurked in the deepest trenches of the sea. Mariano encountered creatures that had been twisted by the dark magic, and he had to use his newfound abilities to restore peace to these troubled waters. Each step closer to his goal brought him more clarity about the depth of the sea witch’s influence and the immensity of the task ahead.

After months of searching and learning, Mariano returned to Atlantica, the knowledge he sought burning within him. His eyes were filled with a newfound determination, and he could feel the weight of his destiny pressing upon his shoulders. The city had grown more vibrant in his absence, the merfolk slowly rebuilding their lives and their trust in the world above.

Mariano approached King Triton, presenting the tome he had discovered. The king’s eyes lit up with hope as he listened to Mariano’s findings. With the help of Eric and Captain Shang, they devised a plan to purify the crystals and cleanse the ocean of the last traces of the sea witch’s influence. It was a daring and dangerous endeavor, but they knew it was the only way to ensure lasting peace between the lands.

The purification ceremony was held in the grand amphitheater of Atlantica. The crystal shard was placed at the center, surrounded by the most powerful mages and warriors of the merfolk. The air was thick with anticipation as Mariano stepped forward, the ancient book open before him. His voice echoed through the chamber as he began to chant the incantation, his words a blend of human and merfolk dialects.

The crystal pulsed with a sickly light, resisting the purifying magic. The waters around them grew stormy, and the amphitheater trembled as the last vestiges of the sea witch’s power struggled against them. But Mariano remained steadfast, drawing upon his newfound connection to the ocean’s energy. His words grew stronger, the incantation resonating through the very fabric of the sea.

Suddenly, a brilliant flash of light erupted from the crystal, blinding everyone present. When the light dimmed, the crystal had transformed, its surface now shimmering with a gentle, healing aura. The waters of the amphitheater calmed, and a wave of pure, positive energy rippled outwards, reaching every corner of the ocean. The merfolk watched in amazement as the crystal levitated before Mariano, its power now a beacon of hope.

With the crystal purified, the trio knew their work had just begun. They set out to locate and purify the remaining shards, spreading the light of peace across the vast expanses of the sea. As they traveled, they gathered more allies among the merfolk and other sea creatures, forming a coalition dedicated to the protection and healing of the ocean.

Tales of their deeds reached the surface, and humans started to reconsider their relationship with the merfolk. Some even sought them out, eager to learn from their wisdom and forge new bonds of friendship.

One such human was a young girl named Aria, a gifted singer whose voice had the power to soothe even the angriest of beasts. Her curiosity about the enigmatic world beneath the waves grew stronger each day as the whispers of peace grew louder. Aria’s father, a renowned sea captain, had often shared stories of his encounters with merfolk, and she dreamt of seeing them for herself. When she heard of Mariano’s quest, she knew that she had to join the cause.

Disguising herself as a cabin boy on one of the many ships that now ventured to Atlantica, Aria proved her worth to the trio with her bravery and her gift of song. Her melodies had a profound effect on the creatures they encountered, calming them and making their journey less perilous.

Together, the four of them set out on a new adventure, one that would take them to the heart of the ocean where the largest crystal lay. The crystal was said to be the source of the sea witch’s power, and purifying it would be the ultimate test of their strength and unity.

The journey was fraught with danger and discovery. They encountered ancient sea serpents, treacherous sirens, and the ruins of lost civilizations. Each challenge they faced brought them closer together, and the bond between them grew stronger.

But as they approached the resting place of the great crystal, they were met with an unexpected obstacle. The sea witch’s spirit had not been fully vanquished. It had been waiting, biding its time, feeding on the dark whispers of fear and doubt that still lurked in the shadows of the ocean.

The spirit took the form of a massive kraken, its tentacles wreathed in shadow and malice. The creature’s eyes locked onto Eric, recognizing the power within him, and it lunged forward with a deafening roar.

Mariano’s heart raced as he saw the terror in Eric’s eyes. He knew that this was the moment they had been preparing for, the battle that would decide the fate of the sea. Drawing on the knowledge from the tome, he began to chant a counter-spell, his voice rising above the cacophony of battle.

The kraken’s tentacles slammed into the ship, sending splinters flying and knocking the crew into the churning sea. Eric, now fully embracing his merman form, met the creature’s charge with a fiery determination. His trident pierced through the darkness, each strike lighting up the water with a blinding flash of light. Captain Shang, ever the strategist, directed the surviving sailors to target the kraken’s eyes, while Aria’s mesmerizing voice sang of hope and unity, weakening its grip on the shadows.

The battle raged on, each side refusing to yield. The kraken’s tentacles wrapped around Eric, crushing him with its immense strength. Mariano watched in horror as the prince’s light began to fade, but he didn’t falter. With a surge of power, he finished the counter-spell, and the purified crystal shard in his hand shone brighter than the sun. The light shot out like a beacon, piercing through the inky tendrils that made up the sea witch’s spirit. The kraken let out an unearthly screech as the light penetrated its very core, and its form began to disintegrate into the water.

The sea grew calm once more, and the purified crystal grew to an immense size, its gentle glow reaching out to touch the lives of every creature in the ocean. The merfolk and sea animals alike felt the surge of positive energy, and their spirits lifted. The dark whispers that had haunted the waters for so long were silenced, and in their place, a new era of harmony began to take root.

Mariano, Eric, Captain Shang, and Aria stood on the ship’s deck, their eyes on the now-dormant crystal. They knew that this victory was only the beginning of their journey. The purification had only just begun, and there was still much to be done to restore balance to the sea. But as they looked at each other, bruised and weary, they felt a sense of camaraderie that transcended their differences. They were no longer just a trio of unlikely heroes; they had become the guardians of the ocean, a title they would carry with pride and responsibility.

In the weeks that followed, the news of the sea witch’s final defeat and the purification of the crystal spread throughout the ocean. Creatures that had been twisted by her dark magic began to revert to their natural forms, and the once-threatening waters grew safe for both merfolk and humans to navigate. The four of them worked tirelessly to spread the light of the purified crystals to every corner of the sea, sharing the story of their triumph over darkness.

Mariano found himself at the forefront of this new world order, acting as an ambassador between the humans and the merfolk. His human upbringing made him an invaluable mediator, and his magical abilities allowed him to communicate with creatures that had previously been considered monstrous. Aria’s enchanting voice became a symbol of the peace and unity that their quest had brought forth.

As they continued their mission, the guardians encountered new allies and faced new challenges. They discovered pockets of resistance, remnants of the sea witch’s coven who refused to let go of the power they had once known. These encounters tested their resolve and their friendship, but with each victory, their bond grew stronger. They learned to rely on each other’s strengths, to trust in the power of their combined will.

One such challenge came in the form of a rogue mermaid named Morgana, whose bitterness over being overlooked by the sea witch had twisted her heart. She sought to claim the purified crystal for herself, believing that its power could grant her the recognition she craved. In a tense standoff, Aria stepped forward, her voice weaving a tapestry of empathy and understanding. Her song reached into Morgana’s soul, and for the first time in years, the mermaid felt something other than anger and resentment.

Moved by Aria’s words and the warmth of the purified crystal, Morgana saw the error of her ways. With a heavy heart, she handed over the crystal shard she had been safeguarding and pledged her loyalty to the new guardians of the sea. Her knowledge of the ocean’s most hidden depths proved invaluable, and she became a trusted advisor to the group, sharing her insights into the complex web of alliances and feuds that existed beneath the waves.

The guardians’ reputation grew, and soon, they were approached by a delegation from the Poseidon Kingdom, a realm of sea gods and powerful creatures that had long kept their distance from the mortal world. They spoke of a prophecy that foretold the rise of a new threat, one that could plunge the ocean into chaos once more. The prophecy spoke of a child of the sea and land, born of a union between a mermaid and a human, who would wield the power of the purified crystals to either save or destroy the world.

The group felt the weight of this revelation, understanding that their journey was far from over. They set out to investigate these claims, traveling through uncharted waters and encountering mythical beings that had been thought to be mere legend. Each encounter brought them closer to the truth, and they soon realized that the prophecy spoke of Eric, the half-human, half-merman prince. The sea gods had been watching him from afar, waiting for the day when he would be ready to embrace his destiny.

Their quest led them to the hidden library of Poseidon, a place where knowledge of the sea’s deepest secrets was preserved. There, they found scrolls detailing the origins of the crystals and the true extent of their power. The sea gods revealed that the crystals were not just artifacts of the sea witch’s reign but were in fact ancient tools created by Poseidon himself to maintain the balance between the ocean and the land. The crystals could only be wielded by one with a pure heart and the ability to understand the symphony of the sea.

The guardians studied the scrolls, learning of ancient rites and rituals that would allow Eric to fully harness the power of the crystals. The training was arduous, pushing Eric to the limits of his physical and emotional endurance. Captain Shang, ever the disciplinarian, drilled him in combat, while Mariano taught him the intricacies of merfolk magic. Aria, with her soothing voice, provided the emotional support that Eric desperately needed.

The day of the final rite approached, and the guardians prepared for the trials that awaited them. They knew that the purification process was only the first step in a much larger battle. As they descended into the heart of the Poseidon Kingdom, the waters grew colder and darker, the pressure increasing with each stroke of their tails. They could feel the ancient power that lay dormant, waiting to be awakened by the one worthy enough to claim it.

The chamber was vast, with walls made of crystal that reflected the glow of the purified shards scattered throughout.

As they approached the central altar, where the largest crystal lay, they noticed that the water grew thick with an otherworldly energy. The crystal pulsed with a rhythm that seemed to resonate with Eric’s own heartbeat. The sea gods looked upon him with a mix of hope and trepidation, for the fate of their realm rested on his shoulders.

The ceremony was a blur of chanting and incense, the air charged with anticipation. Eric took the purified crystal into his hands, and as he did so, a surge of power coursed through him, connecting him to the very essence of the sea. He felt the whispers of the ocean, the cries of its creatures, and the gentle hum of its currents. The crystal grew warm, and its light grew brighter, enveloping him in a cocoon of pure, radiant energy.

Mariano, Aria, and Captain Shang watched with bated breath as Eric’s transformation began. His body grew, his tail becoming more powerful and his human features shifting to resemble those of a divine being. The crystal in his grasp pulsed in time with his heartbeat, and as the final note of the ceremony’s chant reached its crescendo, Eric raised the crystal high above his head. The light grew so intense that even the gods had to avert their eyes.

With a thunderous boom, the crystal shattered into a thousand pieces, the energy exploding outwards. The chamber was filled with a blinding flash, and the sea itself seemed to hold its breath. When the light dimmed, Eric stood before them, his form now that of a being of pure, radiant power. His eyes glowed with the light of the crystal, and the water around him danced with the remnants of the explosion.

The sea gods, though powerful, took a step back in awe at the sight. The prophecy had come to pass, and the one they had hoped for had arrived. Eric looked at his friends, his eyes filled with a newfound understanding and strength. The bond between them had grown even stronger, a bond forged in the fires of adversity and tempered by the wisdom of the ancients.

Mariano, feeling the weight of the moment, noticed King Triton watching from a distance. The king’s gaze was filled with a mix of pride and uncertainty, his eyes never leaving his son’s transformed figure. Mariano knew that the revelation of Eric’s true nature would change the dynamics of the underwater world, but he also knew that together, they could face whatever lay ahead.

With the sea witch’s spirit defeated and the crystal purified, the guardians had earned a brief reprieve. They made their way back to Eric’s kingdom, where the merfolk had gathered in anticipation of their return. The city of Atlantica gleamed in the soft, bioluminescent light, and the cheers of the merfolk filled the water as they approached. The news of their victory had spread like wildfire, and the citizens had prepared a grand celebration in their honor.

As people were celebrating, King Triton kept on looking at Mariano and Eric with a complex expression that was hard to read. The revelation of Eric’s dual heritage had indeed changed the dynamics of the underwater kingdom, and the council of elders had gathered to discuss the implications. The question of whether a half-human could rule the merfolk was a topic of heated debate, and Mariano could feel the tension in the water.

Mariano noticed King Triton looking at him so he went to see him, leaving Eric to bask in the adoration of his people. "Your majesty," Mariano began, "I know this revelation has come as a shock to everyone, but I believe Eric is the leader we need. He has proven his bravery and compassion time and time again." The king’s gaze was unyielding. "Mariano, you speak of unity and acceptance, but our world is not so easily swayed. The council is divided, and I fear for the future of our kingdom."

Mariano took a deep breath, understanding the gravity of the situation. "Let us show them the power of unity and the strength of our bond. If we stand together, we can convince the council to support Eric as the rightful heir to the throne of Atlantica."

King Triton nodded slowly, his expression unchanging. "You may be right, Mariano. But we must also consider the prophecy. The child of the sea and land...it speaks of a destiny greater than our own kingdom. We must prepare Eric for what is to come."

"Agreed...", Mariano said before continuing "is there a reason why you were looking at me?" 

"Mariano," King Triton began, his voice low and serious, "the prophecy speaks of a child born of both worlds, a bridge between land and sea. It is clear now that this child is Eric. But it also speaks of a guardian, one who will stand by the child’s side through thick and thin. I believe that guardian is you."

Mariano felt the weight of the king’s words. His friendship with Eric had grown into something deeper, a bond that had been tested and proven in the most extreme of circumstances. He knew that he would do anything to protect the prince, but the thought of being an integral part of a divine prophecy was almost too much to bear.

"I will support Eric in any way I can," Mariano said firmly, "but I am just a man with a love for the sea and its magic. How could I possibly be the guardian the prophecy speaks of?"

King Triton placed a hand on Mariano's shoulder, his eyes filled with a wisdom that belied his youthful appearance. "The prophecy does not define the guardian by their heritage, but by their heart. Your courage and wisdom have proven you to be more than worthy. The journey you have undertaken together has forged a connection that transcends the boundaries of land and sea. You have the power to unite our people and lead them into a new era of peace and prosperity."

"I'll have that in mind", Mariano said as he looked at King Triton whose expression shows attempt at love and hope for his son's future. 

"And this might sound surprising but... I couldn't get eyes off of you the time I saw you with both Eric and Li Shang", King Triton said with a hint of a smile, "I think I need alone time"

"That’s great. Hey, if you need me, I’m always near or you may visit my hotel room if you can also live out of water", Mariano said with a smirk, trying to lighten the mood.

King Triton chuckled, a rare sound in the tension-filled city. "Your friendship with Eric is something I never anticipated, but I am grateful for it. Now, go. Both of you should rest and prepare for tomorrow’s council meeting. We have much to discuss." With a nod of dismissal, the king turned to address the eager council members, leaving Mariano and Eric to their own thoughts.

Mariano went home, ready for the council meeting tomorrow. He knew it would be tough, but he had faith in Eric and the bond they had formed. The night was quiet, and Mariano lay awake, the glow of the crystal shard he kept by his side casting an ethereal light across his room. His thoughts raced with the implications of the prophecy and his role as Eric's guardian. Despite his fears, he felt a warmth in his heart, knowing that he had friends who would stand by him, regardless of his heritage.

The next day, the council chamber was a hive of activity. The elders of Atlantica were in a heated debate about Eric's lineage and his right to the throne. Captain Shang and Aria were there to support Eric, their expressions a mix of confidence and wariness. As Mariano and Eric entered, the room fell silent. The tension was palpable, and Mariano could feel the eyes of the council members boring into them.

Eric stepped forward, the light from the purified crystal shard in his hand casting an aura of peace and strength around him. He addressed the council calmly, recounting their journey and the events that had led to the sea witch's defeat. He spoke of the prophecy and his belief in the power of unity and the promise of a new era of harmony between the land and the sea.

Mariano watched as Eric spoke, his words resonating with the very essence of the ocean. The council members' expressions softened, and some even nodded in agreement. The prophecy was undeniable, and the evidence of Eric's power was clear. The sea itself seemed to support him, the water in the chamber shimmering with approval.

The council deliberated for what felt like an eternity, the whispers of the merfolk echoing through the grand chamber. Finally, the oldest and most revered of the elders, Councilor Delfina, spoke. "We have heard your words, Prince Eric, and witnessed your strength. The prophecy has indeed been fulfilled before our very eyes. But we must also consider the stability of our kingdom. Can a half-human truly rule over our people?"

Mariano stepped forward, the crystal light playing off his skin. "Your Royal Highness, if it pleases the council, I wish to speak." King Triton nodded his assent, and the room fell silent once more. "Councilor Delfina, the prophecy speaks not only of Eric's heritage but of the guardian who will stand by his side. I, Mariano Guzman, am that guardian. I am human, yes, but I carry the magic of the sea within my very soul. Together, Eric and I can bridge the gap between our worlds and lead the merfolk into an era of peace and prosperity."

The councilors exchanged glances, some skeptical, others intrigued. Captain Shang stepped forward, his sword at his side. "Mariano speaks the truth. I have seen his power and his courage. He is more than capable of standing with Prince Eric as a guardian." Aria nodded in agreement, her voice ringing out with the purity of a siren's song. "The prophecy has been clear, and so too has our friendship. We stand as one to protect the sea and all who call it home."

The room was silent once again, the only sound the rhythmic pulsing of the crystal shard in Eric’s hand. The councilors murmured among themselves, their expressions a blend of contemplation and concern. Finally, Councilor Delfina spoke up, her voice firm and steady. "We must consider the implications of this union. A human guardian is unprecedented, and the merfolk may not be ready to accept such a change."

Mariano felt a flicker of doubt, but he pushed it aside. He knew that he had been chosen for a reason. "The prophecy speaks of unity, not division. If we can come together now, we can face any challenge the future holds."

King Triton looked around the chamber, his gaze meeting each councilor’s in turn. "Mariano is right. Our world is changing, and we must adapt to survive. We have seen the power of friendship and the strength of a bond that transcends species. I believe that together, Eric and Mariano can lead us into a future where humans and merfolk coexist in harmony."

The councilors murmured among themselves, and then, one by one, they began to nod. The tide of the conversation had turned, and even the most skeptical of them could not deny the power of the prophecy and the evidence before their eyes. With a heavy sigh, Councilor Delfina leaned back in her seat. "Very well. Let it be known that from this day forth, Eric, son of Triton, is recognized as the rightful heir to the throne of Atlantica, and Mariano Guzman, the human guardian of the sea, will stand by his side."

Cheers erupted from the crowd outside the chamber as the news spread like wildfire. Eric felt a mix of relief and trepidation, for he knew the weight of the responsibility that had just been placed upon him. He looked to Mariano, whose face was a mask of determination, and knew that together, they could face whatever challenges lay ahead.

The celebrations lasted for days, with feasts and songs that echoed through the coral halls of Atlantica. The merfolk reveled in the newfound hope that the prophecy had brought them. Eric and Mariano were hailed as heroes, and the friendship between the two worlds grew stronger with each passing day.

After the initial excitement had waned, Mariano decided to take a day to himself. He left the bustling underwater city and swam up to the surface, transforming back into his human form as his feet touched the shore. The sun was high in the sky, and the sand was warm beneath his toes as he walked along the beach to his hotel. It had been a long journey, and he needed some time to process everything that had happened.

Days later, Mariano heard a knock on the door. He opened it to find King Triton standing outside, looking slightly embarrassed. "Mariano," he began, "I know we have much to discuss regarding the future of our kingdom and the prophecy. But I have something more... personal I wish to speak with you about."

Mariano's curiosity was piqued. He invited the king inside, offering him a seat on the balcony overlooking the ocean. King Triton took a deep breath, his gaze drifting out to the horizon. "I have seen the bond you share with Eric, and it is unlike anything I have ever witnessed. Your connection is strong, and it is clear that you are bound by something more than mere friendship. I believe that the prophecy has chosen you not only as his guardian but as something... more."

Mariano felt his heart race as he tried to piece together the king's words. "What are you saying, Your Royal Highness?"

King Triton took a moment before speaking. "The prophecy speaks of love and unity. I believe that your bond with Eric is not only one of protection but also of the heart. It is not unheard of for humans and merfolk to form deep connections, and in these tumultuous times, such a union could serve to strengthen our alliance." He paused, his gaze intense. "I give you my blessing to pursue a relationship with my son, if that is indeed your wish."

"It's alright but I'm just a guy with naughty thoughts," Mariano said with a chuckle, trying to deflect the gravity of the situation.

King Triton leaned in, his eyes serious. "Mariano, I sense something more than friendship between you and my son. I can see the way you look at him, the way you stand by him, ready to face any danger. It's not just duty that drives you; it's love, a bond that goes beyond the surface of the sea."

Mariano felt a blush creep up his neck as he looked into the king's knowing eyes. "Your Royal Highness, I... I don't know what to say," he stammered, his heart racing with the sudden revelation.

"Take your time, young guardian," King Triton said gently, a small smile playing on his lips. "Love is a powerful force, and it is not something to be taken lightly, especially when it involves the future of our people."

"I appreciate it", Mariano said before noticing the King wanted to confess something, "What is it, Your Royal Highness?"

"Remember when I said I needed alone time?" King Triton started, a hint of amusement in his eyes. "I wanted to reveal I had thoughts about you but since I am not a man of my son's age, I felt it was inappropriate. However, I can't ignore the way you stand by him, the way you protect him. It's clear you're more than just a guardian to him. I just wanted to say that I support you, no matter what you two decide."

Mariano felt a warmth in his chest. "Your Royal Highness, I appreciate your understanding. I never expected to find something like this, especially in a world that's so different from my own. And about me, I've done naughty things with older guys before Prince Eric so, if you want me to do something to you, say it now and I'll do it for free."

The king's eyes widened in shock, and Mariano realized his mistake. "I mean, not that I don't respect you, it's just, I'm used to saying things without thinking and it's a habit," he backpedaled, his cheeks burning.

King Triton took a moment to compose himself before speaking, a hint of amusement in his voice. "Mariano, while I appreciate your... enthusiasm, I assure you, my intentions were purely paternal. I only wish to see my son happy and our people united."

"I'm sorry, Your Royal Highness," Mariano said, his face reddening even more. "I didn't mean to misinterpret your words."

King Triton waved a hand dismissively, his smile growing wider. "No harm done, my dear boy. But let's get back to the matter at hand. I know this is a lot to take in, but I believe that Eric's happiness is paramount to the future of Atlantica. If your feelings for him are true, then you must act on them, regardless of what the prophecy may or may not have intended."

"I respect Prince Eric but I guess I'm just not into being in a relationship if it's alright", Mariano said as he felt the pressure of the situation. The king nodded, his expression understanding. "It is your choice, Mariano. I only wish for you to be honest with yourself and with Eric. The prophecy speaks of a union that will bring peace, but it does not dictate the form of that union. If your hearts are not aligned, then it cannot be forced."

"thank you for saying that", Mariano said as soon as the King kept on looking at him as if he wanted to reveal the actual reason why he came here.

"what have you actually done during the time you were alone?", Mariano decides to ask out of curiousity. 

King Triton's face started to blush slightly as he looked away from Mariano. "Well, I may have had a bit of a... personal quest of my own. I felt it was important for me to understand the human world better, to prepare for the potential future we might share. I've been... watching your world's television shows, and I must admit, I've become quite fond of your human dramas."

Mariano starts thinking where he should tease the King or not, "Oh, so you've been wanting to know what do people do when they're in love, except kissing?" he smiles.

King Triton laughs awkwardly, "I suppose you could say that. But I assure you, my intentions are purely to learn and understand. The dynamics of human relationships are quite complex, as I've gathered."

"so is the reason why you came here to find out how does it work in the human world?" Mariano asked with a smirk.

King Triton felt his bulge growing in his tight me-pants which are about to burst if he keeps on speaking about love. "Ah, yes, I suppose you could say that," he replied, his cheeks still flushed. "I wanted to get a better sense of human relationships, especially since Eric is now part of both worlds."

"well, he came to the right place", Mariano thought to himself, trying to suppress the urge to laugh at the king's awkwardness, and decided to keep on going "now.. I noticed you were looking at me at the party and I suspect you've been thinking about... me when you were alone, is that correct?", Mariano asked with a serious but playful tone.

The king's eyes widened even further, and he coughed to clear his throat. "Mariano, I assure you, my intentions are strictly those of a concerned father and a king. I have no romantic feelings for you," he said firmly, but his blush remained.

Mariano already knew the King wasn't trying to have those feelings for him but decides to play along to ease the tension. "Oh, I understand, Your Royal Highness," he said with a wink. "But if you ever need advice on human romance, I'm always here for you. After all, who better to learn from than someone who's had quite the experience in that area?"

The tension broke, and King Triton let out a hearty laugh. "Indeed, you are quite the resource," he said, his eyes twinkling with mirth.

"am I?", Mariano asks with a cheeky smile, "But if I'm not mistaken, Your Royal Highness, isn't it time for a swimming lesson?" He knew the king had been eager to explore the human world more, and what better way than to experience it through the eyes of a mermaid?

"Ah, yes," King Triton said, his expression brightening. "I've been looking forward to this. I've seen the joy Eric finds in your world, and I wish to share in that experience."

"You do?", Mariano asks, unaware that the King's bulge will keep on moving on every word. 

"I do, my dear Mariano," King Triton responds, trying to keep his composure. "I want to understand the human world, and what better way than to experience it firsthand?"

"want me to be the one who will make you experience it?", Mariano offered with a smile, seeing the eagerness in the king's eyes. He knew that the king was just trying to understand, but he couldn't help but enjoy the playful banter that had developed between them.

King Triton nodded eagerly. "Yes, please. I've heard so much about the joys of swimming in the human world, and I wish to see it for myself."

Mariano took the king's hand and led him back to the shore. The waves gently lapped at their feet as they waded into the water. The king's excitement was palpable as he watched Mariano transform into his human form, his tail dissolving into legs with a splash of seawater. "It's your turn, Your Royal Highness," Mariano said, his eyes twinkling with mischief.

King Triton took a deep breath and focused, his body contorting as it shifted from his mighty merform into a human one. His eyes widened with amazement as he felt the water support his new legs. "Remarkable," he murmured, taking a tentative step forward. Mariano offered his hand for balance, and together, they ventured into the shallows.

"now you do?", Mariano asks the King, referring to the statement he made about not having romantic feelings for him, while winking. He knew the king was not into guys but the flirty banter was just to lighten the mood.

"I assure you, Mariano, my feelings are purely paternal," King Triton said, his cheeks flushing a little more. "But let us not dwell on such matters. Our priority is the well-being of Eric and the unity of our two worlds."

"What if I dwell on them and break those feelings?", Mariano asked cheekily as they continued to wade into the ocean.

"Ah, you are quite the tease," King Triton said, chuckling. "But as I said, my focus is on the future of Atlantica and the happiness of my son. Now, show me the human way of swimming."

"Sure", Mariano said before thinking whether he should kiss him or not, he might just break the poor man's heart, so he decided to stick with the swimming lessons. He took a step back, allowing the king to find his balance in the unfamiliar form. "Remember, it's all about the motion of the ocean," Mariano quipped, mimicking a scene from one of the human comedies he had watched with Eric.

King Triton stumbled a bit but quickly found his footing, the water coming up to his waist. He took a deep breath and kicked his legs, his arms moving in a clumsy imitation of the human crawl. Mariano couldn't help but chuckle at the sight. "It's not quite like that, Your Royal Highness," he said, moving closer to offer guidance.

The king's face was a picture of concentration, his eyes fixed on Mariano's as he listened intently. "Like this?" he asked, adjusting his stroke and kicking a little more naturally. Mariano nodded, his smile widening. "Much better," he said, placing a hand on the king's shoulder.

Mariano doesn't think twice before kissing the King's cheek, "You're doing great, Your Royal Highness," he said, his voice filled with warmth.

The King is somehow flattered by the kiss but quickly composes himself, "Thank you, Mariano. Now, let us continue with the lesson," he said, a hint of a smile playing on his lips.

"So you like it?", Mariano asked about the kiss, his heart racing.

"Ah, Mariano," King Triton began, "you're quite the charmer. But as I said, my intentions are..."

"Purely paternal," Mariano finished for him, his smile never wavering. "I know, I know. But it's all in good fun, isn't it?" He gave the king's shoulder a gentle squeeze before turning back to the lesson.

For hours, they practiced in the calm waters, with Mariano teaching King Triton the nuances of human swimming. The king, ever the eager student, picked up the basics quickly, his powerful tail muscles adapting to the new form of propulsion. They talked and laughed, sharing stories of their respective worlds, the awkwardness of the earlier conversation giving way to a newfound camaraderie.

Mariano somehow manages to think of ways on how to tease the king while still being respectful. "You know, swimming is a very intimate activity, especially between two guys," Mariano says with a glint in his eye.

The king, still trying to get the hang of the human swimming technique, glances at Mariano with a raised eyebrow. "Is that so?" he asks, his voice a mix of curiosity and amusement.

Mariano nods, a mischievous smile playing on his lips. "In my world, it's quite common for friends to swim together, especially if they're as close as we are," he says, not missing a beat.

King Triton, now growing more comfortable with his new form, swims a little closer to Mariano, his human body surprisingly agile in the water. "And what does this... intimate activity entail?" he asks, genuinely curious.

"Now it's your chance", Mariano thought to himself before saying "something like...".. After saying that, he started touching the king's beard.

The king's eyes widened in surprise but did not pull away. "Mariano, what are you doing?" he asked, his voice a mix of confusion and curiosity.

"Just showing you how humans can express their friendship," Mariano said, his smile growing a bit more playful. "It's called grooming." He gently stroked the king's beard, making sure to avoid any sensitive spots. The king's expression remained puzzled, but he did not protest.

"It's quite...different from our ways," King Triton said, his voice a bit gruff. Mariano could tell he was trying to hide his amusement. "But I suppose it's a comforting gesture."

Mariano could tell the king finally wants to give into his emotions for him and decides to push the boundaries a bit more, his hand moving from the beard to the king's chest. "This is also a human way of expressing care and friendship," he says, his voice soothing. The king's heart races under his touch, and his cheeks flush even more than before. "Is it...comforting?" he asks, his voice a low rumble.

"Very," Mariano replies, his hand lingering. He looks into the king's eyes, searching for any sign of resistance. Finding none, he leans in closer, his breath warm against the king's skin. "But humans have other ways of expressing affection too," he whispers, his gaze never leaving the king's.

The air between them grows thick with unspoken tension. The king's eyes flicker with something Mariano can't quite read, but he's too caught up in the moment to question it. He leans in, his lips brushing against the king's in a soft, exploratory kiss. The king's body tenses for a moment before he relaxes into it, his arms wrapping around Mariano's waist as he returns the kiss with surprising passion.

Their kiss deepens, the ocean around them seemingly holding its breath as the two men lose themselves in the moment. The waves crash against the shore, echoing the tumultuous emotions churning within them. Mariano's hand travels up to cradle the back of the king's neck, pulling him closer, while the king's hands roam over Mariano's body, feeling the unfamiliar sensations of human skin against his own.

"wanna get in my room so we can finish this lesson?", Mariano asked with a smirk, breaking the kiss and looking into the king's eyes with a playful glint.

The king, taken aback by his own response, cleared his throat and nodded. "Yes, let's...continue this lesson in a more private setting," he said, his voice a bit shaky.

Mariano decides to grab the king's hand, leading him to his room where they keep on kissing while the waves outside seem to mimic the rhythm of their hearts. The room is filled with the faint scent of sea salt and the sound of seashells whispering secrets of the deep.

"I must admit... outside your paternal intentions, you're quite... appealing," Mariano said, his voice husky with desire as he pulled the king closer, their bodies now pressed together. The king's eyes searched Mariano's, looking for any sign of deception, but all he found was a deep, earnest yearning.

"As are you, Mariano," King Triton murmured, his voice low and filled with a longing he had never felt before. "But we must be cautious. Our worlds are intertwined now, and a relationship between us could have unforeseen consequences."

Mariano nodded, his expression serious. "I understand, Your Royal Highness. But for tonight, let us just be two individuals discovering each other," he said, his thumb tracing the line of the king's jaw.

The king took a deep breath, his resolve wavering. "Very well," he agreed, his eyes never leaving Mariano's. "But we must keep this between us."

"We will.. and about my future with the prince, I will talk to him later", Mariano said, his voice filled with hope and a hint of mischief. He knew that Eric had feelings for him, but he also knew that the prince had a duty to his kingdom.

The king nodded solemnly before leaning in to kiss Mariano again, his hand sliding down to Mariano's waist. The kiss grew more urgent, as if they were trying to drown each other in their passion. They stumbled backward until they reached the bed, their bodies entwined like the kelp forests outside the city.

"I guess you have finally decided to show me you had feelings for me, yeah?", Mariano asked, a playful smirk on his face as they both lay on the bed, their clothes discarded on the floor.

The king sighed, his eyes filled with a mix of passion and trepidation. "Mariano, I never meant for this to happen. I am a man of duty, and my place is with my kingdom. But there is something about you that I cannot ignore."

Mariano felt a warmth spread through him, not just from the king's embrace but also from the sincerity in his words. "And what about your duty to Eric?" he asked, his voice softer now.

"That is a conversation for another time," the king said, his hand tracing the contours of Mariano's body. "For now, let us focus on this moment, on us."

Their kiss grew more intense, and Mariano could feel the king's hands growing bolder, exploring every inch of his body. He knew this was a path they could never walk again once they stepped out of the room, but for now, he wanted to revel in the feeling of being desired by someone so powerful and revered.

Mariano's own hands roamed over the king's chest, feeling the muscles ripple beneath his fingertips. He had never been with anyone of his kind before, and the novelty was intoxicating. They moved together in a rhythm as old as the tides, their breaths mingling in the salty air.

The king kept on kissing Mariano so much his bulge became apparently grown again, "I'm sorry, Your Royal Highness," Mariano said, smiling and breaking the kiss. "It seems I've overwhelmed you with human passion," he teased, reaching down to gently cup the king's growing erection.

The king groaned, his eyes closing briefly. "Mariano," he said, his voice strained. "We should not..."

"Shh," Mariano whispered, his thumb brushing over the sensitive skin beneath the king's ear. "Let us just enjoy this," he said, his own arousal clear in his voice. He kissed the king again, deeper this time, his tongue darting out to dance with the king's. The king's hesitation melted away as he gave in to the passion that had been building between them since they first met.

Their kiss grew more fervent, their bodies moving together in a silent dance of desire. Mariano's hand moved down to the king's waist, his fingertips skimming over the slick scales of his tail, feeling the power coiled within it. The king's hands were just as adventurous, tracing the lines of Mariano's torso, his thumbs brushing the sensitive skin of his hips.

Mariano pulled away for a moment, his breathing ragged. "Your Royal Highness," he said, his eyes gleaming with mischief, "are you sure you want to continue with this?"

The king looked at him, his own desire warring with his duty. He took a deep breath and nodded. "For this one night," he said, his voice gruff. "Let us be two men, not a king and his subject."

With that, Mariano kept on touching the king's chest, leading his hands toward his mer-pants, "I guess we don't need these anymore," he said with a playful smile, untying the knot that kept them on.

King Triton's tail uncoiled beneath him, revealing his own arousal. He watched as Mariano's eyes widened in surprise at the sight of his mermanhood, a mix of human and merfolk anatomy. "It's beautiful," Mariano murmured, his hand reaching out to touch the velvety tip. The king's eyes rolled back in pleasure as Mariano stroked him gently, learning the feel of his new form.

Their bodies moved in sync with the rhythm of the ocean, the waves outside their window seemingly in tune with their passionate embrace. The king's hands found Mariano's hardness, his touch tentative yet sure. Mariano gasped, arching his back as the king explored him with the same curiosity that Mariano had shown earlier. Their kisses grew deeper, their breaths mingling in the quiet room, the only sound the gentle lapping of the water against the walls.

"I guess you needed care since forever, right?", Mariano asked, his voice filled with understanding. He knew the king's struggle with his own desires and the weight of his responsibilities.

The king nodded, unable to form words as Mariano's hand worked its magic on him. His eyes closed, and he let out a low moan, the first real sound of pure pleasure he had allowed himself in centuries. "Mariano," he breathed, "you have no idea how much this means to me."

Mariano later decided to suck the king's cock, taking it into his mouth and savoring the taste of the sea that lingered on the king's skin. The king's body tensed, his tail flicking erratically as Mariano's skilled mouth worked him over. The human wizard knew just how to please a man, and he was eager to show the king that love knew no bounds.

The king’s hands found Mariano’s hair, threading through the soft strands as he guided him in a rhythm that made stars explode behind his closed eyelids. They were two beings from different worlds, but in that moment, they were one, united in their desire for each other.

Mariano’s talented mouth brought the king to the brink of release, his hips bucking involuntarily. With a final, desperate plea, the king pulled Mariano back up to kiss him deeply, their bodies aligning perfectly as they sought to be as close as possible. The human wizard’s hands slid down to the king’s tail, caressing the sensitive scales, feeling the power contained within.

"your turn to suck, your highness", Mariano said before revealing his already-hard cock. The king's eyes widened at the sight, his curiosity piqued.

King Triton leaned in, taking Mariano's length into his mouth for the first time. It was a foreign sensation, but he found it incredibly arousing. The human's taste was intoxicating, a blend of salt and sweetness that made him want more. He moved his head back and forth, taking in the full length of Mariano's cock, his tongue swirling around the tip. Mariano's moans of pleasure only spurred him on, his own desire building with each stroke.

Mariano’s hands gripped the king’s shoulders tightly, his hips thrusting gently in time with the king’s movements. He could feel the king’s inexperience, but it only added to the thrill of the moment. He had never been with someone so powerful, so revered, and it was a heady feeling to know he was the one bringing this man to his knees—or fins, as the case may be.

The king grew more confident with each passing second, his technique improving as he listened to Mariano's gasps and felt the pulse of his cock in his mouth. He knew that he was doing something right, something that was driving the human to the edge. The thought made him feel alive in a way he hadn’t in centuries.

As Mariano felt himself approaching climax, he pulled the king away, his eyes wild with need. "Inside me," he panted, turning over and presenting himself to the king. The king's eyes widened in surprise, but the desire in Mariano's voice was unmistakable. He positioned himself behind the human, his cock now fully erect and ready to claim what was his.

The king’s cock, a mix of merfolk and human, slid into Mariano with surprising ease. The wizard gasped, his body stretching to accommodate the unfamiliar girth. The king took his time, moving slowly at first, savoring the feeling of being inside another being. The sensation was unlike anything he had ever experienced, a mix of power and vulnerability that made him feel alive.

Mariano's body trembled with pleasure as the king picked up the pace, his thrusts growing stronger and more demanding. The room was filled with the sound of their bodies slapping together, the water in the room growing warmer with their passion. The king's tail thrashed behind him, the power within it pulsing with each movement.

Mariano reached back, his hand finding the king's tail, and gripped it firmly, feeling the muscles contract and release with each thrust. The king's eyes rolled back in his head, his breathing growing more ragged as he neared his own climax. "Mariano," he groaned, his voice thick with desire.

Mariano nodded, pushing back into the king's embrace, urging him on. "Yes," he panted, "claim me, Your Royal Highness."

The king's hips slammed against Mariano's, their bodies moving in perfect harmony. The human wizard's eyes squeezed shut as he felt the king's cock hit his prostate, sending waves of pleasure crashing through him. He could feel the king's orgasm building, the power of it like a storm beneath the surface of the water.

With one final, powerful thrust, the king came inside Mariano, his seed mixing with the salty ocean water that surrounded them. Mariano's own climax followed, his body spasming as he shot his load into the sea, the waves outside the window seeming to echo his pleasure.

"want me to take you now?", Mariano asked with a smirk, feeling the power of the moment.

The king looked at him, his eyes blazing with a passion that could set the ocean aflame. "Yes," he hissed, his voice a low growl that seemed to resonate through the very core of Mariano's being.

King Triton showed his hole to Mariano, it was tight and pink, surrounded by his powerful tail muscles. Mariano licked his lips, eager to claim the king's body for his own. He positioned himself, his cock glistening with excitement. He knew that this act would be a testament to their newfound bond, a secret shared between them that no one else would ever know.

Mariano entered the king slowly, savoring the feeling of their bodies joining in a way that transcended their species. The king’s muscles tensed around him, and Mariano could feel the power of the sea king coiled within, ready to unleash at any moment. He moved with a gentle rhythm at first, not wanting to cause any pain, but the king's moans of pleasure soon grew more urgent, his hips pushing back to meet Mariano's every thrust.

Their passion grew stronger with each movement, the water around them swirling with the intensity of their desire. Mariano could feel the king's walls tightening, his body begging for release. With a final, powerful stroke, Mariano reached around to grasp the king's cock, stroking it in time with his own thrusts.

The king's body arched, his tail thrashing wildly as he came, his seed mixing with the ocean water around them. The force of his climax triggered Mariano's own, and he filled the king with his warmth, their bodies shuddering together in the throes of ecstasy. They stayed like that for a long moment, their breaths mingling in the quiet of the chamber, the waves outside their window the only witnesses to their union.

As they lay there, their limbs tangled together, the reality of what they had done began to set in. They had crossed a line that could never be uncrossed, and the consequences of their actions could be dire. Yet, in that moment, all they could feel was the warmth of each other's embrace and the satisfaction of a need that had been denied for too long.

Mariano pulled out slowly, his cock slipping from the king's tight embrace with a wet sound. He rolled over, pulling the king into his arms, their bodies still slick with the evidence of their love. "We must keep this a secret," the king murmured, his eyes filled with a mix of fear and longing.

Mariano nodded, pressing a kiss to the king's forehead. "I understand," he said softly. "But know that I will always be here for you, no matter what."

The king looked at him, his eyes searching Mariano's face for any sign of deceit. Finding none, he sighed and nestled closer, his body relaxing against the wizard's. "Thank you," he whispered, his voice filled with genuine gratitude.

Their hearts beat as one, the rhythm of the ocean echoing in their ears. They had found solace in each other's arms, a brief respite from the duties and responsibilities that bound them. But the world waited outside, and soon they would have to face the consequences of their actions. The council would not understand, the merfolk would not accept a human as their king's lover. The very fabric of their lives was about to change, forever intertwined by the threads of passion and power.

Chapter Text

Mariano Guzman pulled away from King Triton before saying "I will talk with the prince about my deicison"

Mariano had spent his entire life in the bustling coastal city of Atlantica, surrounded by the vibrant coral reefs and the majestic creatures of the deep. As the son of a renowned sea witch, he had been granted a unique gift—the ability to breathe underwater and communicate with the ocean's inhabitants. His mother, however, had warned him of the perils of using his power for selfish desires. Despite her cautions, the allure of the surface world had always fascinated him. The whispers of sailors and the glint of sunken treasures had filled his dreams since childhood. Now, as he approached the grand underwater palace of King Triton, the gravity of his decision weighed heavily on his shoulders.

Mariano stood in front of Prince Eric, the merman he was a guardian of, ready to say what does he think..

He takes a deep breath and says "I know this might surprise you but... I'm stepping off as a guardian... I don't think a relationship between you and me will happen but don't let those thoughts about me distract you from your duties as a prince.. And no, it's not that I'm taking the opportunity I had to help you defeat the sea witch and collect all diamond shards so you can now become a prince for granted.. and for someone who can be my replacement, you can rely on Li Shang."

Prince Eric looks at him with a mix of shock and confusion, his blue eyes wide in his human-like face. "Mariano," he starts, his voice filled with a hint of desperation, "What has brought you to this decision?"

Mariano sighs, the weight of his words sinking in as he speaks, "It's not just about us, Eric. I've been feeling... confined, for a long time now. I guess I'm just a guy who likes to hang around with people and possibly convince them into satisfaction with their lives. Being your guardian has been an honor, but it's time for me to step off if it's alright"

Prince Eric stares at Mariano, processing his words. The prince's grip tightens around the trident in his hand, a symbol of his own destiny and the heavy responsibilities that come with it. "I understand," he says finally, his voice firm, "but are you sure this is what you truly want?"

Mariano nods, a determined glint in his eye. "Yes, I am. And I believe this is for the best for both of us. I need to be the way I am, the perfect love bird, and you need to focus on your kingdom without any distractions."

Prince Eric nods solemnly, understanding the gravity of the situation. "Very well, Mariano. Your service has been invaluable to me, and I trust you know what is best for your happiness." He extends his hand, offering a warm handshake that feels like a silent acknowledgment of their changing roles.

"But I'll still see you and visit Atlantica, right?", Mariano asked, trying to lighten the mood.

Prince Eric managed a small smile. "Of course, Mariano. You're more than just a guardian to me, you're a friend. Your visits will always be welcome."

The two of them stood there for a moment, the quiet of the palace's grand hall seeming to stretch on forever. Then, with one final nod, Mariano turned and swam away, his tail gliding through the water with a newfound sense of freedom. He felt a strange mix of excitement and sadness, leaving behind the life he had known for so long.

As Mariano went off shore, he felt his sense of pride swelling. He knew he had made the right decision for himself and for Eric. He swam through the colorful coral gardens, greeting old friends and making his way to the surface. The sun's rays pierced through the water above, casting a warm glow that grew stronger with each stroke he took. The sea creatures around him sensed the change in his spirit, and they too began to swim alongside him, celebrating his newfound freedom.

Mariano sat down and pulled out his phone to scroll through the latest feed until a Middle Eastern-looking guy snatched it from his hand and ran away.. "Hey, come back before I forget why I'm chasing you", Mariano said before he started running toward the guy, eventually tackling him down seconds later.

"Who are you and what were your intentions?", Mariano asked once he tackled him down on the sand.

"I'm... Aladdin.. from Agrabah", Aladdin said as he felt Mariano's hands squeeze his muscles. "I didn't mean to steal your phone, I just thought you might need a break from it."

"I get it but you know well my personal information is in there.. My bank account password, my passwords for my social medias, including my... my personal junk (material) are in there", Mariano said as he tried to sit up, his grip on Aladdin loosening slightly.

Aladdin's eyes widened. "Oh, I'm so sorry! I didn't mean to invade your privacy like that. I just saw you staring at it so intently, and I thought maybe you could use some real adventure instead of virtual ones," he explained, his cheeky grin unmistakable even through his slightly embarrassed expression.

"It's alright... are you by any chance a klepto?", Mariano asked as he got up from him, brushing off the sand that stuck to his clothes.

"Only when it's for a good cause," Aladdin said with a laugh, handing the phone back. "But really, I just wanted to introduce myself and maybe show you a different kind of world than the one you're used to."

"what kind?", Mariano asked with a raised eyebrow, his curiosity piqued despite his initial annoyance.

Aladdin looked around the serene beach, as if searching for the right words to describe the adventures he had in mind. "A world full of magic carpets, hidden treasures, and a genie who can grant you three wishes. A place where you can be anyone you want to be, do anything you want to do."

"About that...", Mariano said as he struggled to hide the need to cry in front of Aladdin, "I've had enough of magic for one lifetime, but I'm always up for some new experiences. Let's just start with a simple introduction and maybe a walk around the city?"

Aladdin nodded, his smile never faltering. "Fair enough," he said, standing up and dusting himself off. "But I assure you, my world isn't just about magic. It's about friendship, love, and finding your true self. Sounds like something you could use after being a guardian for so long, doesn't it?"

"How did he know?", Mariano thought as he looked at Aladdin. Maybe it was the way he talked about the world outside Atlantica that resonated with his current feelings. With a sigh, he agreed to the city tour. As they strolled through the bustling streets of Agrabah, Mariano couldn't help but feel a sense of wonderment at the unfamiliar sights and sounds. The spices from the market stalls, the laughter of children playing in the alleys, and the exotic animals that roamed freely were a stark contrast to the orderly underwater world he had left behind.

Aladdin, sensing his unease, filled the silence with stories of his own adventures, of battling the villainous Jafar and winning the heart of the beautiful Jasmine. As they talked, Mariano found himself opening up about his life under the sea, his friendship with Eric, and the sacrifices he had made to protect the prince. The more he shared, the more at ease he became with his decision to leave his guardianship.

They stopped at a small café, where the aroma of strong coffee and sweet pastries filled the air. Aladdin insisted on treating Mariano to something special—his favorite dish, a delicate pastry filled with honey and nuts. As they sat sipping their drinks and watching the hustle and bustle of the city, a group of children approached them, their eyes wide with wonder as they recognized the half-human, half-fish creature sitting before them.

"Wow, are you a mermaid?" one of the children asked, pointing at Mariano.
Mariano chuckled. "No, I'm not a mermaid. I'm from the sea, but I'm not quite like that. I'm just a guy who's decided to explore the surface for a while."
The children listened intently as Aladdin began to weave a tale of Mariano's life in Atlantica, embellishing the story with his usual flair. Mariano couldn't help but feel a warmth spread through his chest as the children's faces lit up with excitement.

After bidding the children farewell, Aladdin and Mariano continued their stroll. They came across a street performer juggling fire torches, his movements as mesmerizing as any sea creature's dance. Mariano found himself lost in thought, contemplating the path that lay ahead of him.

"You know, Aladdin," he said, "I've been thinking about your offer to show me this world of adventure. Maybe it's time I took you up on it. I've got a feeling there's more to life than I ever knew down there."

Aladdin's eyes sparkled with excitement. "That's the spirit! Besides, I could use a break from the whole 'Prince Ali' act. It gets tiresome after a while," he quipped.

The two of them set off into the heart of Agrabah, weaving through the crowded bazaars and narrow alleyways. They bargained for trinkets, sampled exotic foods, and even stopped to watch a performance by a troupe of acrobats. With each step, Mariano felt his heart swell with a sense of adventure he hadn't felt in years.

As the sun began to set, painting the sky in a riot of oranges and pinks, they found themselves at the edge of the city, looking out over the vast desert that stretched into the horizon. "This is where my journey truly began," Aladdin said, his voice filled with a quiet reverence. "It's a magical place, full of secrets and hidden wonders."

Mariano gazed out at the vast expanse, his eyes reflecting the fiery hues of the sky. "It's beautiful," he murmured. "So different from what I've ever seen."

Aladdin nudged him gently. "Come on, let's go find Abu. He's probably snuck into someone's date stash again."

They ventured back into the city, the laughter of the marketplace growing louder as the night brought out more and more people. Mariano's eyes widened as he took in the sights—the brightly colored fabrics, the smell of exotic spices, the music that seemed to come from every direction. It was chaotic, but in a way that made his heart race with excitement.

As they approached the palace, Aladdin's pet monkey, Abu, came swinging down from the rafters, a grin on his face and a handful of stolen dates. Mariano couldn't help but laugh as the little creature jumped onto Aladdin's shoulder, chattering away in his own monkey language. It was clear that the two were inseparable.

The palace guards, recognizing Aladdin, allowed them to pass without question. Inside, the grandeur of the building took Mariano's breath away. The opulent gold and jewel-encrusted walls, the plush carpets, and the elaborate tapestries depicting tales of ancient battles and heroes were nothing like the coral structures of Atlantica. He felt like a fish out of water, yet oddly at home among the humans.

Jasmine, the princess of Agrabah, found them in the main hall, her eyes widening in surprise when she saw Mariano. "Aladdin, what have you brought before me?" she asked, her voice filled with curiosity and a hint of amusement.

Aladdin grinned, taking a dramatic bow. "Allow me to introduce Mariano, the former guardian of Atlantis, now an esteemed guest in our city."

Jasmine's gaze softened as she approached, extending her hand gracefully. "Welcome, Mariano. It's not often we receive visitors from the ocean's depths."

Mariano took her hand, feeling the warmth of her touch and the strength in her grip. "Thank you, Your Highness. I'm here to explore and learn from your world."

Jasmine looked him up and down, her curiosity piqued. "And what do you hope to find here?"

Mariano shrugged. "Adventure, I guess. Something to make me feel alive again."

Jasmine's gaze softened further, understanding reflected in her eyes. "Then you've come to the right place," she said. "Aladdin has a knack for finding trouble and turning it into something amazing."

The three of them talked well into the night, sharing stories and laughs. Mariano felt a bond forming between them, one that was different from the brotherly connection he had with Eric. These two had experienced the trials and tribulations of the surface world, and their friendship seemed to offer a new kind of support.

The next day, Mariano found himself in the palace stables, surrounded by horses and the smell of hay. He had never been this close to a horse before, but the creature before him was unlike any he had seen in his underwater realm. It was majestic, with a coat that shimmered in the morning light.

"This is Sahara," Aladdin said, stroking the horse's mane. "The fastest steed in all of Agrabah. She's a bit of a handful, but I think you two will get along just fine."

Mariano approached the horse tentatively, reaching out to touch its nose. Sahara sniffed at him, then nuzzled his hand gently. He looked up at Aladdin with a mix of excitement and apprehension. "Where are we going?"

"To the Cave of Wonders," Aladdin said with a twinkle in his eye. "There's something I think you should see."

The journey through the desert was unlike anything Mariano had ever experienced. The heat was intense, the sand beneath them shifting and sliding with every step. But as they approached the cave, the temperature dropped dramatically, and a strange sense of awe filled the air.

The cave itself was a marvel, filled with glittering jewels and ancient artifacts. The walls whispered secrets of a time long forgotten, and the air hummed with a faint magic that seemed to resonate within Mariano's very soul.

In the heart of the cave, they found what Aladdin had been looking for—a glowing lamp, nestled among piles of gold and treasure. "This is the key to a new life," Aladdin said, his voice low and reverent. "But beware, the genie inside grants three wishes, but they come at a price."

Mariano picked up the lamp, feeling its warmth and the pulse of power within. "What price?" he asked, his curiosity piqued.

Aladdin's smile grew a bit sad. "You'll find out when the time is right," he said enigmatically.

The two of them sat there for a while, the quiet of the cave a stark contrast to the noisy market outside. Mariano turned the lamp over in his hands, contemplating the adventure that lay ahead of him.

Finally, he looked up at Aladdin. "I think I'm ready to start my new life," he said firmly.

Aladdin nodded, his eyes filled with understanding. "Then let's go find your first adventure," he said, leading the way out of the cave and back into the blinding desert sun.

As they rode back to Agrabah, the wind in their hair and the sun on their faces, Mariano felt a strange pull toward the mysterious lamp. He knew that the wishes it held could change his life, but he was wary of the price that Aladdin had mentioned. Yet, the excitement of the unknown was too tempting to resist.

Upon their return, the city was ablaze with the news of a grand festival in honor of a visiting sultan. The streets were adorned with colorful banners and streamers, and the aroma of delicious foods filled the air. The trio decided to join the festivities, blending in with the crowd.

During the festivities, they encountered a peculiar group of performers, the likes of which Mariano had never seen before. They were a band of pirates, led by the charismatic Captain Jack Sparrow. The pirates were putting on a show, juggling swords and performing daring acrobatic feats. Mariano couldn't help but be drawn to their carefree spirit.

After the show, he approached Captain Jack, who was lounging by a fountain with a bottle of rum in hand. "I've never seen anything like that before," Mariano said with a smile. "Your life seems... quite the adventure."

Jack raised an eyebrow, studying Mariano with a curious gaze. "Ah, you're the one from the sea," he said with a knowing smile. "I can smell the saltwater on ya. And adventure, you say? Well, me hearty, if adventure is what you're after, then you've come to the right place. But remember, the sea is a fickle mistress—she gives and takes without a second thought."

Mariano's eyes lit up. "I've had my fair share of adventures, Captain, but I'm ready for something new. Tell me, what's the most incredible thing you've ever found on your travels?"

The pirate leaned in, his voice dropping to a whisper. "The most incredible treasure I've ever found wasn't gold or jewels," he said, his eyes twinkling with mischief. "It was freedom. The ability to live my life on me own terms, without the shackles of duty or expectations."

Mariano nodded thoughtfully. "That does sound like quite the treasure."

"Aye," Jack agreed, taking a swig from his bottle. "But it comes at a cost. You've got to be willing to lose everything to find it."

The two men shared a knowing look, understanding the weight of their decisions. Mariano had left his duty behind, and Jack had been living a life of constant escape from his own past. They were two sides of the same coin—searching for meaning in a world that often seemed too vast to comprehend.

The festival continued around them, the sounds of laughter and music blending with the clinking of coins and the calls of merchants. As the night grew darker, the lights grew brighter, casting a magical glow over the city.

Mariano felt a gentle nudge from Aladdin. "Come on," he said, "Let's go see if we can't find some more adventure."

The trio wove through the crowd, the lamp's warmth a constant reminder of the power Mariano now held. They stumbled upon a shadowy alley, where the air grew thick with the scent of danger. A group of thieves was attempting to rob a merchant, their cries for help piercing the night air.

Without a moment's hesitation, Aladdin and Mariano sprang into action, using their combined strength and speed to disarm and outwit the thieves. The merchant, a plump man with a thick mustache, beamed with gratitude as he offered them his wares as a reward.

"Keep your trinkets," Mariano said with a laugh, "Your safety is thanks enough."

The merchant's eyes grew wide as he took in Mariano's unusual appearance. "You're not from around here, are you?" he asked.

Mariano grinned. "No, I'm from the sea. But I'm here to explore new worlds, make new friends, and maybe even find a bit of that treasure Captain Jack talked about."

The merchant's mustache twitched in amusement. "Well, if it's adventure you're after, you've come to the right place," he said, handing Mariano a map. "This will take you to places beyond your wildest dreams—places where the line between myth and reality blurs."

The map was old and worn, with strange symbols and cryptic notes scribbled in the margins. Mariano's heart raced with excitement as he unfolded it, the possibilities stretching out before him like the endless ocean he had left behind.

Jack took the map from Mariano, his seasoned gaze scanning the intricate details. "Ah, I've seen this map before," he said, a hint of excitement in his voice. "It's a treasure map, lad, and it points to the Isla de Muerta—an island rumored to hold the legendary treasure of the pirate, Barbarossa."

Mariano and Aladdin exchanged glances. "Are we really going to follow this?" Aladdin asked, his voice a mix of doubt and excitement.

"Why not?" Mariano said, grinning. "I've always wanted to find hidden treasures. And if we're going to live life without regrets, this seems like the perfect opportunity."

With a newfound sense of purpose, the trio set out on their journey, the map in hand. They gathered supplies and recruited a crew of misfits and adventurers, each eager for a chance at the legendary treasure. The voyage was fraught with peril, from stormy seas to battles with rival pirates, but the bond between Jack, Mariano, and Aladdin grew stronger with each challenge they faced.

They sailed for days, the horizon stretching out before them like a never-ending canvas painted with blues and whites. The sea was both a source of wonder and fear for Mariano, who had never before felt its tumultuous moods or seen its vastness. Each night, as they sat around the fire on the ship's deck, Aladdin would regale them with tales of his own adventures, and Jack would spin yarns of pirate lore that made the stars above seem like a playground for the gods.

Finally, the island appeared, a dark smudge on the horizon that grew larger with each passing hour. As they drew closer, Mariano could make out the jagged cliffs and thick jungles that seemed to guard the treasure with a fierce, primal intensity. The crew grew restless, whispering of curses and ancient protectors that would surely claim their lives. But Mariano felt only excitement—this was the adventure he had been seeking.

They beached their ship in a hidden cove and set off into the jungle, hacking through the dense foliage with swords and machetes. The air was thick with the scent of exotic flowers and the distant calls of unseen animals. Mariano marveled at the vibrant life that surrounded them, so different from the quiet, orderly world of Atlantica.

The map led them to a hidden cave, the entrance obscured by a waterfall. Inside, they found a chamber filled with treasure beyond their wildest dreams—gold and jewels that gleamed in the torchlight, piled high enough to bury a hundred men. But as they approached, they were met with a sudden and terrifying roar. From the shadows, a giant beast emerged, its scales glinting in the flickering light. It was a dragon, guardian of the treasure, and it did not look pleased to see them.

Mariano stepped forward, his heart pounding in his chest. He had faced many dangers in his life, but nothing quite like this. He knew that to survive, he would have to call upon every bit of courage and wisdom he had gained as a guardian. With a deep breath, he addressed the creature in the soothing tones he had once used to calm the stormy seas. "We come in peace," he said, raising his hands in a non-threatening gesture. "We seek not to take, but to understand the true value of what you guard."

The dragon paused, eyeing them suspiciously. It spoke in a deep, rumbling voice that echoed through the chamber. "Few have ever seen what lies within this cave and lived to tell the tale," it said. "But I sense something different in you, Mariano of the sea. Tell me, what is it you truly seek?"

Mariano looked into the creature's fiery eyes, feeling the weight of the question. "I seek freedom," he said at last. "The freedom to choose my own path, to live my life without the constraints of duty or fear."

The dragon nodded slowly. "Then you are indeed worthy," it said, its fiery breath warming the air around them. "But beware, for with great treasure comes great responsibility. Choose wisely what you take from this place, for it holds more than gold and gems."

The three friends exchanged glances, understanding the gravity of the dragon's words. They approached the treasure carefully, picking out items that spoke to them, that whispered of the adventures they had yet to live.

Mariano selected a compass, its needle spinning wildly in the presence of the dragon's magic. "This will guide me," he said, tucking it into his pocket. "To the places I've only dreamed of."

Aladdin took a golden scarab, its intricate carvings telling the story of ancient civilizations. "This will remind me of the beauty of the world," he said, "and the importance of protecting it."

Jack, ever the pirate, chose a chest filled with gleaming coins. "For the crew," he said with a wink, "and for the adventures we'll have when we spend it."

With their treasures in hand, they made their way back to the ship, the dragon watching them from the shadows of the cave. As they set sail, the island grew smaller behind them, and the horizon opened up once more.

Mariano felt the wind in his hair, the salt on his skin, and the warmth of the treasure against his side. He knew that his life had changed in more ways than one. The journey ahead was fraught with unknown dangers, but he had two trusted friends by his side.

The voyage back to Agrabah was filled with tales of their adventure, the crew hanging on every word. The treasure was a symbol of their courage and camaraderie, and it grew heavier in their hearts with each passing day.

When they returned to the city, the news of their triumph spread like wildfire. The people of Agrabah celebrated their bravery, and the Sultan himself requested an audience with the trio. Mariano felt a pang of guilt at the thought of the adventure he had embarked upon without first discussing it with Eric, but the prince's words echoed in his mind—it was his life, and he had to live it on his terms.

The Sultan, a wise and just ruler, listened to their story with interest. He nodded thoughtfully as they spoke of the dragon's wisdom and the treasure they had chosen. "The path of the adventurer is not an easy one," he said, "but it is a noble quest. May your hearts remain true to the lessons you have learned."

Mariano looked at Aladdin and Jack, the friendship between them stronger than ever. "Thank you, Sultan," he said. "We will not forget what we have gained from this journey."

But as the days turned into weeks, Mariano began to feel a sense of restlessness. The treasure had brought them fame and riches, but he couldn't shake the feeling that there was still more to discover. One night, as they sat on the palace balcony overlooking the city, Jack spoke up. "Lads," he said, his eyes distant, "I've had me a thinkin'. It's time for me to set sail again."

Aladdin's eyes widened. "What do you mean, Jack?"

Jack took a deep drag from his pipe, the embers glowing red in the dark. "The sea, she's callin' to me. I can't ignore her much longer. I've got me a map of me own, one that'll lead me to adventures beyond yer wildest dreams."

Mariano felt a pang of sadness. "But what about us? We're a team!"

Jack clapped him on the shoulder. "You're more than that, Mariano. You're a man who's found his way, and it's not with me on the high seas. You've got a world to explore, and I've got me own demons to face. But fear not, we'll meet again, I'm sure of it."

The following dawn, the crew gathered at the docks to bid Captain Jack Sparrow farewell. His ship, the Black Pearl, was resplendent in the early morning light, her sails fluttering in the breeze like a dark bird ready to take flight. The pirate captain stood at the helm, a figure of myth and legend come to life.

"Remember," Jack called out to them, "The pirate's life is not for the faint of heart, but it's a life of freedom! Now, go forth and make your own legends!"

With a final salute, Jack gave the order to weigh anchor, and the Pearl glided away from the shore. Mariano watched as the ship grew smaller and smaller, feeling the tug of the ocean's call. 

"So, what's next for you?" Aladdin asked, breaking the silence.

Mariano took a moment to consider his answer. "I think... I think I'll stay in Agrabah for a while," he said. "I've never truly experienced life on land before, and there's still so much to learn here. Besides, I have a feeling our paths will cross again"

Aladdin nodded, a knowing smile playing on his lips. "Agrabah will be your home as long as you wish it to be," he said. "But remember, no matter where you go, you'll always have friends here."

Mariano watched as the Black Pearl disappeared over the horizon, a mix of emotions swirling within him. He was sad to see Jack go but also excited for the new chapter that lay ahead. With Aladdin by his side, he set about exploring the bustling city of Agrabah. They ventured into the marketplace, haggling with merchants for exotic spices and fabrics, and even took a trip to the palace to visit Jasmine and the Sultan. Each day brought new experiences and friendships, filling Mariano's heart with joy.

One evening, as they sat in the cool courtyard of the palace, sharing tales of their adventures, Jasmine approached them with a concerned look. "I've heard whispers of trouble brewing in the city," she said, her eyes searching their faces. "Someone is stealing from the poor and leaving chaos in their wake."

Mariano and Aladdin shared a look, the excitement of their earlier escapades quickly replaced by a sense of responsibility. "We'll look into it," Mariano said, standing up.

They set out into the city, using their combined knowledge of both land and sea to track down the thief. They moved through the shadows, their eyes peeled for any signs of trouble. The marketplace was bustling with activity, but as the night grew darker, the crowd began to thin, leaving only the most desperate souls behind. It was in one such alley that they caught a glimpse of their quarry—a figure dressed all in black, darting from shadow to shadow.

With a silent nod to each other, Mariano and Aladdin gave chase. The thief was fast, but they were faster, their years of combat training and agility serving them well. They pursued him through the twisting streets, leaping over rooftops and narrowly avoiding the clutches of the city guards who had also caught wind of the disturbance. As they drew closer, they could see the glint of stolen goods in the moonlight—a necklace here, a pouch of coins there.

Finally, they cornered the thief in an abandoned warehouse on the outskirts of the city. As the figure turned to face them, Mariano recognized the flash of gold in their eyes—it was a genie, one who had clearly lost control of their powers. "Please, stop," Mariano called out, his voice echoing through the dusty space. "We mean no harm, but we can't let you continue to do this."

The genie snarled, their hands crackling with unbridled magic. "You don't know what you're dealing with," they warned. "I am not bound by your petty rules."

Aladdin stepped forward, his grip tight on his sword. "We're not here to fight," he said firmly. "We're here to help. You're one of us—a creature of legend, trying to find your place in this world."

The genie hesitated, their expression flickering with doubt. Mariano saw the opening and took a step closer, his hand outstretched. "Let's talk," he offered. "We can find a way to make this right."

After a tense silence, the genie lowered their arms. "Very well," they said, the magic fading from their eyes. "But you must understand, I was once powerful, revered. Now, I am nothing but a pawn for those who dare to rub my lamp."

The two friends exchanged a look. This was more than just a simple case of theft—it was a plea for freedom. "We will do what we can," Aladdin assured the genie. "But we need your help. Tell us who is controlling you."

The genie led them to a hidden lair, deep within the city's underbelly. There, they found the true culprit—a greedy merchant who had discovered an ancient artifact capable of controlling the genies. Mariano and Aladdin faced the merchant and his hired thugs, their skills honed from their battles against Jafar and the sea witch.

The fight was fierce, but ultimately, the merchant was no match for the combined might of the two heroes. With a final blow, Aladdin disarmed him, and Mariano stepped forward to free the genie from its bondage. As the artifact shattered, the genie's eyes lit up with gratitude.

"Thank you," they said, their form flickering with newfound power. "I will not forget your kindness."

Together, they restored order to the city, returning the stolen goods to their rightful owners. The people of Agrabah hailed them as heroes once more, but Mariano knew that his journey was far from over. With the genie's freedom as a reminder of his own path, he looked to the horizon, wondering what new adventures awaited him.

In the weeks that followed, Mariano threw himself into learning the ways of the land. He studied history, politics, and the art of diplomacy alongside Aladdin, eager to understand the complex tapestry of human society. He even began to learn the art of magic from Jafar's former parrot, Iago, who had turned over a new leaf and become a trusted advisor to the Sultan.

One day, as they pored over ancient scrolls in the palace library, they stumbled upon a prophecy that spoke of a great hero who would unite the lands. The hero's name was Hercules, and the prophecy foretold that he would come from a distant place, bringing peace and harmony to a world torn apart by strife. Intrigued, Aladdin suggested they seek him out, for surely his strength and wisdom would be invaluable in their ongoing quest for adventure and understanding.

They gathered their trusty steeds—Mariano's dolphin, Aiden, and Aladdin's magical carpet—and set out on a quest to find Hercules. They traveled through lush forests, treacherous mountains, and arid deserts, facing trials and tribulations that tested their friendship and resolve. They encountered mythical creatures and cunning tricksters, each step bringing them closer to the legendary hero.

Finally, after a particularly grueling trek through a dense jungle, they heard the distant sound of a powerful voice singing a song of valor. Following the sound, they stumbled upon a clearing where Hercules himself was training, his muscles rippling with the effort of battling a hydra that had been brought to life by some dark enchantment. Recognizing the danger, Mariano and Aladdin leaped into action, joining forces with the Greek demigod to vanquish the beast.

The battle was fierce, the three warriors fighting in perfect harmony despite their disparate backgrounds. With Hercules' strength, Mariano's cunning, and Aladdin's quick reflexes, they managed to outmaneuver and ultimately defeat the hydra. As the creature's last head slumped to the ground, the jungle grew silent, and the three friends looked at each other, panting and covered in sweat.

Hercules, his eyes gleaming with a newfound respect, offered them his hand. "Who are you, brave strangers, who come to my aid?"

Mariano stepped forward, panting heavily. "I am Mariano Guzman," he said, "A man of the sea seeking new adventures on land, from being a normal man, a boyfriend of Isabela Madrigal. And this," he said, gesturing to Aladdin, "is my friend Aladdin. We've heard the whispers of your great deeds and sought your wisdom in these troubled times."

Hercules' eyes lit up with recognition. "Ah, the prince of Agrabah and the son of a sea witch! Your names are known even in the distant lands of Olympus. I am honored to make your acquaintance." He turned to the hydra's lifeless body. "But it seems we have more pressing matters to attend to. What brought this creature to my doorstep?"

Mariano and Aladdin exchanged a knowing look. They had stumbled upon a plot that was much larger than they had anticipated. "We believe it may be the work of someone seeking to prevent the prophecy from coming to pass," Aladdin said gravely. "Someone who does not wish for peace to reign in the lands."

Hercules frowned, his expression growing serious. "Then our fates are intertwined," he said, his grip on his sword tightening. "I too am searching for a way to unite the worlds of gods and mortals. Perhaps together, we can uncover the truth behind this dark enchantment and ensure the prophecy is fulfilled."

The trio set off on their new quest, their journey taking them to the far reaches of the known world and beyond. They encountered gods, demigods, and mythical creatures that defied Mariano's wildest dreams. With each new challenge, their bond grew stronger, and they became an unstoppable force for good.

One evening, as they sat around a roaring campfire, sharing tales of their past triumphs and future ambitions, Hercules couldn't help but steal glances at Mariano. The half-fish, half-human's beauty was unlike anything he had ever seen. The way the firelight danced across his scales, the grace with which he moved, even out of the water, was utterly captivating. Hercules had heard whispers of the love between Mariano and Isabela, but his heart swelled with an unshakable attraction that he couldn't ignore.

Mariano remained oblivious to Hercules' drooling, lost in his own thoughts about the prophecy and the fate of the world. Little did he know, his mere presence was stirring feelings within the demigod that could threaten their newfound friendship. Hercules tried to keep his thoughts in check, focusing instead on the task at hand and the camaraderie that had formed between them.

As they approached the city of Thebes, rumors of a monstrous beast plaguing the land reached their ears. The creature was said to be invincible, leaving a trail of destruction in its wake. Without hesitation, the three heroes decided to intervene, knowing that this could be the first step in unraveling the larger plot against them.

Mariano, ever the charmer, managed to coax information from the locals, while Hercules and Aladdin scoured the city for signs of the creature's lair. It was during these interactions that Hercules found himself drooling over Mariano's charm and wit. Each time Mariano would flash that radiant smile or laugh at one of his jokes, Hercules felt his heart race.

Their search led them to the ruins of an ancient temple, where the beast had made its home. As they prepared for battle, Mariano took a moment to look at his friends, feeling a sense of belonging he hadn't felt since leaving Atlantica. Little did he know, Hercules' gaze lingered on him longer than necessary, his thoughts swirling with a confusing mix of admiration and desire.

The fight against the beast was fiercer than any they had faced before. Hercules' godly strength was tested to the limits, while Aladdin and Mariano used their quick thinking and unique abilities to outmaneuver the creature. Despite the danger, the three of them worked together seamlessly, each one's actions anticipating the others.

Mariano's agility and power in combat were a sight to behold. He dove and twisted through the air with the grace of a dolphin, his tail lashing out to strike the creature with the force of a whip. Hercules couldn't help but be mesmerized by his movements, his thoughts briefly straying from the battle at hand.

But the drooling remained a secret, hidden behind the facade of a focused warrior. Hercules knew that now was not the time to confess his feelings. The fate of the world depended on their unity, and he would not risk it for his own desires. For now, he would keep his distance, biding his time and hoping that Mariano might one day look at him in the same way he looked at Isabela.

As the beast finally fell, the three heroes emerged victorious, their friendship stronger than ever. Unbeknownst to Mariano, Hercules harbored a secret that could either strengthen or shatter their bond. But for now, they had a mission to fulfill, a prophecy to see through, and a world to save.

They rested in the shadow of the defeated creature, catching their breath and tending to their wounds. "Mariano," Hercules began, his voice thick with unspoken emotion, "I must admit something to you."
Mariano looked at him with a raised eyebrow, his curiosity piqued. "What is it?"
Hercules took a deep breath, his heart pounding in his chest. "I...I find myself drawn to you," he confessed, his eyes searching Mariano's face for any sign of understanding.
Mariano's smile faltered, his expression one of surprise and confusion. "Hercules," he said gently, "I'm flattered, but I'm in love with Isabela."

The silence that fell between them was heavy and uncomfortable. Aladdin, who had been quietly observing the exchange, decided it was time to intervene. "Friends," he said, placing a hand on each of their shoulders, "our quest is far from over. We must stay focused on the prophecy and the greater good."
Hercules nodded, his face a mask of determination. "You're right, Aladdin. We have a world to save, and personal feelings cannot distract us from our duty."

Mariano offered a small smile, understanding the gravity of the situation. "Hercules, I appreciate your honesty," he said, his voice sincere. "And I value our friendship more than anything. Let's keep that as our foundation, and together we'll make sure this prophecy comes true."

With that, the three of them continued their journey, each lost in their own thoughts. Hercules struggled to push aside his newfound feelings, focusing instead on the epic battles that lay ahead. Mariano, while touched by the demigod's confession, was steadfast in his love for Isabela. He knew that his path with her was the one he was meant to follow.

As they ventured deeper into uncharted territories, they faced challenges that required all of their combined skills and courage. They encountered fierce beasts, clever tricksters, and powerful sorcerers, each one a piece of the puzzle that would lead them to the prophecy's fulfillment. Through it all, Mariano's charm and diplomacy proved as invaluable as Aladdin's agility and Hercules' might.

One fateful day, as they approached the peak of a treacherous mountain, they discovered a hidden fortress. It was here that they found the mastermind behind the dark enchantments—a rogue god, banished from Olympus and seeking to regain power through the prophecy's undoing. The god looked upon them with malicious glee, recognizing the heroes that threatened their grand scheme.

The battle was intense, the very air crackling with energy as the four titanic figures clashed. Hercules' muscles bulged as he fought alongside Mariano and Aladdin, each strike a testament to their unyielding spirit. The rogue god threw everything they had at them, but the trio remained unbroken, their friendship a beacon in the face of overwhelming darkness.

As the god's power waned, Mariano saw an opportunity. He called upon the strength of the sea, his scales shimmering as a wave of power surged through him. With a mighty roar, he leaped into the fray, his fist connecting with the god's chest and sending them both hurtling through the air. The impact echoed through the mountains, shaking the very foundation of the fortress.

The rogue god lay defeated, and with their power restored, the land began to heal. The prophecy was on the brink of coming true, and the three heroes knew they had to remain vigilant. Yet, as they stood there, panting and bruised, they couldn't help but feel a sense of accomplishment and camaraderie that transcended their individual struggles.

Mariano looked at Hercules, whose eyes held a quiet acceptance. He knew that their friendship had been tested and had emerged stronger than ever. He knew that no matter what the future held, he could always count on Hercules and Aladdin by his side.

And so, their journey continued, their hearts filled with hope and their spirits bound by friendship. The prophecy was within their grasp, but so too were the complexities of their own hearts. As they ventured into the unknown, they carried with them the weight of destiny and the knowledge that love, in all its forms, was the most powerful magic of all.

Mariano couldn't shake the feeling of guilt that had been gnawing at him since Hercules' confession. He knew he had lied to himself and to Isabela by not admitting his true feelings. In the quiet moments of their travels, when the chatter of their friends had died down, he found his thoughts drifting to the handsome demigod and the connection they had formed. He felt torn between his love for Isabela and the undeniable attraction he felt towards Hercules.

One moonlit night, as they sat beside a gentle stream, Mariano finally found the courage to speak the words that had been haunting him. He took a deep breath and looked into Hercules' eyes. "Hercules, I need to tell you something," he began, his voice trembling with emotion. "I've been dishonest with you and with myself. I do care for Isabela, but I also... I also care for you in a way I didn't think was possible."

Hercules' expression was one of shock, his eyes searching Mariano's face for any sign of untruth. "What are you saying, Mariano?" he asked, his own voice laced with uncertainty.

Mariano took another deep breath and continued, his voice stronger now. "I've always thought I was straight, but the way I feel when I'm around you... It's like nothing I've ever felt before. And I can't ignore it anymore. I'm sorry for lying about loving Isabela, I do love her, but I think I might love guys too. And I just... I need you to know that."

The silence that followed was palpable, the only sound the soft babbling of the water beside them. Hercules looked down at his hands, his mind racing with the implications of Mariano's confession. He felt a rush of conflicting emotions—joy at Mariano's admission, fear for their friendship, and an overwhelming sense of responsibility.

"Mariano," he said finally, his voice low and earnest, "I appreciate your honesty. I've never felt anything like this before either, but I know that our bond is strong enough to withstand any challenge. We're in this together, and no matter what happens, I'll always be here for you."

The two men shared a moment of understanding, their friendship deepening in the moon's soft glow. It was a revelation that would change their lives forever, but in that moment, all they knew was that they were united in their quest to fulfill the prophecy and save the world.

Their journey grew more treacherous as they approached the final trials, but so too did Mariano's inner turmoil. Each step brought him closer to fulfilling his destiny, yet he couldn't ignore the guilt that clung to him like seaweed to a rock.

Mariano knew that before they could move forward, he had to address the unspoken tension between them. He approached Hercules and Aladdin, their faces etched with determination, and took a deep breath. "Guys," he began, "I've been thinking a lot about what I said before. About how I feel about both of you. And I've decided... I want to explore those feelings."

Hercules and Aladdin exchanged glances, a mix of surprise and curiosity in their expressions. "What do you mean, exactly?" Hercules asked, his voice cautious.

Mariano took a moment to gather his thoughts. "I mean, I want to... to see if there's something real here. Something more than friendship. I know it's unconventional, but I can't just ignore these feelings anymore."

Aladdin nodded slowly, understanding dawning in his eyes. "We've all faced challenges that defy the norm," he said, "and if this is what you truly desire, then we should explore it. Together."

Hercules looked at Mariano, his gaze intense. "Are you sure about this?" he asked, his voice thick with emotion. "Because once we start down this path, there's no turning back."

Mariano nodded, his heart racing. "I'm sure," he said, his voice strong. "I've never felt this way before, and I think it's worth exploring."

The three of them shared a look that spoke volumes—a silent pact that their friendship would endure no matter what. And with that, they set aside their plans for a threesome, knowing that the path ahead was fraught with danger and uncertainty. They had to focus on the prophecy, on saving the world from the clutches of darkness.

But as they ventured further into the unknown, the allure of what could be grew stronger. Stolen glances and lingering touches hinted at the passion that lay beneath the surface. They knew that once their mission was complete, they would have to confront the desires that had been simmering between them.

The final battle approached, and the stakes had never been higher. As they faced the ultimate evil, their hearts pounded in unison, each one fighting for the others' survival as much as their own. The love that had blossomed between them was a silent force, a bond that had grown stronger than any enchantment.

And when the dust settled and the prophecy was fulfilled, the three heroes stood victorious, their hearts pounding in their chests. They had saved the world, and in doing so, they had discovered a love that transcended their expectations.

Celebration in Agrabah was in full swing as the news of the rogue god's defeat spread like wildfire. The streets were filled with music, laughter, and the warm embrace of a community that had been freed from fear. The trio of heroes, now forever linked by their shared experiences and newfound love, were the guests of honor, their names whispered in awe and gratitude by the very people they had sworn to protect.

Days after knowing Mariano and Hercules exchanged conversation, Aladdin decided to confess his feelings about both of them. He took them aside from the bustling celebrations, his heart racing like a wild stallion. "Guys, I know this might come as a surprise," he began, his voice a bit shaky. "But I... I think I might love you both."
Hercules and Mariano looked at him, their expressions a mirror of the shock they had felt when Hercules had first confessed to Mariano. "Aladdin, what are you saying?" Mariano asked, trying to process this new revelation.
Aladdin took a deep breath, his eyes darting between them. "I know it's not easy to understand, and it's not something I've ever felt before," he admitted. "But being on this quest, fighting side by side with you, sharing our deepest fears and dreams... It's made me realize that love isn't just about finding 'the one'. It's about finding those who make you feel alive, who complete you in ways you didn't even know you were missing."
Hercules looked at Aladdin, his eyes filled with a mix of confusion and a strange sense of hope. "I don't know how to feel about this," he said, his voice gruff. "But I do know that I care for you both deeply, more than I can put into words."
Mariano nodded, his thoughts swirling like a tornado of emotions. "Aladdin," he said softly, "we've all been through so much together. And if this is what you truly feel, then... I'm willing to explore it."
Mariano then knew Aladdin was secretly open for a threesome so he decided to put his hand on his shoulder before Hercules asked "now that we have confessed to one another, how about we have our own celebration?" with a smirk.

The three of them, bound by friendship and a newfound love, retreated to a quiet oasis outside of Agrabah, a place where they could be themselves without the watchful eyes of the kingdom.
They later undressed themselves, being only in their underwear as they felt more comfortable in their own skin and less inhibited. They lay in the cool, soft sand, the warmth of their bodies creating a comforting cocoon as the stars above twinkled like a thousand diamond shards scattered across the sky.
Hercules, ever the stoic warrior, was the first to break the silence. "I've never felt this way before," he confessed, his voice thick with vulnerability. "But I want to be with both of you, if that's what you truly want."
Mariano leaned in, his heart racing as he felt the heat from Hercules' body. "I want that too," he murmured, his eyes never leaving Hercules' face.
Aladdin, the charismatic and adventurous one, reached out to take both of their hands, a mischievous smile playing on his lips. "We've conquered gods and monsters," he said, "What's a little love triangle compared to that?"

Hercules chuckled, the tension in his shoulders easing. "You always know how to put things into perspective," he said, squeezing Aladdin's hand.
Mariano felt a thrill run through him, his scales glinting in the moonlight. "But we can't ignore our feelings any longer," he said, turning to look at Hercules. "We need to figure out what this means for us."
Hercules met Mariano's gaze, the connection between them palpable. He leaned in, his lips brushing against Mariano's in a tender kiss that held all the promise of a thousand unspoken words.

As their kiss deepened, Aladdin watched with a mix of longing and excitement, his heart pounding in his chest. He knew this was a moment he had dreamed of, a connection he had longed for. With a gentle touch, he brushed a stray hair from Mariano's face, and then leaned in to press his own lips to Mariano's, feeling the electricity of the kiss as it grew into something more.
Hercules didn't pull away, instead, he reached for Aladdin, pulling him into the embrace. The three men kissed passionately, their bodies entwined in a tangle of limbs and desire.
They kept on kissing each other until the moment of pleasing themselves led them to touching their own genitals. They were all hard and eager to explore each other.
Mariano felt a warm hand on his tail, stroking it gently, and he moaned into the kiss, his scales tingling with pleasure. He reached out, his own hand finding its way to Hercules' muscular chest, exploring the contours of his body as they kissed.
Aladdin's hands roamed over Mariano's firm abs and down to his waist, his own desire building with each touch. He broke away from the kiss, panting, and whispered, "I want to show you both how much I care for you."
Hercules and Mariano exchanged a look of understanding, their eyes alight with passion. They lay back, their bodies open to Aladdin's touch as he began to kiss along their necks, his hands exploring further.
Mariano's cock was now fully erect and poking through his underwear, begging to be released. Aladdin took the hint and began to peel away the fabric, revealing the glistening tip.
Hercules watched, his own arousal growing as Aladdin took Mariano in his mouth, sucking and licking with an expertise that left the sea creature gasping for breath.
Hercules couldn't stand the sight of not participating and moved closer, kissing Aladdin while his hand wrapped around Mariano's shaft, stroking it in time with Aladdin's movements.
Mariano's eyes rolled back in pleasure as he felt the dual sensation of Aladdin's mouth and Hercules' hand on him.
Mariano started stroking Hercules' cock as well, feeling the velvety skin under his fingertips, and the demigod groaned, his hips bucking slightly.
Their breathing grew heavier, the air thick with lust and the promise of something more than friendship. They were on the precipice of discovering a love that was as vast and deep as the ocean itself.
Hercules pulled away, panting, and looked into both Mariano's and Aladdin's eyes. "We can't hide from this anymore," he said, his voice hoarse with need. "Let's see where this takes us."
And with that, the three of them shed their underwear, baring themselves to each other in a silent declaration of trust and desire.
"Who wants to get pounded first?", Mariano asked after Aladdin stopped sucking his cock.
Hercules smirked. "How about we take turns?"
Mariano nodded in agreement and watched as Aladdin eagerly opened his hole for Mariano, letting him rim it.
Mariano kept on licking Aladdin's hole, causing him to moan in pleasure.
Hercules took the opportunity to kiss Aladdin deeply, their tongues dancing together as Mariano prepared him.
Mariano decided to spit on Aladdin's hole before pounding it nicely.

Mariano felt a surge of excitement as he pushed into Aladdin, the tight heat of the other man's body enveloping him. Aladdin's moans grew louder, his body arching as Mariano found a steady rhythm, filling him completely..

"tell me how much you like it.", Mariano moaned he kept on pounding Aladdin's hole, watching his face contort in pleasure.
Aladdin's eyes rolled back in his head, and he panted, "Oh, gods above and below, it's... it's amazing."
"you have a nice body.. you want me to play with it?", Mariano asked Aladdin as he continued to pound him.
"Yes, please," Aladdin whimpered, his hands gripping the sand beneath him.
Mariano decided to hold himself Aladdin's chest for support from behind as he kept on pounding him from behind.
Hercules sat down and waited for both of them to be done as Mariano kept on pounding Aladdin.
"you want me to talk dirty?", Mariano asked Aladdin, who was now begging for more.
"Yes," Aladdin moaned, his voice strained with pleasure.
"You're so tight, so wet, and so fucking beautiful," Mariano murmured, his strokes growing more forceful. "I can feel every inch of you around me."
Aladdin's body trembled, and he couldn't hold back any longer. "Mar-Mar-Mariano!" he shouted, his climax washing over him in waves.
Mariano felt the contractions around his cock, and with a roar of his own, he spilled his seed inside Aladdin, filling him completely.
Hercules watched, his own arousal reaching its peak as he saw his friends in the throes of passion.

Once Mariano had finished, he pulled out and looked at Hercules, who was stroking his cock, watching the intimate moment between them with lust-filled eyes. "Your turn, Hercules," he said with a smirk.
Hercules happily arched for Mariano.
"Look who's eager for some cock", Mariano said as soon as Hercules flipped over, revealing his eager hole.
Hercules grinned and leaned back, presenting himself to Mariano without any shame. "I've been waiting for this," he said, his voice filled with anticipation.
Mariano didn't waste any time, he pushed into Hercules with a single, powerful thrust that made the demigod gasp. Hercules' muscles clenched around him, tight and warm, and Mariano felt his own desire spiral out of control.
Hercules took Mariano's cock with surprising ease, his body already prepared from watching the scene between him and Aladdin.
Mariano's hips snapped forward, his movements punctuated by the slap of skin on skin as he claimed Hercules in a fiery dance of passion.
Hercules' eyes squeezed shut as he took Mariano's length, his breath coming in ragged gasps as the pleasure built within him. "Yes," he moaned, pushing back to meet each thrust.
Mariano leaned down and whispered "You want me to make you go the distance?" in his ear, sending a shiver down Hercules' spine.
Hercules nodded vigorously, his eyes still closed as he lost himself in the feeling of being claimed by the sea creature.
Mariano grabbed Hercules by the hips and held him steady, his strokes becoming more intense, each one hitting the perfect spot.
Hercules' moans grew louder, and he reached down to stroke his own cock, the friction against his abs adding to the sensation.
Mariano watched Hercules' hand move with expert precision, his own need to cum growing stronger by the second.
Hercules' body tensed, and with a final, powerful thrust, Mariano filled him with his seed, the two of them crying out in unison.

Mariano kissed Hercules' neck before laying on the ground, ready for Hercules to pound him.
"wanna go?", Mariano asked Hercules with a mischievous grin.
Hercules nodded, his own cock now at full attention.
They switched positions, with Mariano now on his back, his legs spread wide open for Hercules.
Hercules took his time, kissing Mariano's body, exploring every inch of him before finally pressing his cock against Mariano's entrance.
Mariano's body quivered with excitement as Hercules pushed into him, the feeling of being filled by his powerful lover almost too much to bear.
Hercules began to move, his strokes slow and deliberate, savoring every moment as he claimed Mariano as his own.
Their eyes locked, and Mariano could see the love and desire reflected in Hercules' gaze, their hearts beating as one as they gave themselves over to the pleasure that only they could provide.
Their bodies moved in sync, their moans echoing across the deserted beach as they climbed higher and higher, lost in the moment.
Mariano felt himself getting closer to the edge, his body tightening around Hercules' cock. "I'm gonna cum," he warned, his voice a breathless whisper.
Hercules kissed him deeply, their tongues tangling as he picked up the pace, driving them both to the brink of ecstasy.
Mariano's orgasm hit him like a tidal wave, his body convulsing as he came all over his chest and stomach, Hercules following suit, his cock pulsing inside of Mariano as he too found his release.
Hercules pulled out, making way for Aladdin to pound Mariano, who was still trembling from his intense climax.
"You're so beautiful," Hercules whispered, leaning down to kiss Mariano gently as Aladdin positioned himself, his cock slick with lube and need.

Mariano felt a rush of love for both of them, overwhelmed by the intensity of their shared passion.
Aladdin pushed into Mariano, his movements gentle at first as he adjusted to the feeling of being inside him.
Mariano's eyes rolled back as Aladdin started to move, his cock sliding in and out of Mariano's tight hole with a sweet, almost painful slowness that had Mariano begging for more.
"I underestimated you... What are you made of?", Mariano moaned out as Aladdin kept on pounding him with a surprising amount of force.
Aladdin smirked, his eyes never leaving Mariano's as he increased his pace, his hips snapping forward with a fierce determination that had Hercules' jaw dropping.
Hercules watched them, his hand still wrapped around his cock as he stroked himself, unable to resist the sight of his lovers joined in such a primal, beautiful way.

The three of them moved together, their bodies speaking a language that only they could understand.
Mariano's eyes fluttered closed, his breath coming in quick gasps as Aladdin's cock hit just the right spot, sending waves of pleasure through him.
Hercules leaned in, capturing Mariano's mouth in a deep, hungry kiss that seemed to go on forever, their tongues dancing as Aladdin's rhythm grew more intense.
Mariano's hands found purchase on Hercules' shoulders, holding on tight as he was taken to new heights of pleasure.
Hercules broke the kiss, panting, and whispered, "Cum for us, Mariano."
Mariano's body responded to the command, his orgasm building until it crashed over him, leaving him a trembling mess of pleasure and satisfaction.
Aladdin's own climax followed closely, his cock pulsing within Mariano as he moaned out his release.

Aladdin pulled out and was ready to take Hercules' hole as him and Mariano were doing 69.
As Mariano and Hercules were happily sucking each other's dicks, Aladdin decided to pound Hercules while recalling the time he was pounded by Hercules.
Hercules' moans grew louder, his hips bucking up to meet Aladdin's thrusts.
Aladdin kept on pounding Hercules' ass, his own need growing with each moan that escaped the demigod's lips.
Mariano kept on moaning as his cock was sucked by Hercules.. His moans were moaned by Hercules' girthy shaft.
Aladdin kept on pounding Hercules until he felt the telltale signs of his own orgasm approaching.
Hercules tasted himself on Mariano's cock, the saltiness only adding to the eroticism of the moment.
Mariano kept on sucking Hercules' cock while pounding his throat as he knew Aladdin was gonna bust any second.
With a final, desperate push, Aladdin came inside Hercules, filling him with his seed.
Hercules' own orgasm followed, and he spurted into Mariano's eager mouth, the taste of saltwater mixing with the sweetness of Hercules' cum.

Mariano swallowed eagerly, his own cock still rock hard as he watched the two men he loved come apart above him.
"wanna... empty me?", Mariano asked Aladdin as he looked up at him.
Aladdin nodded and took Mariano's cock into his mouth, sucking him off with an enthusiasm that was matched only by Hercules' own.
Hercules took the opportunity to kiss Mariano deeply, the three of them now connected in a way that went beyond friendship.
Aladdin pulled out, only to suck Mariano's balls, letting him stroke his cock until he couldn't hold it any longer.
Mariano's body convulsed, and he came with a shout, his cum spurting onto Aladdin's face and chest.
The three of them collapsed onto the sand, their bodies sticky with sweat and cum, their hearts beating in time with the crash of the waves.
For a moment, there was only the sound of their panting and the gentle caress of the sea breeze against their skin.
They lay there, tangled in each other's arms, their newfound bond stronger than any chain or spell that had ever bound them before.

As the sun began to set, casting a warm glow over the beach, they slowly began to dress, their eyes never leaving each other's.
After dressing up, the three decided to mind their business. Aladdin returned to the Agrabah castle, Hercules to Olympus and Mariano in his own hotel where he can live his life as a human without worrying about being mistaken for a seaman.

Chapter Text

After Mariano left Agrabah, he managed to reside in Colombia where he laid down on his bed and started picturing the intimate scene he had with Aladdin and Hercules.

He took a break from everything that had to do with being a guardian to Prince Eric, allowing Li Shang to replace him in Atlantica. He felt the absence of being on duty liberating as he was drinking his cup of coffee. He was proud of his birthday sex tape he had done with men like Benson Boone who allegedly started touring. Now all that was left of Mariano was the need to relax even more and he knew how..

He had used his skills of being a nice swimmer, transforming into a beautiful merman as he crossed several destinations, eventually reaching a shop called "Wandering Oaken's Trading Post and Sauna" where people trade one thing for another. He only had a whip he'd planned to use but never gotten the time to trade for a pair of trainers (don't confuse them for sneakers which only work when jogging. Trainers are specifically for things like climbing steep streets).. 

He slowly entered the place, worried he might get his trading offer rejected. Oaken, the owner of the shop, welcomed Mariano with a hearty laugh. "Well, well, well, what do we have here? A merman looking to make a deal!" Mariano blushed slightly, but the excitement of potentially acquiring what he needed overwhelmed his shyness. He presented the whip to Oaken, who examined it with curious eyes. The leather was finely crafted, and the handle had an intricate design that spoke of Mariano's former life as a guardian.

Oaken, a burly man with a beard as thick as a lion's mane, rubbed his chin thoughtfully. "This is quite the unique item you've brought me," he said, his eyes twinkling with mischief. "But I'm afraid trainers are not something I usually keep in stock." He glanced around his shop, filled with various oddities and artifacts from lands both near and far. "However, I do have something that might interest you. Follow me." Mariano's heart raced as he followed Oaken to the back of the shop, where a dimly lit room was filled with an assortment of peculiar items.

The room smelled faintly of incense and something else he couldn't quite place—maybe a hint of the sea? There, on a velvet cushion, sat a pair of sandals that looked as if they were made from the scales of a mythical sea creature. They gleamed with an ethereal glow that seemed to shift colors with every movement. "These," Oaken announced with a flourish of his hand, "are the Sandals of Poseidon. They'll give you the agility and swiftness of a dolphin on land, perfect for navigating those steep streets you spoke of."

"Thank you, although I spend my free days as a human, I will try to wear these.", Mariano said with a smile, not to try to hurt Oaken's feelings until he saw a man with blonde hair enter the shop, covered in snow.

Kristoff was his name. An orphan that was adopted by a troll colony didn't seem like a terrible preference for Mariano..

Kristoff eventually had to trade a sleigh full of ice cubes for rope and carrots, which he claimed were essential supplies for his adopted family's business back home in Arendelle. Mariano couldn't help but be drawn to the man's rugged charm and the way the snowflakes melted in his hair, leaving it wet and shiny. As Oaken and Kristoff haggled over prices, Mariano slipped the sandals on and felt an immediate surge of energy in his legs. He took a few tentative steps and was surprised to find himself moving with an unprecedented grace.

Oaken, noticing Mariano's bewildered expression, chuckled. "You see, the Sandals of Poseidon are not just for show. They're enchanted to adapt to the wearer's needs. Now, let's see if they truly suit you." He handed Mariano a coconut and pointed to a wooden plank with a target drawn at the far end of the room. "Show us what you can do!"

Mariano took a deep breath, feeling a mix of excitement and nervousness. He threw the coconut with all his might, and to his amazement, it soared through the air, spinning rapidly, and smashed into the bullseye with a satisfying thud. "Wow," he murmured, the sandals' power evident in his newfound dexterity.

Kristoff, having finished his trade, glanced over, his eyes widening at the sight. "You've got quite the arm on you," he said with a smile that could melt the coldest of hearts—or in this case, the chilliest of snowmen. Mariano felt a warmth spread through his chest and returned the smile, his cheeks flushing a little.

Oaken, ever the shrewd businessman, noticed the spark of attraction between the two men. He cleared his throat loudly. "Now, about those sandals," he said, bringing the conversation back to business. "They're yours if you can tell me an interesting story from your travels. Something that'll make me believe you're worthy of such a legendary item."

"well, I have eventually saved a prince who was eventually a son of a sea king. We had to defeat a sea witch to save his life before I saw he was a merman himself, maybe like me, but my life is too different than his so I stepped off as his guardian, letting a captain have my spot. His name is Li Shang, used to be a trainer", Mariano said with a chuckle, remembering the irony.

Kristoff leaned against a barrel, intrigued. "A sea witch and a prince? That's quite the tale," he said, his voice deep and warm.

Mariano nodded, feeling a sudden kinship with this stranger. "It was quite the adventure," he said, his eyes distant as he recalled the battle and the friendship he'd left behind. "But that's all in the past now. I've come to enjoy the land more, especially after... my little escapade with Aladdin and Hercules." He blushed again, but this time it was with a hint of mischief.

Kristoff raised an eyebrow, his curiosity piqued. "Aladdin and Hercules, you say? That's quite the duo. What happened there?" His voice was teasing, but his eyes held genuine interest.

"We will talk on the way. Did you manage to trade the ice for rope and carrots?", Mariano said, eager to hear more about the mysterious blonde man from the snow-covered lands.

"I did, just in time before you showed up with that...whip," Kristoff said, his cheeks reddening slightly. He picked up the bag of carrots and the coil of rope. "But I'm all set now. So, where are we heading?"

"Wherever you're going, if it's alright", Mariano said, hoping he didn't sound too eager. He knew that the sandals would be perfect for navigating the streets of the city, but he also couldn't deny the growing desire to spend more time with this intriguing man.

Kristoff nodded. "Back to Arendelle, actually. The trolls are expecting me." He looked at the sandals on Mariano's feet. "But with those, you'd be a fool not to visit the beaches nearby. They're to die for, especially when you're running from a giant octopus." He winked, and Mariano felt his heart flutter.

Mariano looked at Oaken as if preparing for his reaction as he wanted to tell Kristoff something before saying "now if that octopus kisses me, you'll be helping me wipe it off" with a smile while trying not to use "crook" in front of the owner, fearing it might be a bad omen. Oaken, however, just gave a knowing smile, seemingly enjoying the flirtatious banter between the two men.

"Alright, you two," Oaken said, clapping his hands together. "If you're going to be traveling together, you'll need to get along. And I'm sure you'll have plenty of stories to share on your way to Arendelle." He winked at Mariano, who nodded in understanding. "But remember, the sandals come with a warning. They only work for one who truly knows their heart's desire. If you stray from your path, they may just take you on an adventure you didn't bargain for."

Mariano and Kristoff exchanged glances, the mischief in their eyes hinting at the adventures they were about to embark on together. With a nod to Oaken, they stepped out into the bustling marketplace, the sandals feeling surprisingly comfortable against Mariano's bare feet. The sun was setting, casting a warm glow over the cobblestone streets as they began their journey.

"So, tell me more about this... escapade," Kristoff said, his eyes sparkling with curiosity. "I've heard tales of Agrabah, but nothing quite like what you've mentioned."

"as I was about to rethink my decision onto stepping off, Aladdin literally came running as he snatched my phone and started to run. I managed to tackle him", Mariano said, a smile playing on his lips as he remembered the chase through the palace halls. "He was so fast, it was like he had the speed of a gazelle. After apologizing, we eventually went to Agrabah where I met Jasmine with the Sultan. Before Hercules arrived, we already were saving the world with a pirate whose actor went to court for DV", Mariano said, referring to the celebrity status Jack Sparrow (played by Johnny Depp) had acquired in their world.

Kristoff listened intently, his eyes never leaving Mariano's face. "And what happened with Hercules?" he asked, clearly not one to be left out of juicy gossip.

"We met him after Jack left", Mariano said, his voice taking on a dreamy tone. "Hercules, Aladdin and I went to fight some sort of spirit before proceeding with... our actual confessions and escapade", Mariano said, his cheeks growing redder with each word. "It was... intense. I've never felt that way before."

Kristoff's eyes widened at the revelation, and he couldn't help but feel a twinge of jealousy. "That's quite the trio," he murmured, trying to keep his tone light. "But you said you stepped away from all that. What brought you here, to the land of no trainers?"

"I stepped off from my duty as a guardian", Mariano said with a sigh. "I felt like I needed to explore more of who I am, beyond the walls of the palace and the expectations of others. Plus, I heard Colombia has some amazing beaches." He looked down at the sandals with a grin. "And it seems I've found the perfect footwear for my new adventures."

They walked in companionable silence for a while, the sounds of the market fading behind them as they headed towards the outskirts of the city. Mariano couldn't help but steal glances at Kristoff, admiring the way his muscles rippled under his fur-lined jacket as he swung the bag of carrots and rope over his shoulder. It was clear that the blonde man was strong and capable, traits that Mariano found incredibly attractive in a partner.

As they reached the first beach, the sun had dipped below the horizon, leaving a trail of pinks and purples across the sky. The waves rolled gently onto the shore, the rhythmic sound a soothing backdrop to their conversation. Mariano kicked off the sandals and felt the cool sand between his toes, a sensation he hadn't felt in a very long time.

"This is beautiful," he murmured, his eyes on the horizon where the sea met the sky in a blend of colors.

"It is," Kristoff agreed, his gaze lingering on Mariano's profile. The light from the dying sun painted him in a soft, golden hue, making him look like a mythical creature that had just stepped out of the sea. "But the beaches of Arendelle are nothing to scoff at either. You should see them in the winter, all covered in snow and ice. They're like nothing you've ever seen."

"Winter as in the winter that arrives at December and not whenever it needs, even if it's at fall?", Mariano asked with a tilt of his head, his curiosity about this Arendelle piqued.

"Exactly," Kristoff chuckled, his breath misting in the cool evening air. "It's a sight to behold, and the trolls throw the best winter festivals you could imagine. But let's not get ahead of ourselves. First things first, we need to get there."

"I hope that crook is not there", Mariano scoffs as he got up, prepared to visit Arendelle as he thought of Hans, the guy who lured now-princess Anna into loving him just to get to the throne.

Kristoff nodded solemnly. "Don't worry, Hans is no longer a problem. Anna's much wiser now. And she's got Elsa and me to watch her back."

Mariano's heart skipped a beat at the mention of Anna's name. He'd heard tales of the princess who'd brought summer back to her land with a kiss. "Anna... I've heard her name before," he murmured, the memory of her sweet voice and kind eyes from the tapes echoing in his mind. "Is she as lovely as they say?"

"Lovelier," Kristoff said with a soft smile. "But she's not the only reason to visit Arendelle. The real magic is in the people and the land itself. Plus," he added with a wink, "you'll get to see me in my natural habitat."

"Oh really?", Mariano asked, misunderstanding what Kristoff meant by natural habitat as in being freaky or something similar.

"You're one to talk about freaky", Kristoff teased, his eyes twinkling with humor. "You're the one with a secret identity as a merman. Besides, I just mean the snow, the ice, and the general frosty vibe of the place."

Mariano laughed, the tension between them easing. "I'm sure it's nothing compared to the heat of Agrabah." He slipped the sandals back on, feeling the power surge through him once again. "But I'm looking forward to experiencing something new."

They decided to camp on the beach for the night, building a small fire to keep warm. As they sat cross-legged opposite each other, the flames dancing in their eyes, Mariano felt a strange comfort in Kristoff's presence. It was as if he'd known the man for years, not just hours. They talked deep into the night, sharing stories of their pasts, their hopes, and their fears. Mariano spoke of his longing to find a place where he truly belonged, and Kristoff spoke of his desire for adventure beyond the confines of Arendelle.

As the fire dwindled to embers, their conversation grew more personal. "What was it like, being a guardian?" Kristoff asked, his curiosity genuine.

"well, it was demanding, but also rewarding", Mariano said, staring into the dying embers. "I had to watch over Prince Eric, making sure he didn't get into trouble. And let me tell you, that man was a handful." He chuckled, remembering some of Eric's more rebellious moments. "But it taught me about loyalty, duty, and love. It also taught me how to be a better person."

Kristoff nodded, understanding the weight of such a responsibility. "It sounds like you miss it," he said softly.

Mariano sighed, looking out at the darkened ocean. "Sometimes," he admitted. "But I also know that I need to find my own path. Being a guardian was who I was, but it's not all that I am."

Kristoff leaned forward, his eyes searching Mariano's. "You're right. We all need to find ourselves," he said, his voice low and sincere. "I know I did."

"I have heard about one of the trolls that managed to erase that... incident of how Anna got her white strand", Mariano said before asking "was he the one you were adopted by?"

"No, no, not that one," Kristoff said with a chuckle, his eyes crinkling at the corners. "That would be Pabbie, the wise old troll. She's not exactly the type to raise a human child." He leaned back on his hands, his eyes on the flickering firelight. "My parents are Bulda and Pabbie. They found me on an ice floe when I was just a baby. They taught me everything I know about ice, snow, and the trade of ice harvesting. But I'm not just a delivery man," he added with a wink. "I've had my share of adventures too."

"was he also freaky?", Mariano thought as he saw Kristoff wink but decided not to pursue the subject further, not wanting to embarrass him. Instead, he focused on the warmth of the fire and the gentle sound of the waves.

As they shared stories, their laughter mingled with the whispers of the sea breeze. The night grew colder, but their camaraderie kept them warm. They talked about their pasts, their hopes, and their fears. Mariano spoke of his life as a merman and his journey to the surface, leaving behind the responsibilities of the deep sea to explore the land and find a new purpose.

Kristoff listened intently, his eyes never leaving Mariano's face. He was intrigued by the merman's tales of underwater battles and mystical creatures, but it was his vulnerability that truly captured the ice harvester's heart. The fire crackled and popped, casting a warm glow on their faces as they grew closer, sharing bits and pieces of their souls.

Mariano spoke of the loneliness he sometimes felt as a merman in a world of humans, and how the encounter with Aladdin and Hercules had filled a void in his life that he hadn't realized was there. "It's like I found a part of myself I didn't know existed," he said, his voice filled with wonder.

Kristoff nodded, understanding the feeling of discovering something new about oneself. "Sometimes the most unexpected experiences can change us in ways we never thought possible," he said, his gaze lingering on Mariano's sandals. "But it seems you've found your way out of the water. What is it that you seek now?"

"just as the one who can pound and talk dirty", Mariano said softly, worried Kristoff might think he's strange for his kinks. "But what I truly seek now is companionship, someone who understands me for who I am, without the need for secrets." He looked at Kristoff, his gaze searching, hoping he wouldn't find judgement in those ice blue eyes.

Kristoff took a deep breath, feeling a sudden weight in his chest. He knew all too well the pain of keeping secrets and the joy of finding acceptance. "You're not strange, Mariano," he said gently. "Everyone has their own tastes, their own desires. It's what makes us unique."

Mariano felt a warmth spread through him at the blonde man's understanding words. He'd never felt so open and accepted before, and it was intoxicating. "Thank you," he murmured, his eyes locking with Kristoff's. "I just want to live without fear of judgment, to find someone who'll share in the adventures life has to offer, no matter how... unconventional they might be."

Kristoff reached out and placed a hand on Mariano's shoulder, the warmth of his touch seeping through the fabric of his shirt. "You're not alone," he said, his voice steady and comforting. "We all have our quirks. Take me, for instance. I can talk to reindeer. Some might say that's weird, but it's just who I am."

"speaking of reindeer, you have said they were better than people but they don’t smell better than us", Mariano said with a chuckle, trying to lighten the mood.

Kristoff threw his head back and laughed, the sound rich and hearty. "That's true enough," he said, his eyes sparkling with mirth. "But Sven has his charms." He grew serious again, his hand still on Mariano's shoulder. "What I'm saying is that I get it. I've had to fight for who I am too."

Mariano looked up at him, his gaze searching. "What do you mean?" he asked, his curiosity piqued.

Kristoff leaned in closer, his eyes meeting Mariano's. "I've had to fight for my place in Arendelle," he said, his voice low and earnest. "For years, people saw me as an outsider, a nobody from the mountains with a weird pet reindeer. But I found a family in Anna and Elsa, and a purpose in helping others."

"I'm glad Anna found the right person even after the ~nice duet~", Mariano said, smiling at the thought of the sisters finally accepting their bond and Hans getting his just dessert. "But what about you, Kristoff? What's your story with the princess?"

Kristoff's eyes grew distant, his thumb rubbing the back of his hand idly. "Anna and I... we're friends," he said, his voice a little too casual. "But it's complicated."

Mariano nodded, sensing the unspoken words between them. He knew all too well the dance of friendship and desire. "Friendship is a precious thing," he said, his voice gentle. "But sometimes, it can be the foundation for something more."

Kristoff looked at him, his expression unreadable. "Sometimes," he agreed, his voice barely a whisper.

The silence between them grew heavy with unspoken desires and unasked questions. The fire crackled, sending up sparks that danced in the cool night air. Mariano felt the sandals on his feet pulse with energy, as if urging him to make a move. He took a deep breath and leaned in, his hand reaching out to brush a lock of wet hair from Kristoff's forehead.

Their eyes locked, and the tension in the air grew palpable. Then, without a word, they leaned into each other, their lips meeting in a kiss that was as surprising as it was natural. It was a kiss filled with the promise of adventure, of understanding, and of a future together, no matter how unconventional it might be.

Mariano felt a thrill run through him as Kristoff's arms wrapped around him, pulling him closer. The sandals on his feet seemed to come alive, the magic within them responding to the passion of the moment. He knew that he had found someone who didn't just accept him for who he was but saw him as a partner in every sense of the word.

"Is this your natural habitat?", Mariano asked after pulling out of the kiss, a smirk playing on his lips as he nodded towards the snow-covered land.

"It is," Kristoff said, his cheeks red from both the cold and the kiss. "But I'm happy to explore other... climates with you." He paused, his eyes searching Mariano's. "If you'd like."

"I will love to but first, let's find where we can explore them", Mariano said, his voice filled with excitement.

Kristoff's eyes lit up with an idea. "I know the perfect place," he said, grabbing Mariano's hand. "Follow me."

They raced through the night, the sandals granting Mariano a speed and grace that matched Kristoff's natural agility. The cold wind bit at their skin, but the warmth of their shared passion kept them going. They climbed steep streets and navigated the city with ease, their laughter echoing through the quiet streets. Eventually, they reached the outskirts of the city, where the last vestiges of civilization gave way to rolling hills and the promise of adventure.

"This is it," Kristoff said, panting slightly. "The place I've been telling you about."

Mariano looked around, his eyes wide with wonder. Before them lay a hidden oasis, a lush valley nestled between the snow-capped mountains. A small waterfall cascaded into a crystal-clear pool, surrounded by fragrant flowers that seemed to glow in the moonlight. "It's beautiful," he murmured, feeling a sense of peace wash over him.

"It's one of the few places where the snow doesn't reach," Kristoff said, his voice filled with affection for the spot. "It's like a little piece of summer in the middle of winter."

Mariano looked around in awe, his sandals feeling more at home on the soft grass than they had on the hard cobblestone streets. He kicked them off and felt the cool earth beneath his feet, the contrast to the sand between his toes a welcome sensation. "It's like a secret garden," he said, his voice filled with wonder.

Kristoff smiled, pleased to see Mariano's reaction. "It's my favorite place in all of Arendelle," he said, leading Mariano to the edge of the pool. "It's where I come to think, to be free."

Mariano followed, his heart racing with excitement. He had never felt so alive, so connected to someone in such a short time. As they approached the water, he felt the sandals' power pulsing through him, urging him to be true to his desires. He took a deep breath, ready to dive in—both literally and figuratively.

They stripped down to their undergarments, the cool night air brushing against their skin. Mariano couldn't help but admire Kristoff's strong, muscular build, honed from years of ice harvesting and fighting for his place in the world. The blonde man noticed his gaze and grinned, not the least bit self-conscious. "Race you to the waterfall?" he challenged.

Mariano took the bait, his competitive spirit ignited. "You're on!" he exclaimed, the sandals propelling him forward with a grace that made him feel as if he were flying. The two men sprinted through the moonlit valley, the sound of their laughter mixing with the rush of the water. The race was close, but it was Mariano who reached the waterfall first, his body a blur of motion as he leapt into the icy embrace of the pool.

Kristoff dove in after him, the water splashing high in the air. As they surfaced, gasping for breath, their eyes met again. The playfulness in their gazes grew heated, the tension between them thickening like the steam rising from the pool. They swam closer, the warmth of their bodies stark against the cold water, their hands reaching out to caress the other's skin.

Their kisses grew more urgent, their bodies entwined as the waterfall cascaded over them, a natural shower that seemed to cleanse them of their pasts and leave them open to each other. Mariano's hands roamed over Kristoff's chest, feeling the contours of muscles honed from a life of hard work and adventure. In return, Kristoff's hands traced the sleek lines of Mariano's torso, marveling at the differences between them.

But it was the sandals that brought them even closer, their magic reacting to the intensity of their passion. The water around them began to swirl, creating a gentle maelstrom that pulled them closer, until they were pressed tightly against each other, their bodies moving in a dance as old as the tides themselves. The sandals' power surged, wrapping them in a warm embrace that seemed to come from the very earth beneath their feet.

Mariano felt his body responding to the magic, his form shifting and morphing until his legs had transformed into a graceful mermaid's tail, scales glistening in the moonlight. Kristoff's eyes widened in amazement, but instead of fear, he only saw beauty in the transformation. He reached out, his hands gliding over the smooth scales as if it was the most natural thing in the world.

Their kisses grew more urgent, their desire for each other burning brighter than the stars above. They climbed out of the pool, the water droplets glistening on their skin as they kissed with a passion that could melt even the coldest of hearts. Mariano's tail shimmered as it lay on the grass, a testament to the magic that bound them together in this moment.

Kristoff looked into Mariano's eyes, the fire in his gaze unmistakable. He leaned in and whispered, "I want to explore every inch of you." Mariano shivered with anticipation, his breath hitching in his throat. He knew that with Kristoff, he had found someone who accepted him fully, someone who would share in his unconventional desires without judgment.

"want me to get my feet back?", Mariano asked with a smirk, feeling the power of the sandals still pulsating through his body.

Kristoff chuckled, his eyes never leaving Mariano's. "Only if it's what you truly desire," he said, his voice a low rumble. "But for now, I think I like you just the way you are."

Mariano felt a thrill at the acceptance in Kristoff's words. He nodded, his chest heaving with anticipation. The sandals on the ground next to him began to glow brighter, as if in response to the intensity of their emotions.

They laid down on the soft grass, the dew cool against their skin, and Mariano felt the sandals' power surge once more. His tail morphed back into legs, the magic adapting to their new environment. Kristoff's eyes never left Mariano's face, his gaze filled with awe and desire.

"now are you ready to see where I belong?", Mariano asked as he kept looking at the sandals, feeling the magic flow through him.

Kristoff nodded, his eyes alight with excitement. "Show me," he murmured, his voice thick with want.

"sure thing. Go down and suck", Mariano said with a grin, pushing Kristoff's head gently down towards his groin. He watched as the blonde man took him in, his mouth watering at the sight. The sandals beneath them grew warmer, the magic reacting to their intimate connection.

"You like sucking me off?", Mariano asks, his voice a little shaky with arousal.

Kristoff nods eagerly, his eyes never leaving Mariano's cock. He takes it into his mouth, savoring the taste and feeling of the merman's manhood. His own cock is hard and leaking precum, begging for attention. He moans around Mariano's shaft, the vibrations sending shockwaves through the other man's body.

"that’s a good boy", Mariano moans as he keeps on getting his dick sucked, his hand tangled in Kristoff's hair as he starts to thrust gently. The sandals beneath them seem to be getting warmer, the magic intensifying with every passing moment.

"wanna whip out that sweet cock and stroke it for me? I'm sure it's hard down there and it wants to pop out", Mariano moans, watching as Kristoff's hand moves to his own cock, stroking it slowly. The sandals seem to be humming with anticipation, the glow around them becoming more intense.

"You like pleasing yourself to me?", Mariano asked, his voice husky with desire as he watched Kristoff stroke himself. He leaned back on his elbows, his hips bucking slightly as Kristoff's mouth worked its magic.

Kristoff nodded again, his eyes glazed over with lust. He stroked himself faster, matching the rhythm of Mariano's hips. The sight was almost too much for the merman to handle. "Oh gods, yes," he breathed, his own hand moving to play with his nipples, pinching and tweaking them as the pleasure grew.

"You like when I inspire you to stroke yourself to me?", Mariano asks before pulling out, ready to let Kristoff speak with his actions. He watched as the blonde man's hand worked his own cock with increased urgency, his breaths coming in harsh pants. "You're so beautiful," Mariano murmurs, the sandals pulsing with energy as he speaks.

Mariano keeps on pounding Kristoff's throat, feeling the sandals' power growing with every thrust. The blonde's eyes water from the overwhelming sensation, but he never stops, taking it all in eagerly. Mariano's grip on Kristoff's hair tightens as he feels himself getting closer to the edge, the magic of the sandals pulsing through his veins, amplifying every sensation.

"You ready for me to jizz over your pretty face?", Mariano asks, his voice strained with the effort of holding back. The glow of the sandals intensifies, casting an erotic light over their bodies as they move together.

Kristoff nods, his eyes watering with need as he strokes himself faster, eager for the release he can feel building in his own body. He opens his mouth wider, taking Mariano deeper, his tongue swirling around the head of the merman's cock. The sandals seem to pulse in time with their hearts, the magic weaving around them like an invisible blanket.

"open wide", Mariano moans before ejaculating over Kristoff's face, his body spasming with pleasure. The sandals underneath him seem to throb with each spurt, as if they were a part of the climax itself. Kristoff closes his eyes, feeling the warmth of Mariano's cum on his skin, his own orgasm following soon after, painting the grass beneath him.

"clean my dick off and tell me if you need your ass pounded", Mariano said with a wink, feeling the sandals pulse with power beneath him. He knew that the magic was feeding off their passion, and the thought of taking Kristoff in such an intimate way made him harder than ever before.

Kristoff looked up, cum dripping from his chin, and smiled. He licked his lips, savoring the taste of Mariano's essence, and sat up, his cock still throbbing from his own release. He reached for Mariano's cock, now softening, and began to clean him up with tender strokes of his tongue. The sandals beneath them glowed brighter with every touch, the magic of their union resonating through the night air.

When he was done, he leaned back on his hands, his eyes locked on Mariano's. "I'm ready for whatever you want to give me," he said, his voice low and needy.

"did you know that not only people smell but they also fuck better than reindeers?", Mariano asked as he saw Kristoff leaning over him with a look of pure want.

Kristoff chuckled, his cheeks reddening slightly. "I wouldn't know," he replied, his voice teasing. "But I'm willing to find out."

Mariano goes to rim Kristoff's hole, making it completely wet and lubricated, "It's been a while since I've been with someone who didn't have a tail," he joked, trying to ease the tension in the air. The sandals glowed brighter with every touch, the magic seeming to understand the importance of this moment.

Kristoff's breath hitched as Mariano's tongue explored his most intimate parts, the sensation sending shockwaves through his body. "Gods, yes," he moaned, his hips bucking upwards. He could feel the sandals' warmth seep into him, making him even more receptive to the merman's touch.

"want me to keep going?", Mariano asked, his tongue flicking against Kristoff's hole, feeling the man's muscles tense with pleasure.

Kristoff nodded, his breaths coming in ragged gasps. "Don't stop," he begged, his hips pushing back to meet Mariano's eager mouth. The sandals beneath them were now a brilliant beacon of light, the magic coursing through their bodies, binding them together in a passionate dance of desire.

Mariano took the hint and slid two fingers inside Kristoff, feeling the man's tightness clench around him. He worked his digits in and out, preparing him for what was to come. The blonde's moans grew louder, his body shaking with need as he arched his back, offering himself up to Mariano completely. The merman couldn't resist the temptation anymore. He leaned over and whispered in Kristoff's ear, "Ready for me?"

Kristoff nodded frantically, his eyes screwed shut as he bit his bottom lip. "Yes," he breathed, his voice barely audible. Mariano lined himself up with the man's entrance, feeling the heat and wetness of him, and pushed in slowly, letting Kristoff adjust to his size. The sandals beneath them pulsed with each inch that disappeared into the blonde's body, the magic seeming to guide their movements, making sure every thrust hit just the right spot.

As Mariano started to move, the rhythm slow and steady, the sandals grew warmer, the magic weaving around their joined forms like a living blanket of pleasure. Each time Mariano pushed in, he could feel the power of the sandals surging through him, filling him with a strength and stamina that was almost supernatural. He watched as Kristoff's body responded, his muscles tensing and relaxing in time with Mariano's movements, his cock growing hard again as the pleasure built.

Minutes after Mariano kept on pounding, Kristoff decided to thrust himself into Mariano's cock

"oh, now you want to fuck me?", Mariano asked as Kristoff kept moving his hips back and forth, pushing Mariano's cock deeper inside him.

"I want it all," Kristoff moaned, his voice barely a whisper as he looked up at Mariano, his eyes filled with lust and need. "I want to feel every inch of you inside me."

Mariano's heart raced at the words, his desire for the blonde man growing even stronger.

Kristoff kept on thrusting himself onto Mariano's cock, his movements becoming more erratic as the pleasure consumed him. The sandals beneath them seemed to respond to their passion, the light around them pulsing with each thrust, creating a mesmerizing display of color that reflected off their sweat-slicked bodies.

"now, it's my turn to fuck", Mariano said as he grabbed Kristoff's ass and started pounding him harder, their bodies moving in perfect unison as the sandals beneath them pulsed with power.

Kristoff's moans grew louder, his body tightening around Mariano's cock as he took the merman's length with each powerful thrust. The magic in the sandals grew more intense, wrapping around them like a warm embrace, amplifying every sensation, every touch, every gasp of pleasure.

"oh, you like to make yourself tight?", Mariano asked teasingly as he watched Kristoff's ass squeeze around his cock, feeling the sandals throb with each deep thrust.

"Mmhmm," Kristoff managed to murmur, his eyes closed tightly as he focused on the sensation of Mariano inside him. The magic of the sandals seemed to respond to his desires, making him even more sensitive to the merman's touch.

Mariano's grip tightened on Kristoff's hips as he drove into him, their bodies moving together like a well-oiled machine. The sandals beneath them glowed brighter with every moan, every grunt of pleasure that escaped their lips. The air around them was thick with lust and magic, creating an atmosphere that was both exhilarating and a little intimidating.

"now, lay down for me", Mariano said after pulling out, anticipating Kristoff to lay on his back.

Kristoff laid down before Mariano decided to suck Kristoff's cock.

"You taste so sweet", Mariano said with a smirk as he swallowed the man whole, his cheeks hollowing out with each suck. The sandals beneath them continued to pulse, their power seeming to resonate with their passionate movements.

"uou like how I tease you?", Mariano asked, his mouth still full of Kristoff's cock as he bobbed up and down, using his tongue to trace the veins on the shaft.

Kristoff could only moan in response, his hips bucking upwards to meet Mariano's mouth, the pleasure too intense for words. The sandals beneath them glowed even brighter, the magic feeding off their passionate encounter.

Mariano felt the sandals' power surging through him, and he knew that he could give Kristoff an experience like no other. He decided to use his merman abilities to enhance the blowjob, using his tail to caress the blonde's thighs and balls as he sucked. The feel of the scales against his skin made Kristoff shiver, his cock growing even harder as Mariano's mouth worked its magic.

"F-fuck", Kristoff moaned minutes before Mariano pulled out as he was about to suck Kristoff's balls into his mouth. "Your mouth feels like heaven."

"I bet no one has ever done similar thing to you before me", Mariano said before he continued to play with Kristoff's balls with his mouth, the sandals glowing even more intensely as he did so. The blonde's moans grew louder, his hips jerking as Mariano's tongue flicked and swirled around his sensitive flesh.

Mariano kept on using his mouth as he kept on licking and sucking Kristoff's balls, feeling the sandals' power surge with each flick of his tongue. He could feel the blonde's orgasm building, his body tightening with every touch. "You're so close," Mariano murmured, his voice a seductive purr that sent a shiver down Kristoff's spine.

"let me help you with that", Mariano said softly as he transformed into a merman and started using his tail to stroke Kristoff's dick as he continued to suck his balls. The sensation of the scales sliding along the shaft was like nothing Kristoff had ever felt before, sending him over the edge as he came with a shout, his cum spurting into Mariano's eager mouth.

The merman swallowed greedily, savoring the taste of the man he was growing to adore. The sandals beneath him seemed to sigh with contentment, their glow dimming slightly as the climax passed. Mariano pulled away and whispered in his ear "do you want me to fuck you the way you fucked me?"

Kristoff nodded, his eyes glazed over with pleasure, "yes, please," he managed to get out before Mariano climbed on top of him, his tail becoming legs before curling around Kristoff's legs to keep him in place. The merman's cock was still rock hard, and he positioned himself, prepared to ride Kristoff's cock as the sandals beneath him grew warmer, the magic seemingly eager for this next phase of their encounter.

Mariano slid down onto Kristoff's cock with a moan, feeling it fill him completely. The sandals pulsed in time with their joined hearts, the magic swirling around them as they moved in a rhythm as old as time itself. The blonde's eyes widened with amazement as he watched Mariano's body move in ways that defied the human form, his tail moving in sinuous waves that matched their passionate dance.

"You like how I ride your cock?", Mariano asked, his voice filled with a seductive purr as he moved up and down on Kristoff's length, his tail wrapping around the blonde's legs for leverage. The sandals beneath them glowed with every thrust, the magic seemingly in sync with their passionate movements.

Kristoff's eyes were squeezed shut, his teeth gritted as he struggled to keep himself from coming too soon. "Fuck yes," he grunted, his hips bucking up to meet Mariano's. The feeling of the merman's tight, wet heat around him was more than he could handle, and he knew it wouldn't be long before he was lost in the waves of pleasure that crashed over him.

Mariano kept on riding Kristoff's cock as he tried not to moan too much, his sandals pulsing with each movement. He leaned back, placing his hands on the ground for balance, and watched as the blonde's abs flexed beneath him. He felt the power of the sandals building within him, and he knew he had to make this moment count.

Kristoff suddenly had a crazy thought. He wished he could try sucking his own dick so he could try Mariano's wet hole over his own shaft but didn't know how except convince Mariano to let him have a taste. He looked into Mariano's eyes, which were filled with lust and passion. "Let me taste you," he whispered, his voice hoarse from his earlier moans.

"What do you mean?", Mariano asked, his eyes questioning but filled with curiosity.

"I want to taste your ass," Kristoff said, his voice filled with need. "I want to know what you felt when I was fucking you."

"You mean like making you taste my ass over your own dick?", Mariano asked with a sly smile, his eyes gleaming with mischief as he began to understand Kristoff's desire. The thought of sharing such an intimate experience with the blonde sent a thrill through his body, and he knew he couldn't resist the temptation.

After getting out of Kristoff's cock, Mariano lifted his legs up and adjusted his torso so that his cock reaches his head. "Like this?", Mariano asked, his voice filled with excitement.

Kristoff's eyes widened with lust, his cock twitching at the sight before him. "Yes," he breathed before Mariano started to pound his ass with his cock again, the sandals beneath them glowing with excitement. The magic within the sandals seemed to anticipate the moment as well, pulsating in time with their movements.

Minutes later, Mariano sped up, this led to Kristoff blowing his own cock to the pounds.

Mariano watched in amazement as Kristoff leaned in and took the tip of his own cock as he kept pounding away, their bodies moving in perfect harmony. The sandals beneath them grew even hotter, the magic swirling around them like a tornado of pleasure. Each time Mariano's cock kept pounding Kristoff's asshole, the blonde's mouth was in sync, taking his length deeper and deeper, his tongue swirling around the head with a hunger that was insatiable.

"how do I taste like?", Mariano asked as he kept pounding Kristoff's ass, watching him suck his own cock with a mix of awe and arousal.

Kristoff moaned around his own cock, his eyes never leaving the merman's. "You taste like the sea," he murmured, his voice thick with desire. "Salt and musk and something wild and free."

"You want me to go deeper down your hungry hole?", Mariano asked, his voice filled with a seductive edge as he watched the blonde's eyes roll back in pleasure.

"Yeah," Kristoff managed to reply, his voice muffled by his cock. He could feel the sandals' magic pulsing with every stroke, urging him to let go of his inhibitions and fully embrace the moment. "Deeper," he begged, his body arching up to meet Mariano's thrusts.

Mariano decided to go deeper, his cock sliding in and out of Kristoff's tight hole as the blonde moaned and sucked his own cock. The sandals beneath them grew hotter, the magic within them pulsing in time with their passionate rhythm. Mariano watched as Kristoff's abs clenched with each thrust, his own cock glistening with pre-cum that was a testament to his arousal.

"oh, fuck. I'm gonna cum...", Mariano moaned before asking Kristoff "do you want me to breed you?"

Kristoff could only nod, his eyes squeezed shut as he felt the pressure building inside him. "Yes," he groaned, his hips thrusting upwards to meet Mariano's. The sandals beneath them glowed so brightly that it was almost blinding, the magic reaching a fever pitch as the two men approached their climax.

Mariano felt the sandals' power surging through him, pushing him closer and closer to the edge. He could feel Kristoff's body tightening around his cock, the blonde's muscles contracting with each thrust. "Here it comes," he growled, his voice deep and primal as he shot his load deep inside Kristoff. The sandals beneath them pulsed with the power of his release, the magic resonating through their bodies like a physical force.

Kristoff, feeling the cock that was inside his hole pump cum inside him, felt like his own cock was gonna bust in his mouth. He couldn't hold back anymore and he came down his own throat with a loud groan, his eyes watering as he swallowed his own cum.

As their bodies shuddered with the intensity of their shared orgasm, the sandals beneath them grew still, their glow fading to a gentle hum. The magic that had surrounded them dissipated into the air, leaving them both panting and spent. Mariano collapsed onto Kristoff's chest, his legs still wrapped around the blonde's waist, their bodies sticky with sweat and cum.

"let me help you", Mariano said before letting go of Kristoff's legs and kissed him passionately, letting their cum dribble out of their mouths and down their chins as they swapped the taste of each other's pleasure.

The two men lay there, tangled together, their breathing slowly returning to normal. The magic of the Sandals of Poseidon had worked its way through them, leaving them feeling both satisfied and slightly bewildered by the intensity of their encounter.

"Shall we go inside Arendelle?", Mariano asked, grabbing Kristoff's hand and helping him up, both of them still feeling the aftershocks of their intense encounter.

Kristoff grinned, wiping cum from his chin. "Only if we can find an alleyway first—I want to feel those sandals' magic again when you pin me against a wall."

"oh, I definitely will unless another guy intervenes", Mariano said with a smirk, referring to the mischievous behavior of the sandals. "But let's save that for later. We have a journey ahead of us."

They gathered their clothes and made their way back to the trading post, where Oaken was waiting with a knowing smile. "I take it the sandals served you well?" he said, his eyes twinkling.

"They did help a lot.. What do I owe you?", Mariano asked with a cheeky smile as he looked at his new sandals, which were still glowing faintly from their earlier encounter.

Oaken chuckled, his beard jiggling with amusement. "The sandals require no payment—they choose their wearer, and it seems they've bonded with you quite... intimately." He winked at the lingering glow around Mariano's ankles. "But I'd advise keeping them away from royal courtyards unless you want to scandalize Queen Elsa with their... enthusiastic reactions to passion."

"You mean Queen Anna", Mariano said, letting Oaken know who is the new Queen now. "But I'll keep that in mind. I don't think she'd appreciate our sandal's... quirks." He couldn't help but laugh at the thought of the stoic Queen Anna's reaction to their magical sandals.

With a final wink at Oaken, the two men set off into the cool night air, their bodies still humming with the aftermath of their sexual escapade. As they approached the outskirts of Arendelle, the sandals began to pulse once more, the magic seemingly drawn to the land of ice and snow.

Kristoff led the way through the narrow streets, the moon casting a soft light over the gleaming cobblestones. The air was crisp and clean, a stark contrast to the warm, musky scent of their earlier passion. The market was quiet now, the stalls closed for the night, and the only sound was the occasional distant howl of a wolf.

Chapter Text

Mariano and Kristoff had reached Arendelle after managing to please themselves at the beach. They were tired after a long walk so Mariano let Kristoff lead him to a bed. Kristoff let Mariano sleep on the bed while he slept on the floor. Kristoff slept on the floor without complaining. Mariano woke up early in the morning to see Kristoff sleeping peacefully on the floor. He felt bad that Kristoff gave him the bed. He gently woke Kristoff up and told him that he should take the bed next time. Kristoff replied that he didn't mind sleeping on the floor because he was used to it. Mariano insisted that they take turns sleeping on the bed. Kristoff agreed. They decided to go out and explore Arendelle.

As they walked through the bustling streets, Kristoff pointed out a small bakery with steaming windows. "Anna mentioned this place," he said, his voice softening at the mention of her name. Inside, the warmth wrapped around them like a blanket, the scent of cardamom and burnt sugar thick in the air. Mariano watched as Kristoff hesitated before ordering, his calloused hands fumbling with coins—a rare moment of uncertainty from the usually steady ice harvester.

Outside again with warm pastries in hand, they wandered toward the docks where fishermen mended nets under a sky the color of tarnished silver. Kristoff tore a piece of bread, his gaze fixed on the horizon where the fjord met the sea. "Used to come here when the palace felt... too much," he admitted quietly, crumbs dusting his worn tunic. Mariano didn't press, sensing the weight in those words—the unspoken stories of a man caught between royalty and rugged solitude.

Mariano still had his sandals on ever since he bought them from Oaken's Trading Post. They had been a good purchase for the beach, but as they walked further into town, the leather began to rub uncomfortably against his heel. He tried adjusting his stride, biting back a wince each time the strap chafed the raw skin. Kristoff, ever observant, slowed his pace.

The light from the sandals' strap seemed to sear into Mariano's skin with each step. He felt comfortable next to Kristoff but the pain was becoming unbearable. Kristoff glanced down, his brow furrowing as he noticed Mariano's slight limp. "Those sandals giving you trouble?" he asked, his voice a low rumble against the clatter of carts on the cobblestones. Before Mariano could brush it off, Kristoff nodded toward a narrow alleyway. "Come on. There's a cobbler down here. Does good work."

Oaken's warning hit Mariano and Mariano said "Remember Oaken's warning? They are very special"

Kristoff paused, his broad frame blocking the alley’s entrance as he turned. "Special how?" he asked, squinting at the worn sandals.

"I'm a merman, you have seen me use my tail during our visit to the beach, right?", Mariano said softly, his gaze dropping to the sandals. Kristoff's eyes widened slightly—he *had* seen the shimmering tail at the shore, but had dismissed it as exhaustion or a trick of the light. The memory resurfaced: scales catching the sun like scattered sapphires beneath the waves. He shifted his weight, the alley suddenly feeling too narrow, too exposed. "These sandals," Mariano continued, tapping the worn leather, "they’re not just footwear. Oaken enchanted them. They let me walk like this... human."

Kristoff leaned against the damp brick wall, his expression unreadable. The distant shouts of fishmongers and the creak of ship ropes filled the silence. Finally, he rubbed his jaw, a slow, thoughtful gesture. "So that’s why you didn’t complain about the blisters," he muttered. His eyes flickered to Mariano’s raw heel, then back to his face. "But enchantments fade, Mariano. Especially under strain. We need to find that cobbler—*now*."

Mariano hesitated, fingers tightening around the strap. "What if he sees? What if he—"

"Trust me," Kristoff interrupted, already steering him deeper into the alley’s gloom. "Arendelle’s full of secrets. Yours won’t be the strangest thing he’s stitched back together." His voice was low, urgent, but beneath it ran a current of protectiveness Mariano hadn’t noticed before. They passed barrels of brine-soaked wood, the smell of salt and decay sharpening in the confined space.

The cobbler’s shop crouched at the alley’s end, its sign—a peeling boot—swaying on rusty hinges. Through the grimy window, an old man bent over an anvil, hammering a sole with rhythmic thuds. Kristoff pushed the door open, a bell jangling like a broken promise. The air inside tasted of leather oil and mildew. "Hjalmar?" Kristoff called, his voice cutting through the workshop’s gloom. The cobbler looked up, his eyes milky with cataracts, but his hands paused mid-strike, hovering over the shoe as if sensing something ancient in the air between them.

Hjalmar’s gaze slid past Kristoff, fixing on Mariano’s sandals. He set down his hammer slowly, knuckles white. "Special work," he rasped, not a question. Mariano shifted, the enchanted leather suddenly feeling thin as parchment. Kristoff stepped forward, blocking the dim light from the door. "They’re failing," he said flatly. The old man grunted, shuffling closer. His fingers, crooked and stained, brushed the sandal’s strap—and a faint blue shimmer rippled where skin met enchantment. Hjalmar’s breath hitched. "Saltwater rot," he murmured. "And strain. Like holding back the tide with twine."

From a shadowed shelf, Hjalmar produced a vial of murky liquid that glowed like captured moonlight. "Mermaid kelp essence," he explained, daubing it along the strap’s frayed edge. The leather sighed, softening instantly. But as he worked, his thumb grazed Mariano’s exposed blister—and the skin beneath flickered with iridescent scales. Hjalmar froze. For three heartbeats, the only sound was the drip of a leak somewhere in the back. Then, without looking up, he reached for a needle threaded with silver filament. "Saw your kind once," he whispered. "Off Nokk Island, during the Great Thaw. Swore I’d imagined it." His needle pierced the leather with surgical precision. "This’ll hold. But only if you avoid salt marshes. Magic and brine... they quarrel like old wives."

Kristoff’s hand settled on Mariano’s shoulder, a silent warning as the cobbler’s milky eyes lifted. "And if it fails?" Kristoff asked, his voice taut. Hjalmar tied off the thread with a knot that seemed to twist on itself. "Then the sea claims what’s hers," he said simply. Outside, the alley echoed with the clang of the harbor bell—a sound like drowning metal. Mariano flexed his foot; the sandal felt supple, almost alive. But beneath the relief, a chill crept up his spine. He hadn’t told Hjalmar about the salt marshes near Arendelle’s eastern cliffs. The ones Anna had invited them to explore tomorrow.

They emerged into weak sunlight just as a cart laden with fish crates rattled past, splashing murky water across the cobblestones. Kristoff steered Mariano clear, his grip lingering. "We need to talk," he murmured, guiding them toward a deserted quayside. Seagulls wheeled overhead, their cries sharp as broken glass. Mariano stared at his repaired sandals, the silver stitching catching the light like a secret. "I know," he whispered. "The marshes." Kristoff’s jaw tightened. "Anna doesn’t know. About you. About *any* of this." He paused, watching a fisherman untangle his net with rough, impatient tugs. "That invitation... it’s not a coincidence, is it?"

Mariano leaned against a moss-slicked piling, the harbor’s chill seeping through his tunic. "The sea calls louder near salt marshes," he admitted, tracing the embossed Oaken’s insignia on his sandal strap. "It’s like... a magnet. If the enchantment frays there..." He didn’t finish. Kristoff followed his gaze to the eastern cliffs, where fog already curled like phantom fingers. "So we decline," Kristoff stated flatly. But Mariano shook his head. "Anna’s persistent. She’ll ask why. And if we avoid it, she’ll investigate alone." The unspoken truth hung between them: Anna, ever-curious, wading into waters that could reveal more than mermaids.

As Kristoff opened his mouth to argue, a cheerful voice chirped behind them. "Investigate what? Ooh, secrets!" Olaf materialized from a stack of empty fish barrels, his carrot nose tilted inquisitively. Snowflakes dusted his twig shoulders despite the mild afternoon—a remnant of Elsa’s morning walk. He beamed, clasping his stick hands. "I’m excellent at investigations! Last week I found out where the kitchen mice hide the biscuit crumbs. Spoiler: it’s behind the flour sacks. Very dramatic." Kristoff stiffened, exchanging a panicked glance with Mariano.

Mariano instinctively curled his toes inside the repaired sandals, the silver stitches humming against his skin. "Just... marshland flora, Olaf," he improvised, forcing lightness into his voice. "Kristoff thinks some rare bog orchids might grow there." Olaf gasped, eyes wide as snowballs. "Orchids! They’re like fancy flower ballerinas! Can I come? Please? I’ll be super quiet and not melt in any puddles!" He shuffled closer, leaving tiny snowy footprints on the damp wood.

"Is Olaf allowed to join?", Mariano asked Kristoff quietly, his eyes darting to the snowman's hopeful expression. Kristoff sighed, rubbing the back of his neck where tension gathered like storm clouds. "Elsa'd have our heads if he melts," he muttered under his breath. Yet the unspoken truth lingered—Olaf's presence might distract Anna from asking dangerous questions about their sudden reluctance to explore the marshes.

Olaf clapped his twig hands, sending a flurry of snowflakes into the harbor breeze. "I'll wear my sunhat! The floppy one with daisies!" he declared, already waddling toward the palace. "Anna's planning a picnic! She packed extra herring sandwiches because she knows they're your favorite, Kristoff!" The mention of herring made Kristoff's stomach growl despite his unease, and Mariano caught the fleeting softening around his friend's eyes.

"I'm sure we can get the sandals another time, when they're fixed. Wanna get inside the castle?", Kristoff asked Mariano. Olaf skipped ahead, humming off-key as they followed the path to the palace gates. Mariano kept his steps light, testing the repaired sandals—the kelp essence had dulled the pain, but Hjalmar’s warning echoed louder than the harbor bells. At the courtyard entrance, Anna burst through the doors, her auburn braid whipping in the wind. "There you are!" she exclaimed, cheeks flushed. "I’ve been looking everywhere! The picnic baskets are packed, and the eastern marshes await!" Her eyes sparkled with adventure, utterly unaware of the tension coiling in Kristoff’s shoulders.

Kristoff stepped forward, blocking Anna’s view of Mariano’s uneasy stance. "About that marsh trip," he began, his voice carefully neutral. "Mariano’s sandals are acting up. Might need a rest day." Anna’s smile faltered for just a heartbeat before she waved a dismissive hand. "Nonsense! We’ll go slow, and I’ll lend him my spare boots!" She nudged a leather-wrapped bundle at her feet.

Minutes later, Mariano noticed Olaf was gone, as if he was hiding something from everyone. He went to look around the corridors, only to hear noise in one of the rooms. He slowly opened the door, prepared to see Olaf but instead, he saw a man in a robe. "Sorry, I was looking for someone", Mariano said, thinking he might have entered someone's room with no warning until he heard the man's voice.. It sounded cheerful, close enough to Olaf’s.

Mariano finally got inside, seeing the transformation.

"What? How did you go from a snowman to an actual human?", Mariano asked as he sat down on the bed.

The man chuckled, a sound as familiar as Olaf’s giggle but richer, warmer. "Elsa’s magic has layers," he explained, flexing his newly formed fingers. "Sometimes, when she’s especially happy or the northern lights are bright, I get to be... more. Just for a little while." He stood, the borrowed robes pooling at his feet, and Mariano saw the same twinkle in his human eyes that always danced in Olaf’s coal gaze. "Don’t tell Anna yet—it’s more fun as a surprise!"

"So you're not having the same effect werewolves do?", Mariano asked, leaning closer to examine the faint frost patterns still shimmering across the man's knuckles. Olaf—now human—grinned, stretching his arms wide. "Werewolves howl at moons! I sparkle in sunshine! Completely different magic!" Footsteps echoed in the corridor outside, and Olaf's eyes widened. "Quick! Hide me!" He scrambled behind a tapestry depicting Arendelle's founding just as the door creaked open.

"Be quiet", Mariano alerted Olaf. The door swung wider, revealing Anna silhouetted against the torchlit hallway. "Mariano?" she called, peering into the dim room. "Have you seen Olaf? His picnic hat is missing, and we’re leaving soon!" Behind the tapestry, Olaf held his breath, human fingers gripping the woven threads. Mariano stepped forward, blocking Anna’s view. "Maybe he’s practicing his marsh-investigation skills near the kitchens," he offered, forcing a casual shrug. Anna sighed, tapping her foot. "That snowman! Always disappearing when herring sandwiches are involved." As she turned to leave, Olaf’s muffled sneeze—a distinctly human sound—echoed from the tapestry.

Mariano lunged backward, pretending to stumble against the wall with a loud thud. "Whoops! Slipped on this... loose stone!" he exclaimed, drowning out Olaf’s sniffles. Anna raised an eyebrow but didn’t question it, already halfway down the corridor shouting for Kristoff. When her footsteps faded, Olaf emerged, cheeks flushed pink with suppressed laughter. "Close call!" he whispered, dusting frost from his borrowed sleeve. "Now, about those marshes—should I pack extra mittens for my human hands or just hope Elsa’s magic holds?"

"How about I...", Mariano said before giving Olaf a hug, feeling the strange warmth radiating from his human form—like sunlight on snow. Mariano feels the need to kiss Olaf’s human form. "Can I kiss you?", Mariano asked Olaf. Olaf beamed, his human cheeks dimpling exactly like his snowman smile. "Is it like when Anna kisses Kristoff's nose? Because that always makes his ears turn pink!" He leaned in eagerly, eyes wide with curiosity. Their lips brushed—a fleeting press of warmth that tasted faintly of frost and wild strawberries—before Olaf jerked back with a gasp. "Oh! That tingles!" He giggled, rubbing his mouth as tiny ice crystals bloomed across his lower lip. "Does this mean we're courting now? Should I fetch a chaperone?"

"It's not necessary", Mariano said before continuing to kiss Olaf, putting him on the bed and taking off his robe. Olaf's skin shimmered where Mariano touched it, frost patterns blooming and fading like breath on a winter window. "Looks like our snowman that’s just turned human will really need a nice big hug", Mariano said as he looked down on Olaf’s hard on. Olaf wriggled beneath him, his laughter dissolving into breathless wonder. "Is this what melting feels like?" he whispered, tangling newly formed fingers in Mariano’s hair. "Because I think I might—"

"Sort of", Mariano said before going down to suck Olaf’s cock. Olaf gasped, arching off the bed as unfamiliar pleasure surged through him—a sensation both icy and electric. His fingers scrabbled at the sheets, frost spreading across the fabric where he gripped it. "Oh! That's... brighter than the northern lights!" he panted, human eyes wide with dazed wonder. Outside, the distant clang of the harbor bell seemed to mark time as Mariano took him deeper, the taste of snow-melt and something uniquely Olaf flooding his senses.

Minutes later, Mariano said "Come here", leading Olaf to suck his cock. Olaf's enthusiasm was untamed—he fumbled with clumsy human hands before diving in with snowman eagerness, his lips sealing around Mariano’s length with frost-nipped determination. A sharp gasp tore from Mariano’s throat as pleasure spiked, cold and electric, where Olaf’s mouth met skin. He tangled his fingers in Olaf’s hair, half-expecting snowflakes but finding only silken strands that shimmered with residual magic. Olaf hummed around him, the vibration rippling through Mariano’s body like a wave cresting—a sensation utterly alien and intoxicating.

"I wish you stayed human", Mariano said, his voice thick with desire as he guided Olaf deeper. Olaf's eyes watered, human reflexes kicking in as he gagged—a strange, vulnerable sound from the usually indestructible snowman. He pulled back, gasping, frost glittering on his lips. "Too much?" he whispered, rubbing his throat with wonder. "Like swallowing a whole snowball!" Yet before Mariano could answer, Olaf dove back in with renewed determination, his movements growing bolder as muscle memory blended with magic. His tongue traced the swollen vein, experimental and eager, sending jolts through Mariano’s spine.

"You want me to give you a special hug?", Mariano asked with a smirk as he pushed Olaf onto the bed, positioning himself between his spread legs. Olaf nodded eagerly, his human form trembling with anticipation as Mariano's cock pressed against his entrance. "Like stuffing a snowman?" he giggled before gasping sharply at the first breach—a sting of cold fire that made frost crackle across the bedsheets. Mariano groaned, sinking deeper into the tight, fluttering heat that felt like diving into glacial waters. Olaf arched, his back bowing off the mattress as he whimpered, "Oh! It's—it's like being carved all over again!"

"does it feel good?", Mariano asked softly, watching frost bloom across Olaf’s collarbone as he pushed deeper. Olaf’s reply dissolved into a breathless moan, his human legs wrapping around Mariano’s waist with surprising strength. "It feels... like building a snowman in summer!" he gasped, nails scraping icy trails down Mariano’s back.

Mariano keeps on pounding Olaf’s ass, the bed frame creaking in time with Olaf’s sharp, gasping breaths. Each thrust sends fresh shivers through Olaf’s human form—frost flaring across his skin where their bodies meet, then melting into dewdrops as the heat builds. Olaf claws at the sheets, his voice a broken whimper. "Faster! It’s—oh—like sledding down the North Mountain!" Mariano obliges, slamming harder, deeper, until Olaf’s back arches off the mattress, his cock leaking pearly precum onto his trembling stomach. 

"You want me to make you cum?", Mariano asked, his voice rough and low as he watched Olaf’s eyes glaze with pleasure. Olaf could only nod frantically, his human form trembling like a sapling in a storm as Mariano’s hand wrapped around his leaking cock, stroking in time with the relentless thrusts. The room filled with the slap of skin and Olaf’s high, breathless cries—a sound like icicles shattering on stone. "Yes! Yes! It’s—oh!—like catching fireworks!" he sobbed, back arching off the bed as frost spread across the headboard where his fingers clawed for purchase.

Mariano went to kiss Olaf as he kept on pounding his ass. Olaf’s moans melted into Mariano’s mouth, his human body arching desperately against him. The frost patterns on Olaf’s skin flared brighter with each thrust, glowing like captured starlight before dissolving into steam. "More!" Olaf gasped against his lips, fingers digging into Mariano’s shoulders as pleasure coiled tighter, colder, deeper inside him—a blizzard building in his belly.

Mariano kept on pounding while holding onto Olaf’s chest for support. The friction built like a gathering storm—Olaf’s gasps sharpened, his human form shuddering as frost crackled across the bedposts. "I’m—I’m gonna—" he stammered, eyes wide with panicked ecstasy. Mariano drove deeper, his rhythm faltering as heat pooled low in his belly. Olaf’s back arched off the mattress, a strangled cry tearing from his throat as his cock pulsed, icy cum streaking his stomach in pearly ropes. The sight tipped Mariano over—he buried himself to the hilt with a guttural groan, spilling into Olaf’s clenching heat.

Mariano started kissing Olaf, their lips meeting in a slow, tender exchange that tasted of salt and lingering frost. Outside the room, Anna's distant call echoed—"Picnic's leaving! Last call for herring enthusiasts!"—but the urgency felt worlds away. Olaf traced Mariano's jaw with newly human fingers, his expression dazed yet radiant. "Do all humans feel this... floaty afterward?" he whispered, a dusting of ice crystals still glimmering at his temples.

"sort of", Mariano said before screaming "You can go without us.. At least Kristoff won't feel lonely" as a response to Anna's call. Olaf giggled, nuzzling against Mariano's neck, his human warmth fading as frost patterns resurged across his skin. "But the herring!" he whispered mournfully, though his fingers still traced lazy circles on Mariano's back, savoring the lingering intimacy. Footsteps echoed outside—Kristoff's heavy tread, then Anna's insistent knock. "Mariano? Olaf's hat is floating in the pudding bowl again! We need—" The door rattled. Olaf scrambled for the robe, his human form flickering like a guttering candle as magic strained. Mariano lunged for the latch, buying seconds. "Just... securing my sandal!" he called, his voice too loud in the sudden quiet. Behind him, the air crackled with cold—the scent of pine and snowfall thickening as Olaf's transformation reversed.

Mariano turned just as the last shimmer of humanity dissolved into swirling snowflakes. Olaf stood there, twig arms akimbo, carrot nose slightly crooked, and his floppy daisy hat materializing atop his head. "Ta-da!" he chirped, though his coal eyes held a wistful gleam. "Human-ing is exhausting! But worth it for the floaty feeling!" He waddled to the door, pausing to adjust his scarf. "Now, about those marshes—I packed extra mittens! For investigating!" Kristoff's muffled grumble came through the wood: "Open up, Mariano. Anna's threatening to eat your herring portion." Mariano smoothed his tunic, the phantom taste of frost still on his lips, and turned the knob. Anna stood arms crossed, Kristoff behind her looking relieved yet wary, his gaze darting to Mariano's repaired sandals. "Took you long enough," Anna huffed, then brightened. "Eastern cliffs, here we come!"

"Sorry... Something was wrong with Olaf and wanted to help him", Mariano said as he stepped aside, revealing Olaf who was trying to hide his crooked nose. Kristoff's eyes narrowed at the frost still dusting Mariano's collar, but Anna just laughed, grabbing Olaf's twig hand. "Snowman emergencies! I get it! Now move those sandy feet—we've got orchids to find!" She tugged them toward the courtyard where picnic baskets waited beside Sven, the reindeer already chewing on someone's abandoned scarf.

The picnic went well. Anna spread tartan blankets near a freshwater stream far from the salt marshes, unpacking herring sandwiches that Kristoff devoured with quiet contentment. Olaf chased butterflies—"They're like flying flowers! Do you think they get dizzy?"—while Mariano rested his repaired sandals on moss, relieved by the enchantment's steady hum beneath Hjalmar's silver stitches. Only once, when Anna tossed an apple core toward the distant brine-scented cliffs, did Mariano flinch, but Kristoff smoothly intercepted it, feeding the core to Sven with a warning glance.

As twilight painted the sky in lilac streaks, Anna leaned against Kristoff's shoulder, sighing happily. "Perfect day." Her fingers laced with his, rough and calloused from ice harvesting. Olaf plopped beside Mariano, scattering snowflakes. "Did we investigate enough? My mittens are soggy from puddle-jumping!" Mariano smiled, though his gaze drifted to the darkening eastern horizon where fog now swallowed the cliffs whole—a silent reminder of the sea's patient hunger.

Kristoff caught the direction of Mariano's stare and stood abruptly, gathering baskets. "Time to head back. Sven's tired." Anna protested, but Kristoff's voice held an unfamiliar edge. "Now, Anna." The walk to the palace felt colder, Olaf humming a tune about melting marshmallows while Kristoff kept himself firmly between Mariano and the whispering salt winds curling up from the shore.

In Mariano's guest chamber, Kristoff shut the door, the latch clicking like a final warning. "We can't risk another day like this," he muttered, pacing the rug. "Anna's curiosity is a spark near dry tinder." Mariano slumped onto the bed, peeling off the sandals. The silver stitches glowed faintly, but a single scale shimmered near his ankle—a hairline crack in the enchantment. "Where else is there to go?" he asked wearily. Kristoff halted, his shadow falling across the bed. "North. Beyond the Valley of the Living Rock. Ice doesn't whisper of the sea." His knuckles whitened. "But leaving Anna... she'll follow."

A soft *thump* against the door made them freeze. Olaf's muffled voice chirped, "Knock-knock! I brought hot cocoa! And a question about human courting rituals!" Kristoff yanked the door open, finding Olaf balancing two steaming mugs, snowflakes melting in his twig hair. "No questions," Kristoff growled, snatching the cocoa. Olaf's coal eyes darted to Mariano's exposed ankle, where the scale gleamed unmistakably now. "Oh," he breathed. "Your fancy scales are showing." He winked, a tiny snowflake drifting from his eyelid. "Don't worry! I'm great at secrets. Like that time Elsa hid extra chocolate in—" Kristoff slammed the door.

Alone again, Mariano traced the rebellious scale. "He knows." Kristoff drained his cocoa in one scalding gulp. "Olaf's loyalty is to Anna first. Always."

The next morning dawned brittle and bright. Anna cornered Mariano in the stables, her eyes narrowed. "Olaf mumbled something last night about 'shiny ankles' during hot cocoa. Spill."

Mariano hesitated, the memory of saltwater and duty tightening his throat. "Before Arendelle," he began, voice low as the lapping tide, "I was guardian to a sea prince. Coral nurseries, kelp forests—I shielded him from currents and kraken whispers." Kristoff stiffened beside a stall, Sven's reins forgotten in his hands. Mariano traced the scale on his ankle, now visibly iridescent. "The prince... has someone else who is his guardian now." Anna's gaze softened, her suspicion momentarily drowned by curiosity. "But why leave?" she pressed. "I felt like it wasn't my place anymore," Mariano admitted, the words tasting of brine and regret.  

Kristoff stepped forward, his shadow swallowing Anna's. "Enough," he warned, but Anna pushed past him. "So you *abandoned* your prince?" Her voice echoed off the stable walls, sharp as broken seashells. Olaf peeked from behind a hay bale, twitching when Mariano flinched. "I—" Mariano started, but Anna cut him off, her eyes blazing with royal indignation. "Royal duty isn't something you just *walk away from*!"  

Silence pooled thick between them, broken only by Sven's anxious snort and the distant clang of the harbor bell. Mariano stared at Anna—truly stared—seeing not just her fury but the crown's weight pressing down on her shoulders. Her words echoed the unspoken judgment he'd carried since fleeing the royal kelp gardens. Kristoff stepped forward, his hand hovering near Anna's elbow—a silent plea for restraint—but she shook him off, her gaze locked on Mariano's shame-flushed face. "Explain," she demanded, the word cracking like thin ice.

Mariano's throat tightened. "I stepped off by wish," he whispered, fingers curling into fists. "I didn't want the thoughts about me to distract him from his duty." The stable smelled of hay and Sven’s musky coat, but beneath it, Mariano caught the phantom tang of brine—the sea’s relentless pull. Anna’s expression flickered, fury softening into bewilderment. "Thoughts?" she echoed, her voice losing its edge. Olaf crept closer, snowflakes dusting the straw. "Like love?" he chirped, twig hands clasped. Kristoff’s jaw clenched, his gaze darting to the stable doors as if expecting waves to crash through.

Anna’s shoulders slumped, the queen’s mantle slipping. "Oh," she breathed, recalling her own reckless heartaches. "So you left... to protect him?" Mariano nodded once, the scale on his ankle pulsing faintly blue. Kristoff moved between them, his voice low and urgent. "Enough secrets. The marshes—" But Anna waved him off, her eyes locked on Mariano. "Does he know? Your prince?" Outside, the harbor bell tolled—a mournful sound that seemed to vibrate in Mariano’s bones.

"Yes, I have told him what I felt after discussing with the King", Mariano admitted, his gaze dropping to the stable's straw-strewn floor. Anna's anger dissolved into quiet shock—royal protocol demanded such confessions remain sealed within palace walls, not whispered to their subjects. Kristoff seized the moment, steering Anna firmly toward the doors. "Picnic's over. Sven needs brushing." As they retreated, Olaf lingered, his coal eyes wide. "Love is complicated! Like untangling fishing nets!" He patted Mariano’s knee, leaving a melting snowflake imprint before scampering after them.

Alone in the stable’s gloom, Mariano traced the scale shimmering at his ankle. The harbor bell tolled again—a deep, mournful sound that vibrated through the wooden beams. He slipped his sandals back on, Hjalmar’s silver stitches glowing faintly as he stood. Outside, twilight deepened over Arendelle’s rooftops, but the eastern cliffs were now swallowed by rolling salt fog. A familiar pull tightened in his chest, insistent as a riptide. The prince’s summons.  

Kristoff found him at the docks an hour later, staring into the black water where tendrils of mist curled like phantom fingers. "Anna’s calmed down," he said, handing Mariano a flask of bitter herbal tea. "She regrets shouting. Royalty... it cages us in strange ways." Mariano accepted the flask, his fingers brushing Kristoff’s—a fleeting warmth against the harbor’s chill.

"It's alright", Mariano said as he drunk the tea. "I've had worse reactions." Kristoff leaned against a weathered mooring post, watching fog devour the moonlit fjord. "You're leaving," he stated flatly. Mariano nodded, the sandals' silver stitches humming against his soles—a countdown to transformation. "The marshes were a warning. Hjalmar’s enchantment won’t survive another tide. And I sort of need to be back where I was good at, no problems, just the freaky Mariano"

Kristoff gripped the flask tighter, knuckles whitening. "Anna will hunt answers if you vanish. Olaf saw your scale." A seal barked in the distance—a sound like a drowned laugh. Mariano turned, the harbor light catching the desperation in his eyes. "Then distract them. Take Anna north. Tell her you’re scouting new ice routes. By the time she realizes..." He trailed off, the unspoken truth hanging between them: saltwater would erase his footprints.

"I will try, but for now, tell Olaf to hang something that will resemble me... Speaking of Olaf, I saw him as a human.", Mariano said, the confession tumbling out like loose pebbles. Kristoff froze, the flask halfway to his lips. "Human?" he echoed, disbelief warring with the memory of snowflakes clinging to Mariano's collar. "When?" Mariano gestured vaguely toward the palace. "Before the picnic. He... transformed." The harbor's mist thickened, swallowing the words as Kristoff stared at him—really stared—seeing the lingering frost in Mariano's eyes, the salt-kissed flush on his neck.

Kristoff set down the flask with deliberate slowness, the clink sharp against the lapping water. "Elsa's magic," he murmured, more to himself than Mariano. "But why?" Mariano shifted, the sandals humming louder as the tide surged beneath the dock. "He asked about human things. Feelings." A pause, heavy with unsaid implications. "He was curious... about touch." Kristoff's gaze hardened. "And you showed him?" The accusation hung between them, colder than the fjord wind.

Mariano nodded, his gaze fixed on the dark water swirling beneath the docks. "He asked," he said simply, the memory of Olaf's human warmth still tingling on his lips. Kristoff's jaw tightened, a muscle flickering in his temple as he gripped the mooring rope. "That snowman's innocence is fragile as thin ice," he growled, stepping closer until his shadow swallowed Mariano's. "Elsa trusted him to you—not to be some... experiment." The harbor mist coiled around them, damp and suffocating.

Behind them, a giggle echoed from the fish market stalls—high-pitched and unmistakable. Olaf waddled into view, twirling Anna’s forgotten floppy hat on his twig finger. "Experimenting is fun!" he chirped, snowflakes swirling from his shoulders. "Like when I put jam in Sven’s oats! He sneezed oats for days!" Kristoff whirled around, blocking Olaf’s view of Mariano’s panicked expression. "Go back to the palace," he ordered, voice low with warning. Olaf tilted his head, coal eyes narrowing. "But Mariano promised to show me more floating feelings tomorrow—"

Mariano cut in swiftly, stepping forward. "Plans changed, Olaf." The harbor bell tolled again, deeper this time, vibrating through the dock boards. Mist thickened, curling around Olaf’s twig feet like grasping hands. "Distractions," Mariano added, forcing a smile. "Kristoff needs your help... with Sven’s oat investigation." Olaf gasped, bouncing on his stick legs. "A *new* mystery! Is it biscuit crumbs again?" Kristoff seized the opening, steering Olaf toward the lantern-lit streets. "Bigger," he lied. "Sven’s been hiding carrots. We need clues." As they disappeared into the fog, Mariano turned back to the black water, the silver stitches on his sandals blazing blue—a final warning.

"Olaf, I might give you another hug next time I'm here", Mariano said before jumping in the water, swimming away. Kristoff watched Mariano's silhouette vanish into the churning dark, the harbor bell's echo mingling with the splash. Behind him, Olaf tugged his sleeve, snowflakes melting on his twig fingers. "Will he really come back for hugs?" Kristoff didn't answer, his gaze fixed on the eastern cliffs where salt fog now bled into the night sky—a shroud swallowing the sea's secrets whole.

Inside the palace, Anna paced the moonlit gallery, her footsteps echoing off portraits of stern ancestors. "Explain the stable scene," she demanded as Kristoff entered, Olaf trailing wet snow. Kristoff handed her Mariano's abandoned flask, its dregs smelling of kelp and farewell. "He served a crown under the waves," Kristoff said flatly. "Left to spare his prince a broken heart." Anna's pacing halted, her reflection fractured in the leaded glass. "Like us," she whispered, touching the scar on her palm from Hans' betrayal.

Olaf clambered onto a velvet chaise, scattering ice crystals. "But his hugs were *extra floaty*!" Anna's eyes snapped to Kristoff. "Where is he?" Before Kristoff could invent northern ice routes, a tremor rattled the chandelier—not earthquake, but deep, resonant like a submerged bell. Through the window, the fjord churned silver beneath the moon, forming whirlpools where no currents belonged. Kristoff gripped the sill. "That's not tidal."

Anna dashed to the balcony, her braid whipping in the sudden salt-laced wind. Below, the harbor waters parted like torn silk, revealing Mariano suspended mid-transformation. His legs fused into a shimmering tail, but enchanted sandals still glowed on his scaled ankles, binding him painfully between forms. Behind him rose a figure armored in living coral, trident aimed at Mariano's heart—the sea prince's new guardian. "Traitor!" the coral knight roared, voice like grinding shipwrecks. "You return to haunt his dreams!"

Kristoff vaulted the railing, landing heavily on the wet docks as townsfolk screamed. Mariano thrashed, the sandals' silver stitches fraying into glowing filaments that hissed against seawater. "I didn't summon him!" he gasped. Anna drew her sword, its blade frosting over in the unnatural chill. Olaf clung to her skirts, whispering, "That knight's *very* pointy!"

The coral knight advanced, trident crackling with captured lightning. "The prince weeps at night whispering your name," it boomed, waves cresting violently around its armored legs. Mariano recoiled, torn between transformation and flight—until Kristoff's ice axe slammed into the knight's coral-plated shoulder, spraying shards like shattered blood. "Wrong kingdom for hunting merfolk!" he roared.

Anna leaped onto a capsized dinghy, her sword trailing frost across the churning surface. "Stand down!" she commanded, royal authority cutting through the storm's fury. The knight hesitated, milky eyes narrowing at her crown—surface royalty meant nothing in the deep courts. Olaf wobbled on the rocking pier, shouting, "Unnecessary roughness! Yellow card!"

Kristoff wrenched his axe free as coral shards regrew instantly. Mariano convulsed, half-human hands scrabbling at the glowing sandals binding his merging tail. "The enchantment... it's pulling me apart!" he gasped. The knight's trident hummed, aimed past Kristoff—not at Mariano, but at the palace balcony where Elsa stood silhouetted against the lightning, her ice-blue gown swirling like captured tide pools.

Anna's sword froze the knight's armored foot to the dock with a crackling sheet of ice. "Explain your quarrel!" she demanded. The knight roared, shattering the ice but stumbling—its milky eyes fixed on Mariano's tortured transformation. "He anchors the prince's weakness!" it bellowed, waves lifting its coral-plated form. "Your land magic interferes with sacred severance!"

Kristoff swung his axe at the knight's trident arm, but coral spines shot out, grazing his cheek. "Sever this!" he spat, wiping blood mixed with salt spray. Behind him, Mariano screamed as the sandals' silver stitches dissolved into searing light—his human skin melted into scales from the waist down, yet his torso remained agonizingly human where the enchantment clung.

Elsa raised her hands from the balcony, frost spiraling down toward the harbor. The knight hissed, coral armor steaming where her magic touched seawater. "Land witch!" it thundered, diverting its trident toward her. Anna leaped onto its submerged back, plunging her sword between coral plates. "Talk! What's 'sacred severance'?" The knight shuddered, its voice gurgling. "The prince... must forget..."

Mariano's eyes flew wide—understanding dawning through pain. "The ritual," he choked. "He's trying to erase me from the prince's memory." Olaf scrambled onto a floating crate, shouting, "Forgetting is awful! Like losing your own nose!" The coral knight roared, throwing Anna off into the churning foam just as Elsa's ice encased its legs up to the waist. 

Kristoff hauled Mariano toward the dock steps, the fractured enchantment sizzling where water met skin. "Can you stop the ritual?" Mariano clutched Kristoff's arm, desperation in his grip. "Only if I reach him before midnight tide..." He gasped, tail fins lashing as another wave of transformation seized him. Beyond the harbor, the eastern cliffs glowed with unnatural phosphorescence—a beacon from the prince's undersea court.

Elsa's ice shattered as the knight freed its legs, trident aimed skyward. "Enough!" Anna shouted, scrambling onto Sven's back as he charged through the shallows. She vaulted onto the knight's coral-plated shoulder, pressing her frosted blade to its barnacle-encrusted neck. "Call off the ritual, or I'll freeze your gills solid!" The knight stilled, its milky eyes tracking Mariano's struggle toward open water.

Olaf slipped on wet planks, his twig hand snagging a loose silver stitch from Mariano's disintegrating sandal. "Magic confetti!" he chirped, holding up the glowing thread—but as seawater touched it, the filament pulsed violently. The coral knight roared recognition: "Anchor thread! Destroy it!" Kristoff snatched the thread, shoving Olaf behind him as armored spines shot toward the snowman.

Mariano dove, his half-formed tail propelling him into the knight's blind spot. "The prince's name!" he cried, pressing webbed hands to the knight's helm. "Say it and break the bind!" The knight convulsed, coral plates grinding as ancient magic warred with its orders. Anna's blade drew icy blood. "Do it!" she commanded. From the depths, a mournful song pierced the storm—the prince's voice, raw with grief.

"Prince Eric, the Prince I was a guardian of", Mariano screamed, his voice swallowed by the crashing waves. The coral knight froze mid-lunge, trident trembling as the name reverberated through its armored form like a shattered spell. Barnacles cracked and fell from its helm as milky eyes cleared—revealing not fury, but profound sorrow. "You... remember?" it rasped, the grinding shipwreck tone softening to a whisper.  

Anna dropped from its shoulder onto the shuddering dock, her sword’s frost receding as Olaf scrambled to retrieve his detached twig arm. "The ritual falters!" Elsa called from above, her ice now weaving protective walls around the harbor entrance. Kristoff hauled Mariano onto solid planks, silver threads from the ruined sandals still smoking where saltwater ate at his human skin. "Eric’s song," Mariano gasped, pointing to the glowing cliffs. "He’s trapped in the ritual chamber—the knight was sent to silence me before I could stop it."  

The freed knight bowed its head, coral armor creaking. "I was compelled," it confessed, trident sinking into the foam. "The court fears his love for a land-walker weakens the throne." As it spoke, the phosphorescent beacon from the cliffs pulsed violently—a sickly green flash that stained the fog. Beneath their feet, the dock groaned as whirlpools deepened, sucking debris toward the light. "Midnight tide approaches," Kristoff warned, pressing a torn cloak to Mariano’s bleeding scales. "Can you reach him?"  

Mariano’s gaze locked with Anna’s. "Only with surface magic," he said, nodding to Elsa’s ice barrier. "And distraction." Anna sheathed her sword, already shouting orders to townsfolk fleeing the quay. "Kristoff—ready Sven’s sled! We’ll draw the court’s eyes!" Olaf jammed his reattached arm skyward. "Distraction specialty: unannounced snowball fights!" The knight lifted its trident, not in threat, but salute. "I will clear your path," it vowed, vanishing beneath the churning silver water as the first true wave of transformation seized Mariano whole.

Kristoff hauled Mariano onto Sven’s sled just as the harbor erupted—icebergs rose like jagged teeth where Elsa’s magic met sea, shielding their dash toward the cliffs. Behind them, Anna’s voice rang sharp above the storm: "Arendelle, to arms! Defend your waters!" Olaf lobbed snowballs at phantom shapes in the mist, giggling as they melted into spectral screams. Mariano clung to the sled, tail fully formed now, the last shreds of enchanted leather dissolving into sea foam against his scales.

At the cliff’s edge, Kristoff reined Sven to a halt. Below, the ritual chamber glowed through fathoms of black water—a dome of writhing kelp and trapped starlight. Mariano slid toward the precipice, his gills flaring. "Eric’s song is fading," he whispered, dread threading his words. Kristoff gripped his arm, blood from his cheek wound mingling with salt spray. "Then dive deep, mer. We’ll hold the surface." But as Mariano plunged, a net of glowing algae shot from the depths, ensnaring his tail—the court’s last defense.

Above, Elsa’s cry pierced the wind. "The knight—betrayed?" Coral spines erupted around the sled as the knight surfaced, trident crackling not at them, but at the algae net binding Mariano. "Forgive my delay!" it boomed, severing the strands with a sweep of captured lightning. "The prince’s guards resist!" Mariano thrashed free, diving toward the light as the knight turned to face its own brethren rising from the depths—armored merfolk with spears of whalebone. Kristoff swung his axe at a spear aimed at Mariano’s back, the clash echoing off the cliffs.

Below, the ritual chamber pulsed sickly green. Prince Eric floated at its center, ensnared in chains of seafoam and memory-stealing pearls. Mariano slammed against the kelp barrier, his webbed hands tearing at it. "Eric! Fight it!" he screamed, bubbles swirling like shattered glass. Eric’s eyes snapped open—clouded, but flickering with recognition. "Mariano?" he whispered, the pearls dimming. One chain snapped. Then another.

On the surface, Anna’s sword froze the harbor solid as armored merfolk breached like sharks. Olaf pelted them with snowballs infused with Elsa’s magic, each hit encasing limbs in ice. "Surrender, fishy fiends!" he chirped. Kristoff wrestled a mer guard into a chokehold, snarling, "Your prince is choosing his heart!" The knight’s trident glowed, illuminating the knight’s scarred face—a former comrade. "Stand down!" it commanded. "Or face the prince’s wrath!"

Mariano ripped the last pearl from Eric’s throat. The chamber flared blinding white, then collapsed into darkness. Eric surged forward, tail coiling around Mariano’s waist as the sea floor trembled. "You remembered my name," Eric breathed against Mariano’s gills, salt tears mingling with the current. Above, the armored merfolk froze mid-assault, weapons lowering as their prince’s song—clear and unbroken—flooded the bay.

"Of course I did. I apologize for coming here unannounced", Mariano said softly, his fingers brushing Eric's cheek as they floated in the sudden calm. The harbor's chaos faded above them—the knight's surrender, Elsa's dissolving ice, Kristoff's relieved shout swallowed by the deep. Eric traced the fading scars where Mariano's sandals had bound him, his touch lingering on the silver kelp essence still weeping from torn skin. "The court feared land magic would poison you," he murmured. "But your anchors weren't enchantments."  

Kristoff leaned over the cliff edge, watching bubbles rise where the merfolk vanished. Anna joined him, her sword sheathed but hand still trembling. "Happy ending?" she asked, nodding toward the distant swirl of twin tails. Kristoff caught a floating scrap of enchanted leather—Oaken's insignia half-melted by seawater. "For them," he said, pocketing the relic. Behind them, Olaf patted Sven's nose. "Should we save the picnic baskets? Herring sandwiches get soggy fast."  

In the palace courtyard, Elsa pressed an ice-gloved hand to the cobblestones. "The harbor's song changed," she whispered. Frost spiraled where salt met stone—a map of shifting currents. Anna knelt beside her, recognizing the pattern: two entwined melodies where one had been fractured before. "True love thawed my heart," she murmured. "Seems it calms oceans too."  

Hjalmar the cobbler appeared at the gates unsummoned, his milky eyes fixed on the eastern cliffs. "Paid the sea's debt," he rasped, dropping a vial of kelp essence into Kristoff's palm. When Kristoff turned to question him, the old man had vanished—only brine-scented mist remained where he'd stood. Olaf sniffed the vial. "Smells like... resolution?"

In the throne room, Anna paced before stained-glass windows scattering jeweled light across Eric's borrowed tunic. "Court politics," she declared, "require formal treaties." Mariano shifted uncomfortably in human-form boots Kristoff had fashioned from enchanted reindeer hide. Eric's hand found his beneath the council table, webbed fingers interlacing with land-worn ones. "Our union," Eric said softly, "is its own accord."

Kristoff watched from the doorway, Oaken's melted insignia warming in his pocket. Sven nudged his shoulder, antlers brushing a tapestry depicting merfolk knights. "Still think magic complicates things?" Anna whispered, appearing beside him. He grunted, eyes on Mariano's uneasy stance. "Sandals were simpler."

Beyond the harbor, phosphorescence bloomed where the coral knight guarded the depths—a silent sentinel now. Olaf perched on a windowsill, molding snow into mer-shaped figurines. "Do you think they'll visit for summer solstice?" he asked Kristoff. "We could build a saltwater splash pool!" Kristoff's reply dissolved as Elsa's ice-blue gown swept past, frost crystallizing where her slippers touched stone.

"I have already made up where I will stay", Mariano said with a smile, knowing he will be in Arendelle with Kristoff for the foreseeable future. He squeezed Eric's hand under the table—a silent promise that needed no royal seals. Outside, the harbor bells chimed midday, their sound clear now that the storm had passed. Anna clapped her hands, startling a servant carrying maps. "Treaty drafting can wait! Who's hungry? Those herring sandwiches won't eat themselves." Olaf immediately slid from the windowsill, snowflakes scattering like celebratory confetti.

"It looks like Olaf is hungry for more than just herring sandwiches", Mariano said with a laugh, watching the snowman chase after Anna's billowing skirts. Eric rose gracefully from the council table, his borrowed tunic rippling with hidden scales. "Perhaps I should introduce him to sea grape jellyfish," he murmured, a playful glint in his ocean-dark eyes. "They wriggle most amusingly when tickled."

Kristoff lingered in the doorway, fingers brushing the melted insignia in his pocket. "Sandals or no sandals," he grunted, nodding toward Mariano's enchanted boots, "you're still terrible at polishing leather." Sven snorted agreement, his muzzle brushing Kristoff's shoulder as they watched Eric summon a swirling sphere of seawater to demonstrate jellyfish wiggles to a delighted Olaf.

Anna paused mid-stride, herring sandwich half-raised. "Wait—Elsa's ice mapping!" She dashed to the courtyard where frost patterns now pulsed with twin currents of aquamarine and deep indigo. "It's charting their migration routes," she breathed, tracing the luminous trails with her fingertip. Cold bloomed where she touched, crystallizing into miniature icebergs that floated above the cobblestones like a frozen archipelago.

Kristoff nudged one drifting ice chunk with his boot. "Merfolk diplomacy requires... logistics," he muttered, eyeing the harbor where the coral knight's silhouette now patrolled the bay entrance. Sven sniffed suspiciously at the enchanted reindeer boots Mariano wore, leaving damp nose-prints on the supple leather.

Olaf giggled as Eric's water-sphere burst, showering him with brine-kissed droplets that crystallized instantly into tiny pearls on his twig arms. "Do jellyfish like snowball fights?" he asked, already packing a fistful of courtyard snow. Eric's laughter echoed like tide pools—a sound Anna hadn't heard since Elsa's coronation. She pocketed a herring sandwich untouched, her gaze fixed on the frost-map's shimmering convergence point near Arendelle's eastern fjord.

After a long play with the Snow, Prince Eric decided to leave Arendelle. "It's time", Eric said softly, his gaze lingering on Mariano's boots—Kristoff's handiwork holding firm against land and sea. "The court won't govern itself, and my absence strains the coral knights." Olaf stopped mid-snowball throw, his twig arms drooping. "But you just got here! Who'll teach me jellyfish juggling?" Eric summoned a sphere of seawater that shimmered with bioluminescent plankton, letting it hover above Olaf's palm like a captured galaxy. "For practice," he murmured, before turning to Mariano. "The deep needs its prince. But my song remains yours."

Mariano nods, throat tight as Eric's tail shimmered into existence, scales catching the courtyard light. He pressed Oaken's melted insignia—salvaged from the harbor—into Eric's palm. "For your throne room," he whispered. "A reminder that anchors aren't chains." Eric's fingers closed over it, the metal warming instantly against his skin. Kristoff shifted beside Sven, clearing his throat. "The sled's ready whenever you need passage back," he offered gruffly. Anna hugged Eric fiercely, herring sandwich forgotten in her pocket as frost patterns on the cobblestones flared cobalt—Elsa's silent farewell.

Chapter Text

Mariano Guzman, Kristoff, Anna and Olaf managed to say goodbye to Prince Eric who came back to save Arendelle from trouble.

It was peaceful in Arendelle, but Kristoff felt a strange itch under his skin—like frost creeping over still water. He watched Anna laughing with Olaf near the docks, sunlight catching her hair like sparks, while Mariano inspected repaired barrels stacked along the pier. The kingdom had been saved. Again.

Everyone smiled too wide, voices pitched just a notch too high. Even Olaf’s jokes landed flat, his nose twitching as if he sensed the brittle silence beneath the laughter. Kristoff flexed his hands—calloused palms scraping against rough wool trousers—and tasted salt on the wind. Something was coming. Not soldiers or storms, but colder. Sharper.  

Mariano’s fish stall stood empty near the wharf, nets coiled like sleeping snakes. Kristoff remembered the old man’s boastful stories about storm seasons—how the fish vanished days before the sky darkened. That same hollow quiet clung to the harbor now. No gulls. No creaking hulls. Only Anna’s bright voice slicing through the stillness, sharp as broken glass. Olaf giggled as she spun him.

The following evening, castle servants draped garlands of mountain laurel across the banisters, their movements brisk yet joyless. Kristoff watched from the shadowed archway as Anna directed the placement of ice sculptures—swans with arched necks, frosted spirals catching torchlight. "A celebration," she’d declared, "for peace restored." But the feast tables groaned under untouched roasts, and the musicians’ lutes thrummed with a hollow, nervous rhythm. Mariano lingered near a platter of pickled herring, his usual booming laughter replaced by taut silence as he eyed the high windows, where twilight had deepened too quickly, too blue.

Mariano stumbled back, knocking over a flagon of spiced wine that bled crimson across the flagstones. There, by the tapestry depicting Queen Iduna’s coronation, stood two men. One wore a royal guard’s uniform, crisp and gold-buttoned—Eugene Fitzherbert, sharp-eyed and grinning crookedly. The other, Aspen Solomon, draped in scholar’s robes the color of midnight, scanned the room with detached calculation, ignoring the spilled wine pooling near his worn boots. 

Mariano hesitated to approach both Flynn and Aspen before they saw him.

He turned towards Anna and Kristoff who were busy with the celebration. He was worried about the sudden appearance of Flynn and Aspen.

The air crackled with unspoken tension as Flynn’s gaze swept the hall, lingering on the ice sculptures before locking onto Mariano. A slow, knowing smirk spread across his face—a thief recognizing another hunter in unfamiliar territory. Beside him, Aspen adjusted his spectacles, the lenses catching the torchlight like twin moons, his expression unreadable as he cataloged exits, servants, weapons hidden beneath festive decor.

Mariano’s pulse hammered against his ribs as he forced himself forward, the sticky sweetness of spilled wine clinging to his boots. He caught the sharp scent of parchment and dried ink clinging to Aspen, an unsettling contrast to Flynn’s leather-and-salt aura. Before he could speak, Flynn’s voice cut through the strained lute music, low and edged with amusement. "Well, well. The fishmonger prince. Heard you’ve been busy saving kingdoms. Left any damsels for the rest of us?"

Aspen’s gaze remained fixed on Anna, who had frozen mid-laugh near the ice swan, Olaf clutched to her side. The scholar’s fingers twitched, a subtle movement like counting beads on an invisible abacus. "The structural integrity of those sculptures is compromised," he murmured, more to himself than anyone present, his voice a dry rasp. "Significant thermal stress fractures near the base. A single misplaced breath…" He trailed off, adjusting his spectacles.

Kristoff stepped forward, placing himself between Aspen and Anna, his shoulders tight as glacier ice. Flynn’s grin widened, predatory and bright. "Relax, mountain man. We’re just here for the festivities. Though," his eyes flicked to Mariano, "I hear the *real* entertainment happens after the last torch dims." He winked, a gesture that felt like a blade sliding between ribs.

Mariano’s throat went dry. He remembered the flickering lamplight of a portside tavern years ago, Flynn’s laughter echoing as he spun tales of impossible heists, the heat of shared rum burning down his throat. Aspen had been there too, silent in the corner, mapping the room’s weaknesses on a scrap of vellum. That night had ended in tangled limbs and breathless promises never spoken of again. The memory hung thick now, a ghost in the torchlight.

Aspen finally shifted his gaze from the trembling ice swan to Mariano. His expression remained impassive, but his eyes—dark and depthless—held a flicker of something ancient and hungry. "The fracture pattern," he stated, his voice devoid of inflection, "resembles the stress lines observed in coastal ice shelves prior to catastrophic calving events. Predictable, yet… beautiful in its inevitability." He took a deliberate step closer, the scent of ink and ozone intensifying.

Kristoff moved instinctively, his hand finding Anna’s elbow. "We need air," he murmured, his voice tight. Olaf, nestled against Anna’s side, blinked at the spilled wine spreading like a dark stain across the stones. Without another word, Kristoff steered Anna firmly towards the arched doorway leading to the moonlit gardens, Olaf hopping anxiously beside them. Mariano stood rooted, feeling the sudden, chilling absence of his friends like a physical draft as Flynn chuckled low in his throat.

Minutes later, Mariano started speaking with Flynn and Aspen. The torchlight seemed to shrink around them, pooling shadows at their feet as Flynn leaned against a stone pillar, arms crossed. "Still peddling fish tales, Mari? Or do we call you 'Your Highness' now?"

"I guess I stopped hanging out in the sea" Mariano said, looking at Flynn. "But I still know a smuggler’s smile when I see one. What cargo are you running this time?" He kept his voice casual, but his knuckles whitened where he gripped his belt. Across the hall, the ice swan’s neck glittered, fractures webbing its base like lace.

Aspen didn’t glance at Flynn. Instead, he traced a finger along the cold stone pillar, his touch leaving no mark but seeming to siphon warmth from the air. "Cargo implies tangible value," he murmured. "We seek something... less corporeal. A resonance. A frequency." His spectacles flashed as he turned fully to Mariano. "Your recent... adventures have stirred echoes in places best left silent."

Mariano nodded before the three decided to go in a room to discuss. Aspen’s gaze lingered on the fractured ice swan as they retreated down a narrow servants’ passage, the scholar’s robes whispering against damp stone. Flynn’s grin faded the moment the banquet hall’s noise dissolved behind them, replaced by a coiled tension in his shoulders. The cramped storeroom smelled of dried herbs and lamp oil, barrels stacked like silent sentinels in the gloom.

Mariano noticed Aspen was quiet so he sat down next to him. "I’ve heard you liked to get pounded", he said to Aspen. "What?" Aspen said. "You know, like, get your butt pounded?" Mariano said. Aspen looked at him with a confused look. "I don't understand what you're saying", Aspen said. "You know, like, you like getting fucked in the ass?" Mariano said. "Oh, that," Aspen said. "Yeah, I do like that."

"what else do you like when you get pounded?", Mariano asked, his voice low in the storeroom's thick silence. Aspen adjusted his spectacles, the lenses catching a sliver of moonlight from a high, grimy window. "Precision," he replied, his tone clinical yet edged with something darker. "The exact angle of penetration. The measurable rhythm." Flynn snorted from the shadows, leaning against a barrel of salted cod. "Always with the calculations, Sol. Takes the fun out of it."

Mariano leaned closer, the scent of brine and old wood sharp in his nostrils. "And after? When it's done?" Aspen's fingers twitched against his robe, a ghost of movement like spiders testing silk. "The silence," he breathed. "The perfect, hollow quiet where equations resolve." Outside, a distant cheer from the banquet hall echoed, thin and false against the storeroom's stillness.

Mariano kept on talking as he was trying to make Aspen get hard. "So," he pressed, his breath fogging in the chill air, "that precision you crave—you ever let someone really *wreck* it?" He leaned in, close enough to see the dark dilation of Aspen's pupils behind the spectacles. Flynn shifted, his boots scraping grit on the stone floor, a low chuckle escaping him like steam from a valve. Aspen didn't flinch. Instead, he tilted his head, analytical, as if dissecting the question itself. "Destruction implies measurable force," he murmured, his gaze dropping pointedly to Mariano's belt. "Variables like girth, velocity, duration. Data points." His tongue flicked over dry lips. "Controlled wreckage... yields fascinating results."

Mariano smirked at the thought of seeing Aspen Solomon wrecked by both him and Flynn.

"Nice way of thinking from such a soul that loves to bottom", Mariano whispered in his ear.

Flynn pushed off the cod barrel, his silhouette sharpening in the gloom.

Flynn’s hand clamped onto Mariano’s shoulder, fingers digging deep. "Enough foreplay," he growled, breath hot against Mariano’s neck. "We didn’t sail through ghost tides for bedroom calculus." Aspen’s spectacles glinted as he unclasped his robe, revealing a lean frame tense with anticipation. "The variables align," he breathed, pressing Mariano back against stacked grain sacks. Flynn’s laugh was a dark promise as he unbuckled his belt. "Let’s see how precise you like it, Sol."

Aspen felt his bulge grow as soon as Flynn undressed. Mariano wasted no time, pushing Aspen face-first against the grain sacks with a muffled thud. Flynn’s belt buckle clattered to the stone floor as he spat into his palm, slicking himself before driving into Aspen without warning.

Mariano started playing with Aspen's chest while talking softly "You like what you see?"

"Y-yes", Aspen said before Flynn started to tease him by touching his own cock.

Mariano started kissing Aspen's neck softly while Flynn was stroking himself.

Mariano finally decided to undress, revealing his already hard cock from his underwear. Flynn watched with a predatory grin, stroking himself slowly as Mariano laid on the bed, prepared to get his dick sucked by Aspen. Aspen knelt between Mariano's legs, his spectacles fogging slightly as he leaned forward, tongue darting out to trace the swollen head with clinical precision. Flynn moved behind Aspen, his thick fingers spreading Aspen's cheeks wide, exposing the tight furl of muscle beneath. The scholar gasped sharply, his analytical focus shattering into ragged breaths as Flynn pressed a slick thumb against his entrance.

"Use your skills around us", Mariano moaned as Aspen kept on sucking his cock, his tongue swirling around the shaft. Flynn chuckled darkly, pressing his thick cockhead against Aspen's stretched entrance. Flynn started to slowly thrust inside Aspen's asshole.

Aspen gasped around Mariano's length, his spectacles slipping down his nose as Flynn's cock stretched him open inch by brutal inch. Flynn gripped Aspen's hips, fingers digging into pale flesh as he began thrusting in deep, measured strokes that punched choked whimpers from the scholar's throat. Mariano tangled his hands in Aspen's hair, forcing his mouth deeper onto his cock with a groan. "That's it—take every inch," Mariano growled, bucking his hips upward as Flynn snapped his own hips forward, driving Aspen onto both their lengths with relentless precision. The storeroom filled with the slick slap of skin, Flynn's ragged breathing, and Aspen's muffled cries vibrating around Mariano's cock.

Minutes later, they started to switch sides, this time Mariano took Aspen's hole while Flynn started pounding Aspen's throat. Flynn gripped the back of Aspen's head, forcing his mouth onto his cock with brutal efficiency while Mariano drove into Aspen from behind, each thrust slamming the scholar's face deeper onto Flynn's length. Aspen's body convulsed between them, gagging sounds muffled by flesh as tears streaked his flushed cheeks—a perfect, broken symmetry of violation. Flynn watched Mariano over Aspen's trembling back, their eyes locking in primal understanding as they synchronized their rhythm, turning Aspen into nothing but a gasping conduit of their shared hunger.

"get deeper", Aspen moaned, his voice muffled against Flynn's thrusting cock as Mariano slammed into him from behind, each impact driving the scholar's spectacles askew. Flynn tightened his grip on Aspen's hair, forcing his throat wider, his own groans sharpening as he felt teeth scrape his shaft—a fleeting pain that only spurred him deeper. Mariano’s hands dug bruises into Aspen’s hips, the rhythm brutal and unyielding, turning the storeroom air thick with sweat and the raw, animal scent of their collision.

Flynn kept looking at Mariano before shoving his dick inside Aspen's hole.

Flynn’s gaze locked onto Mariano’s—a feral, unspoken challenge—as he slammed his entire length into Aspen’s throat in one brutal motion. Aspen’s body arched violently, gagging reflex cut short as Flynn pinned him down, hips grinding against the scholar’s lips. Mariano responded with a snarl, driving deeper into Aspen’s ass, the tight heat clenching around him as Flynn’s thrusts forced Aspen’s body to convulse between them. The storeroom echoed with choked gasps and the wet, rhythmic slap of skin on skin, Aspen’s fingers scrabbling uselessly against Flynn’s thighs.

They kept pounding Aspen's hole, Flynn’s thrusts turning savage as he hammered into Aspen’s throat, the scholar’s choked gags vibrating around his cock while Mariano pistoned into his ass with bruising force. Aspen’s spectacles clattered to the stone floor, lenses cracking as his body jerked between them—a vessel overwhelmed by dual invasions, his whimpers dissolving into wet, ragged sobs. Flynn’s fingers twisted in Aspen’s hair, yanking his head back to expose the strained column of his throat, veins standing out like blue ink under parchment skin. "Take it," Flynn snarled, hips slamming forward, "every fucking inch."

Both cocks were ramming Aspen as they kept moving in and out. Flynn liked the feeling of his dick rubbing against Mariano's while pounding Aspen.

"I love how we're both pounding him but do you know what else is turning me on?", Flynn asked Mariano. "What?", Mariano asked. "The feeling of our dicks rubbing against each other inside him", Flynn said. "Yeah", Mariano said. "It's hot", Flynn said. "I know"

"Oh, I so want to fuck you", Flynn moaned as he kept pounding Aspen's hole.

"oh yeah? You wanna fuck me?", Mariano asked with a smirk. Flynn nodded vigorously, his thrusts stuttering as he imagined Mariano's thick cock stretching him instead of Aspen's wrecked hole. Aspen whimpered beneath them, his body trembling from the relentless pounding, sweat-slick skin catching the moonlight.

They kept pounding Aspen's hole until they sped up, ready to breed him. Flynn’s hips snapped forward with piston-like precision, his cockhead grinding against Mariano’s shaft deep inside Aspen’s stretched passage—a searing friction that drew ragged groans from both men.

They both moaned as they finally bred Aspen's hole, pumping intense amounts of cum caused Mariano's cock to pull itself out of Aspen's hole while still ejaculating. Flynn followed suit, pulling out and spraying thick ropes across Aspen's trembling back. The scholar collapsed forward onto the grain sacks, gasping for air, his body glistening with sweat and seed—a trembling canvas of their shared brutality.

Both Mariano and Flynn decided to kiss each other, letting Aspen suck their cocks nice and clean. Flynn’s mouth crashed against Mariano’s, tasting salt and desperation as Aspen crawled between them, his tongue lapping urgently at their softening lengths—cleaning Flynn’s sticky shaft with meticulous swipes before turning to Mariano’s, sucking him back to hardness with hollowed cheeks. Aspen’s spectacles lay forgotten on the floor, cracked lenses reflecting the moonlight as his throat worked, swallowing the last traces of their release. Flynn broke the kiss with a gasp, fingers tightening in Mariano’s hair.

"I thought of inviting Kristoff but I like our interaction so far", Mariano said, his voice rough as he pulled Flynn closer, their bodies slick with sweat and cooling seed. Aspen remained kneeling between them, his tongue tracing the sensitive vein along Mariano's shaft with methodical devotion, his cracked spectacles abandoned on the stone floor. Flynn's hand slid down Mariano's spine, fingers digging possessively into the muscle above his hip. "Kristoff's too busy guarding his princess," Flynn murmured against Mariano's lips, "but this?" He gestured at Aspen's bowed head, the scholar's mouth working diligently. "This is ours."

Mariano kept on kissing Flynn before laying on the bed, prepared to take Flynn's length inside his hole. "My ass is ready to get fucked", Mariano said. Flynn grinned, spitting into his palm before slicking his cock with rough strokes. Aspen watched silently from the floor, his fingers trailing through the puddles of cooling seed on the stones as Flynn positioned himself behind Mariano. The thief’s hands gripped Mariano’s hips, thumbs digging into the dimples above his ass as he pressed the thick head against Mariano’s entrance. Mariano braced himself against the grain sacks, muscles tensing as Flynn pushed in slowly—inch by relentless inch—until their hips met with a sharp slap of skin. Aspen’s breath hitched, his own arousal stirring again at the sight of Mariano’s back arching, the low groan ripped from his throat as Flynn began to move.

Flynn started pounding Mariano's hole slowly at first, then faster. "You like that?", Flynn asked. "Yeah", Mariano said. "Tell me how much you like it", Flynn said. "I love it", Mariano said. "Say it louder", Flynn said. "I love it!", Mariano screamed. Flynn kept pounding Mariano's hole, each thrust deeper and harder than the last. Aspen crawled closer, his hand wrapping around his own cock as he watched Flynn’s balls slap against Mariano’s stretched hole, the rhythmic *thud-thud-thud* echoing off the storeroom walls. Mariano’s knuckles whitened where he clawed at the grain sacks, his moans raw and unfiltered as Flynn bent over him, teeth scraping his shoulder blade. "That’s it—take it all," Flynn growled, driving home with brutal force.

"You liked feeling my cock around yours?", Mariano asked Flynn, his voice ragged as Flynn's thrusts slowed, both men slick with sweat. Flynn grinned, pressing deeper, grinding his hips against Mariano's ass. "Every damn inch," he breathed, fingers digging into Mariano's hips. Aspen watched, his own cock hard again, a thin trail of saliva still glistening on his chin as he crawled closer. His cracked spectacles lay forgotten nearby, moonlight catching the fractures like spiderwebs. "Observed resonance," Aspen murmured, his hand stroking himself slowly. "Frictional harmonics amplify when..." Flynn cut him off with a sharp snap of his hips, making Mariano gasp. "Less math, Sol. More watching."

"Wanna grab my cock and play with it?", Mariano asked Flynn, twisting his head back to catch Flynn's gaze. Flynn grinned, wrapping his slick fingers around Mariano's shaft as he continued thrusting—each forward motion squeezing Mariano's cock in his fist, each withdrawal leaving it throbbing and exposed. Aspen crawled forward, his tongue darting out to lap at the leaking head, his movements precise even now. Flynn groaned, his rhythm faltering as sensation overloaded him—the tight heat around his cock, Mariano's pulsing length in his hand, Aspen's wet mouth tracing patterns of devotion. "Fuck," Flynn gasped, hips stuttering. "Like that, Sol? Like tasting him while I wreck him?"

Mariano arched violently as Flynn’s grip tightened, his cock swelling in Flynn’s fist while Aspen’s tongue swirled around the tip. "Keep jerking me off and I'm gonna cum", Mariano moaned, his hips bucking against Flynn’s relentless thrusts. Aspen hummed against the slick head, the vibration drawing a ragged gasp from Mariano as Flynn snarled, "Then cum, damn it—show Sol how wrecked you are." Flynn’s fingers worked faster, twisting and squeezing in time with his own brutal pace.

Mariano felt his balls tighten, the pressure coiling low in his belly as Flynn’s cock hammered his prostate. "I'm gonna cum!", he shouted, his body tensing like a drawn bowstring. Flynn growled, "Do it," slamming home one final time as Mariano’s release hit—hot streaks painting the grain sacks beneath him, his cry echoing off the cold stone walls. Aspen lapped eagerly at the mess, his tongue catching every spurt while Flynn rode out Mariano’s convulsions, his own climax building.

"keep pounding me until you fill me up", Mariano moaned, looking at Flynn, "Your ass is yours to breed"

Flynn’s thrusts turned jagged, his rhythm fracturing as Mariano’s clenching heat milked him toward release. "Gonna flood you," Flynn snarled, hips pistoning erratically, his fingers digging bruises into Mariano’s waist as he buried himself to the hilt. A guttural groan tore from Flynn’s throat—raw and triumphant—as he emptied into Mariano’s depths, pulsing in thick, claiming spurts that left Mariano shuddering beneath him. Aspen watched, transfixed, his own neglected cock twitching against his thigh.

Flynn went to kiss Mariano's neck softly while Aspen started kissing Flynn's back. "You both did well," Flynn murmured against Mariano's damp skin, his breath hot where teeth had marked the flesh moments before. Aspen's lips traced Flynn's spine with methodical devotion, his cracked spectacles forgotten on the stone floor as moonlight caught the sweat-slicked planes of their bodies.

"Do you want me to fuck you now?", Mariano asked Flynn, his voice rough against Flynn's ear as Aspen's kisses trailed lower. Flynn shuddered, still buried deep inside Mariano, his spent cock twitching at the suggestion. "Not yet," he breathed, pulling out slowly, a slick trail connecting them. Aspen immediately took Flynn's place, his lean body pressing Mariano into the grain sacks, his cock already hard and seeking. Mariano gasped as Aspen entered him in one smooth thrust—no teasing, just possession—filling the raw, aching space Flynn had left behind.

Aspen moved with terrifying precision, each measured stroke hitting Mariano’s prostate dead-on, his hips pistoning in a rhythm that felt calculated to unravel. Flynn watched, his hand wrapping around his own half-hard length, thumb smearing the wetness leaking from the tip. "Look at him," Flynn growled, his eyes fixed on where Aspen and Mariano joined. "Like he’s solving an equation." Mariano’s moan fractured into a whine as Aspen’s teeth sank into his shoulder, the scholar’s breath hot and ragged against his skin.

Flynn’s fingers tangled in Aspen’s hair, wrenching his head back. "Harder," he commanded, his voice like gravel. Aspen obeyed instantly, slamming into Mariano with renewed force, the sound of flesh meeting flesh echoing off the barrels. Flynn spat into his palm and stroked himself faster, his gaze locked on the slick, stretched ring of muscle around Aspen’s cock. "Wanna see you break him," Flynn breathed, his own hips jerking forward involuntarily.

Mariano arched against the grain sacks, his vision blurring as Aspen’s relentless rhythm tore another ragged cry from his throat. The scholar’s spectacles lay shattered nearby, moonlight glinting off the fractured lenses like broken ice. Aspen’s fingers dug into Mariano’s hips, his thrusts losing their clinical precision—replaced by something feral, hungry. "Resonance achieved," Aspen gasped, his voice cracking as he buried himself deeper, grinding against Mariano’s prostate until stars burst behind his eyelids.

Flynn watched, stroking himself with rough, urgent tugs, his knuckles white. "That’s it—make him feel it," he growled, spitting into his palm again to slick his cock faster. Aspen’s hips stuttered, his breath coming in sharp, uneven bursts as he drove into Mariano with bruising force. The storeroom air thickened with the scent of sweat, sex, and spilled grain, each slap of skin echoing off the stone walls like a drumbeat.

Aspen kept pounding Mariano's hole, his movements becoming erratic, primal. "Close," he rasped, his voice stripped of its usual detachment. Mariano gasped, "Breed me—do it!" The command shattered Aspen’s control. With a choked cry, he slammed deep, pulsing inside Mariano in hot, claiming spurts that left them both trembling. Flynn groaned, his own release hitting him as he painted Aspen’s back with thick stripes of cum.

Aspen pulled out slowly, his spent cock glistening in the dim light as Flynn’s cum dripped down Mariano’s trembling thighs. The storeroom air hung thick with the musk of sex and spilled grain, broken only by their ragged breathing. Flynn traced a possessive finger along the bite mark on Mariano’s shoulder—a dark crescent already blooming against sweat-slicked skin. "Still tight as a smuggler’s knot," he murmured, his voice rough with satisfaction. Mariano shuddered, pushing himself up on unsteady elbows, his gaze drifting to Aspen’s cracked spectacles lying near a barrel. The scholar knelt motionless, head bowed, fingers still twitching as if calculating the viscosity of the fluids pooling beneath him.

Flynn felt like he needed Mariano's cock inside him. "Your turn," he growled, flipping onto his back and spreading his legs wide, the torchlight catching the sweat-slicked planes of his abdomen. "Show me how a prince breeds a thief." Mariano didn't hesitate, positioning himself between Flynn's thighs, his cock still glistening with Aspen's release. Aspen watched, silent and rapt, as Mariano thrust deep into Flynn with a groan that echoed off the cold stone walls. Flynn arched, his fingers digging into Mariano's shoulders, a raw, guttural sound tearing from his throat as he took every inch. "Harder—*own* it," Flynn demanded, his hips bucking upward to meet each punishing stroke.

Flynn felt the need to jerk off to the thrusts. He started stroking himself vigorously, his fist pumping in time with Mariano’s deep, rhythmic drives. Each thrust rocked Flynn’s body forward, his knuckles whitening around his cock as pre-cum slicked his strokes. "Fuck—yes—just like that," he gasped, arching his back off the cold stone floor, the slap of skin echoing like a drumbeat in the cramped storeroom. Aspen crawled closer, his cracked spectacles forgotten as he watched Flynn’s face contort with pleasure, the scholar’s own neglected erection twitching against his thigh.

As Mariano kept pounding, Flynn started jerking off faster while reminiscing about the time their cocks were rubbing against each other inside Aspen. He remembered the searing friction, the way Aspen had screamed—a sound Flynn now echoed as Mariano hammered his prostate relentlessly. "Feels like... inside him again," Flynn gasped, his fist a blur on his cock. "That tight, burning slide..." His hips bucked wildly, chasing the memory and the brutal present simultaneously. Aspen watched, transfixed, his own hand drifting to his bruised entrance as if reliving the violation.

Flynn felt his balls tighten, the pressure coiling like a sprung trap. "Gonna—" he choked out, eyes rolling back as Mariano’s thrusts turned jagged, brutal. Flynn’s release hit violently—thick ropes of cum arcing across his heaving chest, some splattering Aspen’s cheek as the scholar leaned in, tongue darting out to taste it.

Flynn decided to encourage Mariano into breeding him harder. "Fill me," he gasped, arching his back higher, his voice raw as Mariano’s thrusts hammered deeper into his core. "Claim it—*own* this thief!" Mariano’s rhythm faltered, his control shattering as Flynn’s words—and the slick, clenching heat around him—dragged him toward the edge. With a guttural roar, Mariano slammed home, burying himself to the hilt as his release surged, flooding Flynn’s depths in hot, pulsing waves that left them both shuddering. Flynn’s hand stilled on his own cock, cum dripping from his fingers as he rode the aftershocks, panting.

Aspen crawled forward, his cracked spectacles discarded like debris. He pressed his lips to Flynn’s sweat-slicked abdomen, lapping at the streaks of cum with methodical hunger before turning to Mariano’s softening cock, cleaning it with a tongue that moved like a precision instrument. Flynn watched through heavy-lidded eyes, his breath still ragged. "Always knew you had a mouth for more than equations, Sol," he murmured, tracing a lazy finger through the mess on his chest.

Mariano moved aside, letting Aspen take over Flynn’s ass as he brought his cock in front of Flynn’s gaze. "Suck," he ordered, his voice thick with exhaustion and dominance. Flynn obeyed instantly, taking Mariano deep into his throat with a practiced hunger, his tongue swirling around the sensitive head as Aspen’s thrusts rocked him forward. The scholar’s movements were slower now, almost reverent, each deep penetration drawing a muffled groan from Flynn around Mariano’s shaft. Mariano tangled his fingers in Flynn’s hair, guiding the rhythm while watching Aspen’s focused expression—the detached calculation replaced by a raw, consuming intensity.

Flynn’s eyes watered as Mariano pushed deeper, his throat convulsing around the thick length while Aspen’s cock stretched his ass with relentless precision. The air thickened with the sounds of wet sucking and skin slapping skin, punctuated by Flynn’s choked gasps whenever Mariano withdrew enough for him to breathe. Aspen’s hands gripped Flynn’s hips, fingers digging into bruises already blooming from earlier, his thrusts deliberate and deep—aimed not just at pleasure, but at claiming. Flynn shuddered, his own neglected cock dripping onto the stone floor as he surrendered to the dual violation.

"Say you love it," Mariano growled, tightening his grip in Flynn's hair as Aspen drove deeper, the scholar's cock pulsing hot and thick inside Flynn with every measured thrust. Flynn choked around Mariano's length, tears streaking his flushed cheeks, but managed a garbled, "*Fuck—love it—*" before Mariano shoved himself back down his throat. Aspen's breath hitched, his rhythm faltering for the first time—a stutter-step in his precision—as he watched Flynn swallow around Mariano. The storeroom walls seemed to pulse with their shared heat, the scent of salt and sex clinging like a second skin.

Flynn's body convulsed, torn between the suffocating fullness in his throat and the brutal stretch in his ass. Aspen's thrusts grew erratic, losing their scholarly calculation, replaced by raw, grinding snaps of his hips that punched ragged cries from Flynn's muffled throat.

"Say what you want", Mariano said after pulling out of Flynn's throat, leaving him gasping. Flynn's voice was shredded, raw. "Want you both—inside—*wrecked*," he panted, arching his back to take Aspen deeper. The scholar obeyed instantly, driving into Flynn with renewed force, each thrust a calculated assault on Flynn's prostate that drew sharp, broken cries. Mariano spat onto his palm, slicking his cock before pressing against Flynn's stretched entrance alongside Aspen—a brutal, shared invasion that made Flynn's vision whiten. The thief's body clamped down on both cocks, trembling violently as they carved him open inch by searing inch.

Flynn's knuckles scraped against the stone floor, blood mingling with spilled grain as Aspen and Mariano moved in tandem—a devastating rhythm that left no space for breath, only sensation. Mariano bit down on Flynn's shoulder, drawing blood as Aspen's fingers dug into Flynn's hips, anchoring him for their relentless advance. "Take it," Mariano growled against Flynn's skin, his thrusts deepening. Aspen's spectacles lay trampled nearby, lenses shattered like ice underfoot as he watched Flynn unravel—every gasp, every twitch a data point in his fevered calculus.

This time, Aspen sped up, insisting to make Mariano cum along with him. He leaned forward, his lips brushing Flynn's ear as he whispered, "Simultaneous release variables confirmed. Prepare for cascade." Flynn whimpered, trapped between their bodies, his own cock dripping untouched onto cold stone. Mariano groaned, feeling Aspen's thrusts sync perfectly with his own—a brutal, mathematical rhythm designed to shatter them both. The storeroom air crackled with tension as Flynn's choked gasps grew higher, tighter, his body clamping down like a vice around their invading cocks.

"after we both breed him, can you fuck me again?", Aspen asked Mariano, his voice stripped of detachment, raw with need. Flynn shuddered beneath them, impaled on both cocks, his breath hitching as Mariano’s thrusts ground deeper.

Flynn’s hips bucked involuntarily, his cock weeping untouched onto the stone. "Do it—fill him," he gasped, arching against the dual invasion. Mariano’s rhythm faltered, his control fraying as Aspen’s calculated pace synchronized perfectly with his own—a brutal, mathematical harmony designed to shatter them all.

Aspen’s breath hitched, a fractured gasp escaping his lips as he buried himself to the hilt, his release surging hot and thick inside Flynn. Mariano followed instantly, roaring as his own climax tore through him, flooding Flynn’s depths alongside Aspen’s claim. Flynn convulsed, his scream raw and wordless as the overwhelming fullness ripped his untouched orgasm from him—cum splattering the grain sacks beneath him in shuddering pulses.

The storeroom plunged into heavy silence, broken only by ragged breathing and the drip of fluids onto stone. Aspen withdrew slowly, his movements stiff, trembling as he surveyed the wreckage—Flynn limp and gasping, Mariano’s seed glistening where it leaked from Flynn’s stretched entrance. Without a word, Aspen turned to Mariano, his eyes dark and urgent. "Now," he demanded, voice stripped bare. "Fulfill your promise. Breed me again." He bent over a barrel, presenting himself—bruised, used, and utterly exposed.

Mariano spat on his palm before shoving his cock inside Aspen’s gaping hole without preamble. Aspen cried out—a sharp, shattered sound—as Mariano’s thrusts hammered into him, each stroke brutal and claiming. Flynn watched from the floor, his own body still trembling, fingers tracing the sticky mess on his abdomen as Mariano gripped Aspen’s hips hard enough to bruise. The scholar’s spectacles lay forgotten, his analytical composure obliterated by raw sensation, his moans echoing off the barrels like broken equations.

Aspen arched back, pressing himself deeper onto Mariano’s cock. "Harder—*unmake* me," he gasped, his voice fraying at the edges as Mariano’s rhythm turned savage. Flynn crawled closer, his tongue darting out to lick the sweat from Aspen’s spine while Mariano’s thrusts rocked the barrel beneath them. The storeroom filled with the wet slap of skin, Aspen’s choked pleas, and Flynn’s low growl of approval as he watched Mariano’s cock disappear again and again into Aspen’s ravaged body.

Flynn went to suck Aspen’s cock while Mariano kept pounding Aspen’s hole. Aspen’s body trembled violently between them—Flynn’s mouth swallowing him whole as Mariano hammered into his ass with bruising force. The scholar’s cries fragmented into choked gasps, his fingers scrabbling against the barrel’s rough wood grain. Flynn hollowed his cheeks, sucking hard as Aspen’s hips jerked forward, driving deeper down Mariano’s cock while Flynn milked him toward release.

Mariano felt Aspen’s muscles clench around him like a vice, the tight heat pulling him toward his own climax. "Gonna fill you," he growled, slamming home as Aspen’s cock pulsed hot and bitter down Flynn’s throat. Flynn swallowed greedily, his eyes locked on Mariano as Aspen shuddered through his orgasm, body going slack against the barrel. Mariano followed instantly, burying himself to the hilt as his release surged—hot and claiming—inside Aspen’s ravaged depths.

Flynn pulled back, wiping his mouth with the back of his hand, a smirk playing on his lips as he watched Mariano’s seed leak from Aspen’s trembling entrance. "Still got it," he rasped, tracing a possessive finger through the mess. Aspen gasped, his forehead pressed against the barrel’s rough wood, his spectacles lying shattered nearby. "The... degradation coefficient," he murmured weakly, "exceeded projected parameters." His voice trembled, stripped of calculation.

Mariano withdrew slowly, his breath ragged as he surveyed the wreckage—Flynn’s bruised hips, Aspen’s ravaged body glistening under torchlight, the stone floor slick with sweat and fluids. He flexed his hand, knuckles scraped raw from gripping Aspen’s hips. The scent of sex hung thick, mingling with dust and spilled grain. Outside, a distant cheer echoed from the banquet hall, a hollow reminder of the celebration they’d abandoned.

Flynn pushed himself up on trembling elbows, his gaze predatory as he watched Mariano’s softening cock twitch. "Still hungry, prince?" he rasped, dragging a fingertip through the cum pooling on Aspen’s lower back. Aspen shuddered at the touch, his spectacles crushed beneath Flynn’s boot. "Residual... neural excitation," he murmured weakly, his voice stripped bare. "Requires... equilibrium."

Mariano’s hand tangled in Flynn’s hair, yanking him backward. "Clean him," he ordered, shoving Flynn’s face toward Aspen’s leaking entrance. Flynn obeyed with a low growl, tongue lapping at the mess Mariano had left behind—a slow, deliberate violation that drew a fractured gasp from Aspen. The scholar’s fingers clawed at the barrel’s edge, knuckles white as Flynn’s tongue probed deeper, tasting salt and seed and ruin.

Flynn pulled back, lips glistening. "Still tight enough for round three?" he taunted, tracing Aspen’s trembling rim.

Aspen laid down, ready to suck both cocks simultaneously. He took Flynn deep into his throat first, swallowing around the thick shaft while his hand stroked Mariano's hardening length. Flynn groaned, thrusting shallowly as Aspen's tongue swirled along his veins. Mariano watched the scholar's cracked lips stretch around Flynn's girth before guiding his own cock into Aspen's mouth alongside it. The dual pressure made Aspen gag, tears welling as his jaw strained impossibly wide—a brutal stretch that tore a ragged moan from Flynn's throat. Saliva dripped down Aspen's chin, mixing with the salt and musk clinging to their skin.

"You want both of us to cum?", Flynn asked, his voice thick with strain as Aspen choked around their cocks. They both pulled out, stroking themselves hard and fast over Aspen's face—the scholar's tongue darting out to catch the salty beads dripping from their tips. Mariano groaned, his release hitting first in thick ropes across Aspen's parted lips and chin, followed instantly by Flynn's hot stripes painting the scholar's cheeks and chest. Aspen swallowed convulsively, licking Mariano's seed from his lips while Flynn's cum dripped into his collarbone hollows.

It was Mariano’s turn to get covered. He knelt, bracing his hands on the cold stone as Flynn and Aspen stood over him, their cocks slick and urgent. Flynn spat into his palm, stroking himself with rough, impatient tugs while Aspen’s fingers—still trembling from exertion—guided Mariano’s head toward his shaft. "Open," Aspen commanded, his voice stripped to a ragged whisper. Mariano obeyed, taking Aspen deep as Flynn’s release hit first—hot and thick across his back, painting stripes of white over old scars. Aspen followed, his hips jerking forward as he emptied himself down Mariano’s throat, the bitter-salt flood making Mariano gag and swallow convulsively.

Flynn was ready to get himself covered so he laid down, watching both guys jerk off above him. Aspen’s cum hit first—a hot stripe across Flynn’s throat—followed by Mariano’s thicker release splattering his chest and abdomen. Flynn laughed, low and rough, as he swiped a finger through the mess and sucked it clean. "Still taste like desperation," he taunted, eyes locked on Mariano.

"Round four?", Flynn asked, his voice thick with exhaustion but eyes gleaming as he watched Mariano’s seed drip down his own abdomen. Mariano suddenly thought of bringing another person into the fun. "I know someone who’d enjoy this mess," he murmured, a dangerous smile spreading across his face as he glanced toward the storeroom door. Aspen’s analytical gaze followed, already calculating the variables of a new participant—their shared sweat and spend cooling on Flynn’s skin like evidence.

Mariano went to look for a good looking guy inside then castle until his eyes captured the presence of Bill Andersen, a married father, at the corridor who was talking to the Duke of Weaselton. He approached Bill slowly, his steps deliberate on the flagstones, and asked silently "Does a father like you have to be this hot?". Bill's eyes widened slightly, his gaze flicking toward the storeroom's shadowed archway where Flynn leaned, naked and glistening with their shared release. The Duke sputtered indignantly about propriety, but Bill's knuckles whitened on his wine goblet, his throat working as he swallowed hard. "I—" he began, voice cracking, before Mariano's hand closed on his forearm, pulling him gently but inexorably toward the storeroom's musk-thick darkness.

As Bill entered, the first thing he saw was Flynn's curvy buttocks glistening with sweat in the torchlight, the muscular thief bent over a barrel with his legs spread wide. Aspen stood behind him, spectacles perched low on his nose as he methodically worked three fingers into Flynn's stretched entrance, twisting them with clinical precision. "The elasticity here is remarkable," Aspen murmured, his voice detached even as Flynn moaned into the wood grain. "Tissue memory suggests repeated trauma enhances capacity." Bill kept looking at what is happening before starting to feel his mouth getting dry and cheeks blush as Aspen kept messing with Flynn's hole.

Mariano closed the door, letting Bill watch the show peacefully. Flynn gasped as Aspen withdrew his fingers, replaced by the thick press of his cock breaching Flynn's entrance in one smooth thrust. Bill's breath hitched, his knuckles white where he gripped the doorframe, eyes fixed on the rhythmic clench of Flynn's muscles around Aspen's invading length. The scholar's movements were precise, almost surgical—each measured drive deeper pulling a ragged groan from Flynn that echoed off the barrels. "See something you like?" Mariano purred, stepping behind Bill, his hands settling on the married man's trembling hips. Bill didn't pull away, only swallowed hard as Aspen's pace quickened, the wet slap of skin filling the storeroom like a drumbeat.

Bill started to feel the member in his pants getting hard as he watched Aspen pound Flynn. As soon as Aspen kept pounding Flynn harder, Bill couldn't resist and started rubbing his own junk, making himself hard. He started to feel his cock getting harder as he kept watching the scene. "I need to get involved", Bill said to himself. He started to undress, revealing his hard cock. He approached Flynn and Aspen, his cock hard and ready. "Can I join?" he asked, his voice trembling with desire. Aspen didn't stop his thrusts, but glanced at Bill with detached interest. "The additional mass may disrupt the current friction coefficients," he stated clinically, even as Flynn moaned, "Fuck yes, get over here!"

Bill felt the need to take off his pants, staying only in underwear as he wished Flynn to suck his cock nicely. He moved closer, his cock brushing Flynn's lips as Aspen continued his relentless thrusts. Flynn opened his mouth without hesitation, taking Bill deep as Aspen's rhythm drove him forward, forcing Flynn to swallow around the thick intrusion. Bill groaned, his fingers tangling in Flynn's hair, holding him steady while Aspen's calculated pace created a brutal counterpoint—each thrust shoving Flynn's face harder onto Bill's shaft. "God, yes, your mouth reminds me of my wife's," Bill gasped, his hips jerking involuntarily as Flynn's tongue worked him with desperate skill.

"oh, baby. You’re so pretty", Bill moaned softly, close enough to a whisper that Flynn couldn't hear him over the wet sounds of his own mouth being used. He kept thrusting gently into Flynn's throat, his fingers tightening in the thief's hair as Aspen's relentless pace rocked Flynn's body forward with each deep stroke. Flynn gagged, tears streaking his cheeks, but Bill only groaned louder—lost in the tight heat, his wedding band glinting dully under the torchlight as he imagined his wife's name on his lips. Aspen watched Bill's face contort with pleasure, his own thrusts never faltering, a detached observer cataloging the married man's unraveling. "Subject exhibits accelerated respiratory distress concurrent with pelvic spasms," Aspen noted flatly, driving deeper just as Bill's hips stuttered, his release pulsing hot and bitter down Flynn's throat. Flynn swallowed convulsively, choking on the sudden flood as Aspen finally stilled, buried to the hilt.

Bill pulled out slowly, panting, his softening cock slick with saliva. Flynn gasped for air, coughing weakly as Aspen withdrew with clinical precision. Without a word, Bill turned toward Mariano, his eyes dark with hunger. "Your turn," he murmured, pushing Mariano against the cold stone wall. Bill dropped to his knees, taking Mariano's half-hard length into his mouth with desperate urgency—sucking, swirling his tongue around the head like a man starved. Mariano groaned, tangling his fingers in Bill's hair as the older man worked him back to full hardness, his mouth hot and insistent. Flynn watched from the floor, wiping his chin, a smirk playing on his swollen lips. "Always knew you had a taste for royalty," he rasped, but Bill ignored him, too focused on hollowing his cheeks around Mariano's thickening girth.

Mariano kept pounding Bill's throat as he stared at Flynn who had cum left on his lips. Bill gagged around Mariano's cock, tears streaking his flushed cheeks as Flynn crawled closer—still naked and glistening—to lick the spilled seed from Bill's trembling chin. The married man moaned around Mariano's shaft, his hips bucking helplessly against empty air while Flynn's tongue traced the sticky trails on his skin. Aspen watched from the shadows, adjusting his cracked spectacles, fingers already slicking his own hardening length as he murmured, "Deglutition reflex impaired by dual sensory overload. Fascinating."

"I love that daddy mouth", Mariano moaned, driving deeper into Bill's throat as Flynn lapped at the seed drying on the married man's jawline. Bill's eyes rolled back, muffled cries vibrating around Mariano's cock—a raw, desperate sound that echoed off the barrels. Flynn grinned up at Mariano, his tongue flicking against Bill's earlobe. "Bet his wife never makes him choke like this," he taunted, biting down hard enough to draw blood. Bill shuddered violently, his hands scrabbling at Mariano's thighs as if begging for more.

"does a daddy love to suck another man's cock?", Mariano asked after pulling out, waiting for Bill to respond. Bill gasped for air, spit-slick lips trembling as he whispered, "Only yours, Your Highness." Flynn laughed darkly, shoving Bill's face back onto Mariano's shaft. "Such loyalty," he mocked, pinching Bill's nipple hard. Aspen approached silently, pressing his cock against Bill's spit-smeared cheek. "Analyze the viscosity," he commanded, thrusting shallowly as Bill opened his mouth wider, taking both men deep—Mariano's thickness stretching his throat while Aspen's tip pressed against his palate. Bill gagged, eyes watering, but didn't pull away, his hands gripping their thighs like a drowning man.

Bill's sucking skills made Mariano thrust into his throat deeper. Flynn watched, mesmerized, as Bill's jaw strained impossibly wide—taking Mariano's thick length while Aspen's cock slid wetly along his cheek. Flynn's own neglected hardness throbbed in the cool air. "Share," he demanded hoarsely, shoving Bill's head sideways to expose Mariano's glistening shaft. Flynn pressed his mouth beside Bill's, their lips brushing as they both sucked greedily at Mariano's cock—tongues tangling, teeth scraping in a desperate, sloppy duel for every inch. Mariano groaned, fingers tightening in their hair as he fucked into the wet heat of their combined mouths.

"You love acting like two women around a cock?", Mariano asked as Bill and Flynn were playing with his dick. Flynn pulled back, lips slick and swollen. "Better than any tavern wench," he rasped, before diving back down alongside Bill—their tongues clashing wetly as they worked Mariano’s shaft in tandem. Bill moaned around the flesh in his mouth, his wedding band digging into Mariano’s thigh as he sucked harder, lost in the shameful thrill. Aspen watched from behind, fingers tracing the stretched rim of Flynn’s entrance before pressing two digits deep inside, making Flynn jerk and gasp against Mariano’s skin. "Increased salivary production correlates with degraded inhibitions," Aspen noted coolly, twisting his fingers.

Bill started to suck Mariano's cock, letting Flynn play with Mariano's balls.

Mariano groaned, arching into Bill’s mouth as Flynn’s calloused fingers rolled his sac with rough expertise—pinching just hard enough to make sparks dance behind his eyelids. Bill’s tongue swirled around the head, worshipful and deep, while Flynn’s thumb pressed insistently against the sensitive spot beneath. Aspen watched, spectacles fogged, his own hand stroking slowly as he murmured, "Observe the vasocongestive response—remarkably sustained despite refractory variables." Flynn laughed darkly, biting the inside of Mariano’s thigh. "He’s just greedy," he taunted, making Bill moan around the shaft he refused to relinquish.

Aspen had an idea in his mind and decided to pound Mariano's ass while Mariano got his cock and balls used by both Flynn and Bill. Aspen spat into his palm, slicking his cock with crude efficiency before pressing against Mariano’s entrance. Mariano gasped around Bill’s relentless sucking, Flynn’s fingers still working his balls as Aspen breached him in one brutal thrust. The scholar’s rhythm was merciless—deep, measured pistons that drove Mariano forward into Bill’s throat with each snap of his hips. Bill gagged, spit dripping down Mariano’s shaft, but held firm, hollowing his cheeks while Flynn laughed and twisted Mariano’s sac hard. "Tighten up, princeling," Flynn growled, biting Mariano’s hipbone. "Sol’s got you singing like a wharfside slut."

"Keep going", Mariano moaned as he felt Aspen’s cock inside his hole. Bill’s mouth worked frantically, swallowing Mariano’s length to the base with wet, sloppy sounds while Flynn’s fingers dug into Mariano’s balls—rolling, squeezing, pinching the tender flesh until Mariano’s thighs trembled. Aspen’s thrusts grew jagged, losing their clinical precision as he gripped Mariano’s hips hard enough to bruise, his spectacles askew, breath coming in sharp, uncalculated gasps against Mariano’s sweat-slicked back. "Insufficient lubrication," Aspen rasped, the friction burning raw, but he didn’t stop, driving deeper with each punishing stroke as Bill choked around Mariano’s cock.

Flynn later stopped playing with Mariano's balls and went to sit, waiting for Aspen to stop pounding Mariano's hole. Bill kept sucking Mariano's cock with desperate hunger, his wedding band glinting against Mariano's thigh as he hollowed his cheeks—each wet slurp echoing in the storeroom's thick air. Aspen's thrusts grew frantic, abandoning precision for raw friction, his spectacles slipping down his nose as he buried himself to the hilt with a guttural groan. Mariano arched violently, crying out as release tore through him—hot pulses flooding Bill's throat while Aspen's hips stuttered, spilling deep inside him. Bill swallowed convulsively, tears streaming down his flushed cheeks as he milked every last drop.

Aspen withdrew with a slick pop, his seed dripping down Mariano's trembling thighs. Flynn watched from his perch on a flour sack, idly stroking himself. "Looks like the scholar finally lost his equations," he drawled, nodding at Aspen's heaving chest and glazed eyes. Bill stayed on his knees, panting, lips swollen and glistening—a dazed hunger still burning in his gaze as he licked residual spend from Mariano's softening shaft. The married man's fingers trembled where they gripped Mariano's hip, as if afraid to let go.

"You still want my body over you?", Mariano asked Bill, his voice rough as he watched the married man's trembling fingers trace the sticky mess cooling on his thigh. Bill nodded frantically, his gaze fixed on Mariano's softening cock. "Please," he whispered, raw-throated. Flynn chuckled from the shadows, pushing off the flour sack. "Pathetic," he sneered, but Bill ignored him, crawling forward until his lips brushed Mariano's hipbone—a worshipper at an altar. Aspen adjusted his cracked spectacles, observing Bill’s trembling with detached fascination. "Post-coital subservience patterns emerging," he murmured, wiping seed from his own thigh with a scholar's precision.

"Do you want me to make you beg?", Mariano asked Bill, his voice low and dangerous as he tangled his fingers in the married man's graying hair. Bill whimpered, pressing his cheek against Mariano's sticky thigh—a silent plea written in the tremor of his shoulders.

Flynn strode forward, grabbing Bill's jaw with bruising force. "Answer him," he hissed, forcing Bill's gaze upward. Bill's eyes were glazed, lips parted as he whispered, "Yes... please, make me beg." Aspen observed from the shadows, fingers sketching invisible equations in the air. "Degradation threshold exceeded," he noted clinically. "Verbal supplication follows predictable neural pathways."

"You don't need to force him", Mariano said before going to Bill "worship my cock"

Bill obeyed instantly, pressing his face into Mariano's groin—tongue lapping at the softening flesh with desperate reverence, sucking gently as if coaxing life back into it. Flynn watched with narrowed eyes, his own cock hardening again at the display of submission. Aspen adjusted his spectacles, observing how Bill's wedding band scraped against Mariano's thigh with each fervent bob of his head. "Oral fixation correlates directly with marital dissatisfaction," Aspen murmured, stepping closer to trace the curve of Bill's spine with a chilled fingertip. "Fascinating degradation of social conditioning."

"You wanna coat my cock with your spit as if you want this in your ass?", Mariano asked Bill, his voice rough and commanding. Bill nodded frantically, his tongue swirling around Mariano's shaft—sloppy, wet strokes that left trails of saliva glistening in the torchlight. Flynn watched with a dark smirk, gripping Bill's hair to guide the rhythm as Aspen's analytical gaze tracked every droplet. "Subject demonstrates accelerated salivary production under duress," Aspen noted, his fingers tightening on Bill's shoulder. "Optimal lubrication achieved."

"I think I need your cock inside me", Bill moaned after pulling out, looking at Mariano with desperate eyes. Flynn shoved Bill onto his hands and knees, the married man's back arching instinctively as he presented himself—a trembling invitation. Mariano spat into his palm, slicking his half-hard length while Aspen observed, spectacles fogged, murmuring calculations about "elasticity thresholds." Flynn gripped Bill's hips, fingers digging into soft flesh. "Beg louder," he commanded, slapping Bill's ass hard enough to leave a red print. Bill choked out a sob, "Please, Your Highness—fuck me raw!" Mariano lined up, thrusting deep in one brutal stroke as Bill screamed, his wedding ring scraping stone. Flynn laughed, watching Bill's face contort—a mix of agony and ecstasy—while Aspen leaned close, fascinated by the rhythmic clench of muscle around Mariano's cock.

"You wanna pound me afterwards?", Mariano asks Bill, his voice thick with exertion as he drives deeper. Bill nods frantically, his face pressed against the cold stone floor, drool pooling beneath his slack mouth. "Y-yes—anything!" he chokes out, fingers scrabbling for purchase as Mariano’s thrusts grow savage. Flynn watches, grinning, as he strokes himself lazily—a dark amusement in his eyes at the married man’s unraveling. Aspen adjusts his spectacles, murmuring, "Reciprocal penetration requests indicate advanced psychological surrender."

"Talk dirty, please", Bill pleads as he starts to stroke himself while Mariano pounded him.

"You like when my cock hits the spot?", Mariano asked Bill, his voice rough as he drove deep. Bill whimpered, "God, yes—fuck me like the dirty whore I am!" Flynn laughed darkly, gripping Bill's hair to yank his head back. "Louder," Flynn demanded, slapping Bill's ass hard. Bill's voice cracked, "Ruin me—make me feel your cock tearing me open!" Aspen watched, fascinated, murmuring, "Vocal degradation patterns accelerating—remarkable coherence loss."

"Say you need your ass pounded", Mariano moaned, pistoning harder as Bill's hole clenched around him. "I need it—need your cock wrecking me!" Bill sobbed, his own hand a blur on his shaft. Flynn leaned close, breath hot on Bill's ear. "Tell him you're nothing but a filthy hole for royalty." Bill's voice shattered, "I'm just—just your slutty hole, Your Highness!" Aspen's fingers dug into Bill's shoulder, spectacles gleaming. "Verbal self-objectification complete," he rasped. "Proceed to climax."

"please make me cum.." Bill pleads, his voice ragged as Mariano's thrusts grew brutal—each snap of hips driving Bill's face harder against the stone floor.

"I'll make sure to fuck the cum out of you. Wanna feel my dick pump cum inside?", Mariano asked Bill, his voice thick with exertion as he slammed deep. Bill choked out a desperate "Yes—fill me!" Flynn watched with dark amusement, gripping Bill's hair tighter as Mariano's rhythm became punishing—each thrust jolting Bill's body forward, his neglected cock weeping against cold stone. Aspen traced the sweat-slick line of Bill's spine with a detached finger, murmuring, "Ejaculatory inevitability confirmed. Proximity to climax: ninety-seven percent."

"I'm gonna cum", Mariano moaned before giving Bill last pounds. Bill screamed, his body locking tight as Mariano emptied deep inside him—hot pulses that had Bill shuddering violently, his own neglected cock spurting weakly onto the stones beneath him. Flynn watched, grinning savagely, as Bill collapsed forward, gasping and twitching with aftershocks while Mariano withdrew, seed dripping from the married man's ruined hole. Aspen knelt beside Bill's trembling form, fingers probing the stretched rim with clinical interest. "Ejaculate viscosity suggests high sperm concentration," he murmured, wiping a sample onto his spectacles for closer inspection. "Fascinating."

Mariano went to kiss Bill softly "You did great".

Flynn grabbed Bill's chin, forcing his mouth open. "Clean him," he ordered, shoving Bill's face towards Mariano's softening cock still glistening with spit and spend. Bill obeyed without hesitation, tongue lapping hungrily at the sticky mess—a whimper escaping his throat as he swallowed traces of himself mixed with Mariano's release. Aspen observed, spectacles smudged, his own fingers tracing the wet path Bill's tongue left behind. "Oral cleansing rituals post-coitus indicate profound psychological ownership transfer," he murmured, voice thick with fascination.

Bill kept sucking Mariano's cock, still wishing for the other two to arrive. Flynn watched with a predatory grin, fingers tightening in Bill's hair to guide his rhythm. "Still thirsty, cuck?" he taunted, making Bill moan around the shaft. Aspen adjusted his cracked spectacles, observing the married man's trembling lips. "Degradation-induced dopamine spikes are visibly sustained," he murmured, tracing Bill's jawline with a chilled fingertip. "Continue stimulation."

Flynn and Aspen brought their hard cocks in front of Bill's face, the thick shafts brushing his cheeks as Mariano guided Bill's mouth back onto his own softening length. Bill whimpered, eyes fluttering shut as he sucked Mariano with desperate reverence, saliva dripping down his chin while Flynn's tip pressed against his lips. "Open wider, whore," Flynn growled, shoving his cock past Bill's teeth alongside Mariano's—filling his mouth until Bill gagged, tears streaming as he struggled to accommodate both. Aspen watched, spectacles fogged, his own cock twitching as he murmured, "Oral capacity exceeded. Significant esophageal distress observed."

The three noticed Bill jerking off as he kept sucking Mariano's cock. Flynn chuckled darkly, gripping Bill's hair tighter. "Look at him—can't even wait his turn." Aspen observed Bill's frantic hand movements with detached fascination. "Self-stimulation during multi-partner oral servitude suggests severe dopamine dependency," he murmured, adjusting his spectacles. Bill moaned around the cocks filling his mouth, his wedding ring scraping stone as he worked himself faster—precum slicking his fingers.

They started sharing Bill's mouth—Flynn thrusting deep alongside Mariano's shaft, the married man's throat bulging obscenely with each synchronized push. Bill's eyes rolled back, muffled gagging sounds escaping around the thick cocks as his own hand became a blur on his neglected length. Aspen watched, fascinated, murmuring, "Simultaneous pharyngeal penetration induces involuntary tear duct activation. Fascinating." Flynn laughed, grinding harder against Bill's teeth. "Swallow it all, cuck. Every drop." Bill convulsed, choking as ropes of his own release splattered across the stones beneath his knees—a shuddering mess of spit, tears, and spend.

Flynn withdrew first, slapping his slick cock against Bill's flushed cheek. "Clean me," he ordered. Bill obeyed, tongue lapping frantically at Flynn's shaft while Mariano watched with a possessive grin. Aspen stepped closer, his own erection pressing against Bill's trembling shoulder. "Observe the submissive's lingual dexterity," he instructed Mariano clinically, though his breath hitched as Bill's desperate mouth moved to Flynn's balls. "Efficient cleansing protocols initiated despite cognitive overload."

Mariano kept watching how Bill was sucking Flynn's balls and started stroking himself again. Flynn groaned, tilting his hips forward to shove his heavy sac deeper into Bill's sloppy mouth—the married man gagging but sucking harder, spit dripping down Flynn's thighs. Aspen's spectacles fogged completely as he murmured, "Testicular stimulation triggers paradoxical swallowing reflexes," his own fingers tightening on Bill's shoulder. Flynn laughed, rough and breathless. "That's it—earn your keep, cuck."

Flynn pulled Bill's head away by the hair, leaving him panting and dazed on the stone floor. "My turn," Aspen stated coldly, pushing Bill onto his back and spreading his trembling legs wide. Bill whimpered, "Please—be gentle?" Aspen ignored him, spitting onto his fingers before plunging them into Bill's stretched, leaking hole—probing deep as Bill cried out. "Gentleness is statistically irrelevant to pleasure thresholds," Aspen muttered, scissoring his fingers brutally while Flynn watched, stroking Mariano's cock with a possessive grip.

"oh you like stroking me?", Mariano asked Flynn, his voice thick as Flynn's calloused hand worked his hardening length. Flynn grinned, thumb smearing precum over the head. "Just keeping it ready for round two." Below them, Bill gasped as Aspen withdrew slick fingers and lined up his narrow cock, thrusting deep in one smooth motion—no warmth, only clinical efficiency. Bill arched off the stones, a choked cry escaping him as Aspen began a precise, piston-like rhythm, spectacles gleaming in the torchlight. "Anal penetration depth optimal," Aspen murmured, ignoring Bill's whimpers. "Proceed with secondary stimulation."

Mariano groaned, hips bucking into Flynn's grip. "Make him suck me while you fuck him," he ordered, nodding toward Bill. Flynn chuckled darkly, yanking Bill's head up by the hair. "Open wide, cuck." Bill obeyed, tongue darting out just as Aspen's thrusts jarred him forward—Mariano's cockhead bumping against his teeth. Flynn tightened his grip, forcing Bill's mouth onto Mariano's shaft while Aspen maintained his relentless pace, each deep drive muffling Bill's gagged moans. Spit and tears slicked Bill's chin as he struggled to breathe, Aspen's detached voice cutting through the haze: "Concurrent oral-rectal stimulation induces measurable hypoxia. Fascinating."

Flynn watched Bill's throat bulge obscenely with each of Mariano's shallow thrusts. "Take it deeper," he commanded, shoving Bill's head down until Mariano's cock hit the back of his throat. Bill convulsed, eyes streaming, as Aspen's rhythm grew punishing—his narrow hips slapping against Bill's bruised flesh. "Subject's anal sphincter exhibits remarkable elasticity under duress," Aspen noted breathlessly, spectacles slipping down his nose. Mariano threw his head back, fingers twisting in Bill's hair. "Swallow me, whore." Bill choked, throat fluttering around the thick intrusion as Aspen's thrusts turned jagged, losing their clinical precision.

Flynn decided to go pound Bill along with Aspen. He spat onto his palm, slicking his thick cock before pressing against Bill's stretched entrance alongside Aspen's narrow length. Bill screamed—a raw, tearing sound—as Flynn forced himself in beside the scholar, the brutal stretch making Bill's hole spasm wildly around both invading shafts. Aspen's detached composure shattered into ragged gasps, his spectacles askew as he clutched Bill's hips. "Dual penetration exceeds previous elasticity projections—" he managed before Flynn's thrust cut him off, their cocks grinding together inside Bill's trembling body.

Mariano pulled his dick out of Bill's mouth, spreading his spit around before letting Bill suck his balls. Bill starts to suck Mariano’s balls as Flynn and Aspen continue to pound Bill’s asshole. Flynn’s thrusts grew savage, each deep drive forcing Bill’s face harder against Mariano’s groin—muffled gagging sounds mixing with the wet slap of skin. Aspen’s spectacles fogged completely, his clinical rhythm fracturing into desperate grunts as Flynn’s thicker cock rubbed against his own inside Bill’s straining hole. "Friction coefficient unsustainable," Aspen gasped, fingers digging into Bill’s hips.

"You want this in your mouth again?", Mariano asked Bill softly, pulling his balls away to reveal his flushed, leaking cockhead. Bill nodded frantically, tongue darting out—a silent plea—just as Flynn slammed deep, forcing Bill's body forward to engulf Mariano's length in one slick slide. Aspen gasped, his own thrusts faltering as Flynn's cock ground against his inside Bill's heat, the scholar's detached murmur dissolving into a choked groan. "Simultaneous oral-anal stimulation—" he managed before Bill's throat convulsed around Mariano, muffled cries vibrating against the shaft.

"suck it nicely", Mariano moaned, guiding Bill's head deeper onto his cock with each thrust Flynn delivered from behind—the married man's throat stretching obscenely around the thick shaft, spit slicking his chin. Flynn laughed, a harsh sound echoing off the stone walls, as he and Aspen pistoned in brutal unison inside Bill's asshole, their cocks grinding together with every deep drive. Bill's eyes rolled back, muffled screams vibrating against Mariano's groin as his body convulsed between them—a trembling vessel overwhelmed by sensation. Aspen's spectacles hung crookedly, his clinical detachment shattered into ragged breaths; he clutched Bill's hips like anchors, murmuring, "Sphincter dilation exceeds... sustainable parameters..." before Flynn's next thrust stole his words.

"You wanna make these two cocks cum?", Mariano asks after pulling his cock out of Bill's mouth, waiting for a response. Bill nodded frantically, tongue darting out—a desperate plea—as Flynn and Aspen continued their brutal pace inside him. Flynn chuckled darkly, his thrusts turning jagged. "Then beg for it, cuck." Bill's voice cracked, muffled against Mariano's thigh: "Please—fill my ass!"

Mariano shoved his cock back in Bill's mouth as Bill kept getting pounded by Flynn and Aspen. Bill kept on multi-tasking. Sucking off Mariano's cock, letting his ass make the cocks of Aspen and Flynn rub each other. Flynn groaned, his thrusts turning erratic as Aspen's narrow shaft slid against his own inside Bill's heat—the friction pulling ragged curses from Flynn's lips. Bill gagged around Mariano's length, tears and spit soaking his chin while his stretched hole clenched rhythmically around the dual invasion. Aspen's detached murmur cracked into a gasp: "Internal pressure thresholds exceeded—imminent—"

Aspen and Flynn kept pounding until they started moaning, prepared to ejaculate inside Bill's hole. Flynn's thrusts became frantic, his cock grinding deep against Aspen's inside Bill's stretched passage—a brutal friction that tore ragged groans from both men. Bill choked around Mariano's shaft, his throat fluttering wildly as Flynn roared, "Take it, cuck!" Hot pulses flooded Bill's core, Flynn's release mixing with Aspen's thinner streams in thick, shuddering waves that had Bill convulsing against Mariano's groin.

Bill lays down, ready for Mariano to cum over his face. Flynn watched, his spent cock still slick against his thigh, as Mariano gripped Bill's hair, angling the married man's tear-streaked face upward. "Open wide," Mariano ordered, his voice rough—and Bill obeyed instantly, tongue outstretched like a supplicant awaiting sacrament. Mariano's release hit in thick, hot ropes: first stripe painting Bill's forehead, the next splattering across his parted lips, the final pulse filling his mouth as Bill swallowed convulsively, eyes squeezed shut. Flynn laughed, low and satisfied, while Aspen adjusted his cracked spectacles, murmuring, "Facial deposition patterns indicate deliberate territorial marking. Primitive, yet effective."

Bill wiped Mariano's cum from his eyes with a trembling hand, smearing it across his cheek like war paint. Flynn stepped closer, his boot nudging Bill's thigh. "Clean your mess, cuck," he commanded, pointing to the stone floor where mingled spend gleamed under torchlight. Bill crawled forward without hesitation, his tongue rasping against cold stone as he lapped at the puddled seed—a desperate, slurping rhythm that echoed in the cramped storeroom. Aspen observed, his own breath still unsteady. "Post-coital degradation rituals reinforce neural pathways associated with ownership," he noted, though his fingers lingered on his own softening cock.

"Shall we continue?", Aspen asked Flynn, his spectacles reflecting Bill's spent form on the stones. Flynn grinned, wiping his slick cock across Bill's trembling shoulder. "Why stop? The night's young." Mariano watched, his own arousal stirring again as Bill whimpered, still lapping at the floor—a broken rhythm punctuated by choked swallows. Aspen's fingers traced the curve of Flynn's jaw, clinical yet hungry. "Your turn," he murmured, pushing Flynn against the grain sacks. "Let me demonstrate optimal prostate stimulation angles." Flynn's laugh caught in his throat as Aspen knelt, spectacles fogging with anticipation.

Flynn laid down ready to get pounded by Aspen. Aspen spat onto his fingers, tracing the tight furl of Flynn's entrance with clinical precision before pressing in deep—his spectacles fogging as Flynn arched off the grain sacks with a choked gasp.

Bill and Mariano had the time for themselves. Flynn groaned, fingers clawing at the rough burlap as Aspen's slender fingers worked him open with ruthless efficiency—scissoring, probing, mapping every sensitive ridge inside him. "Fascinating resistance gradient," Aspen murmured, his breath hot against Flynn's inner thigh as he withdrew slick digits and replaced them with the blunt pressure of his cockhead. Flynn braced, jaw clenched, but nothing prepared him for the brutal sheathe—Aspen driving home in one fluid, clinical thrust that punched the air from Flynn's lungs. "Penetration depth optimal," Aspen noted, spectacles gleaming as he began a piston-like rhythm, each measured stroke grinding against Flynn's prostate with terrifying accuracy. Flynn's curses dissolved into ragged gasps, his knuckles white where they gripped the grain sacks.

Mariano went next to Bill and asked him "You want me to take you?", his voice rough as he gripped Bill's hair, forcing the married man's gaze upward. Bill nodded frantically, his lips still sticky with Mariano's earlier release. "Please—use me," he rasped as Mariano laid, prepared for Bill to ride him. Bill straddled Mariano's hips, sinking down slowly onto his thick cock with a shuddering gasp—his stretched hole still slick with Flynn and Aspen's spend. Above them, Flynn's ragged moans filled the storeroom as Aspen's relentless thrusts pinned him against the grain sacks, each clinical drive wringing sharp cries from the smuggler's throat.

Bill started riding Mariano's cock, his hips rolling in a desperate, grinding rhythm—each downward thrust wringing a choked gasp from his throat as Mariano's thickness stretched him wide. Above them, Flynn's cries sharpened to near-sobs, his body pinned beneath Aspen's clinical precision; the scholar's spectacles fogged with exertion as he drove into Flynn's prostate with piston-like accuracy, murmuring, "Vocalization peaks correlate directly with anterior glandular stimulation."

Mariano gripped Bill's hips, guiding him harder onto his shaft—the wet slap of skin echoing Flynn's ragged gasps. Bill's eyes rolled back, his movements turning jerky and uncontrolled as Mariano's cock hit deep, his own neglected erection bouncing against his stomach. Aspen's rhythm fractured suddenly, his detached composure shattering into a guttural groan as he slammed flush against Flynn, burying himself to the hilt. Flynn arched violently, a raw scream tearing from his lips as Aspen's release pulsed inside him.

Bill started to stroke himself while riding Mariano's cock, his movements jerky and desperate. "Harder," he gasped, his neglected erection bobbing against his stomach as Mariano thrust upward, filling him completely. Above them, Flynn's body trembled violently beneath Aspen's final, grinding thrusts—the scholar's release pulsing deep inside him as Flynn's scream dissolved into broken whimpers against the grain sacks.

Mariano adjusted his legs, ready to pound Bill's hole. Flynn groaned, still pinned beneath Aspen's spent weight, his hole slick and twitching from the scholar's release. Mariano gripped Bill's hips tighter, flipping him onto his stomach with a muffled thud against the cold stone. Bill gasped, arching instinctively as Mariano's thick cockhead pressed against his abused entrance—still stretched wide from Flynn and Aspen's earlier invasion. "Hold still," Mariano growled, spitting onto his palm before slicking himself and driving in deep, one brutal thrust that punched a ragged cry from Bill's throat. Above them, Aspen watched with detached fascination, spectacles smudged, as Flynn shuddered beneath him.

Bill clawed at the stones, his body convulsing with each of Mariano's savage thrusts—a relentless rhythm that ground his prostate raw. "Deeper!" Bill choked out, his voice shredded as Mariano obliged, hips slamming forward until their bodies met with a wet slap.

Aspen withdrew from Flynn with clinical detachment, adjusting his cracked spectacles as he observed Bill's trembling form. "Subject exhibits paradoxical arousal concurrent with anal trauma," he murmured, wiping Flynn's release from his robes. Flynn groaned, rolling onto his side, his spent cock twitching against his thigh.

Bill clawed at the stones beneath him, his body convulsing with each of Mariano's savage thrusts—a relentless rhythm that ground his prostate raw. "Deeper!" Bill choked out, his voice shredded as Mariano obliged, hips slamming forward until their bodies met with a wet slap. Flynn watched through half-lidded eyes, his fingers drifting to his own slicked entrance.

"just keep talking while I fuck that daddy ass of yours", Mariano moaned, his thrusts turning jagged and deep—each drive punching choked gasps from Bill’s throat as he struggled to form words. "Y-yes—harder—ruin me!" Bill rasped, his fingers scrambling against cold stone. Aspen adjusted his spectacles, observing Bill’s trembling body with detached curiosity. "Vocalization patterns suggest masochistic reinforcement of pleasure-pain pathways," he noted, while Flynn’s hand drifted to his own bruised hole, fingers probing the stretched rim with a low groan.

Flynn’s cock stirred against his thigh as he watched Mariano’s hips piston into Bill—the wet slap of flesh echoing like a drumbeat in the cramped storeroom. Bill’s cries dissolved into wordless sobs, his body shuddering with each brutal thrust that drove him face-first into the stone floor. Aspen knelt beside them, spectacles smudged, his fingers tracing the air above Bill’s trembling spine as if charting seismic tremors. "Note the involuntary pelvic tilt," he murmured, "amplifying prostate contact by approximately seventeen degrees."

Mariano pulled out, ready to pound Bill's hole in Missionary position. Bill whimpered as Mariano flipped him onto his back, legs hooked over broad shoulders—exposing his stretched, glistening entrance. Mariano drove in with a single brutal thrust that arched Bill’s spine off the stones, a raw scream tearing from his throat. Flynn watched, transfixed, his own fingers working his sore hole as Aspen murmured, "Observe the reflexive tear production—correlates with sphincter trauma yet heightens orgasmic response."

Bill started stroking himself as he got pounded, his cock slick with pre-cum and trembling against his stomach. "Fuck—yes—breed me!" he gasped, his hips bucking wildly to meet Mariano's thrusts. Flynn's fingers dug deeper into his own hole, mimicking the brutal rhythm as Aspen observed Bill's trembling thighs—the way they clenched with each deep penetration. "Muscular spasms indicate imminent systemic overload," Aspen noted clinically, though his own breath hitched when Bill's back arched violently off the stones.

"You want me to breed you?", Mariano asked Bill, his thrusts turning punishingly deep—each drive grinding Bill's prostate raw as Flynn watched, fingers pistoning his own stretched hole. Bill nodded frantically, his strokes on his cock turning frantic. "Fill me—claim me!" he sobbed, just as Mariano slammed flush against him, hot seed pulsing deep into Bill's battered passage. Bill screamed, untouched cock erupting in thick ropes across his heaving stomach—a shuddering climax that left him trembling beneath Mariano's weight.

Mariano went to kiss Bill passionately, tasting salt and desperation as Flynn groaned beside them—his own fingers working furiously inside his sore hole. Aspen adjusted his spectacles, observing Bill's trembling aftershocks with detached fascination. "Post-orgasmic hypersensitivity appears amplified by seminal retention," he murmured, tracing a finger through the spend cooling on Bill's stomach.

Mariano pulled out of the kiss and went down to suck Bill's cock. Bill gasped, hips jerking off the stone floor as Mariano's mouth enveloped him—still slick with his own release—tongue swirling with rough urgency. Flynn watched, fingers still buried inside himself, a low groan escaping as Aspen murmured, "Oral stimulation during refractory period triggers paradoxical neural firing." Bill's hands fisted in Mariano's hair, thighs trembling. "Suck me dry—please!"

Mariano kept on sucking Bill's cock before going to stroke his own cock . Flynn groaned, fingers still buried deep inside his own stretched hole as Mariano pulled back—Bill's softening cock glistening with spit—and began stroking himself with rough, urgent tugs. Aspen knelt beside Flynn, spectacles smudged, his detached tone fraying: "Observe the vasocongestive rebound in Subject Mariano despite recent ejaculation." Flynn's breath hitched as Aspen's cool fingers replaced his own, probing his sore entrance with clinical precision. "Fascinating tissue elasticity," Aspen murmured, pushing two fingers deep into Flynn's heat.

"You like seeing me stroke my Colombian cock?", Mariano asked Bill, his fist pumping his thick shaft in rough, wet strokes—each tug drawing a whimper from Bill's spent form. Flynn gasped beneath Aspen's probing fingers, his own cock twitching against his thigh. "Fuck yes," Bill breathed, reaching out to smear Mariano's pre-cum across his trembling lips. Aspen's detached murmur cut through the thick air: "Tactile re-engagement correlates with dopaminergic surge in observer subjects." His fingers twisted deeper inside Flynn, who arched with a choked cry.

Mariano kept on sucking Bill's cock, his tongue working the softening shaft with rough urgency until Bill whimpered, hips jerking uselessly against the stone floor.

Bill kept moaning softly as Mariano's mouth worked him, the sensation almost painful in its intensity after his brutal climax. Flynn watched through heavy-lidded eyes, Aspen's fingers still pistoning deep inside him—each clinical thrust drawing ragged gasps that echoed Bill's weakening whimpers. Mariano pulled back abruptly, Bill's cock slipping from his lips with a wet pop as he turned his attention to Flynn. "Your turn," he growled, shoving Aspen aside and spreading Flynn's legs wide.

As Bill went to pound Flynn, Aspen went to suck off Mariano's cock. Flynn groaned beneath Bill's thrusts—each deep drive echoing Mariano's choked gasps as Aspen's mouth enveloped him, tongue swirling with clinical precision around his sensitive head. Bill gripped Flynn's hips, slamming harder into his sore entrance, while Aspen murmured around Mariano's shaft, "Salivary enzymes appear to heighten glans sensitivity during refractory periods." Flynn arched violently, his cry muffled against the stone floor as Bill's rhythm turned jagged and desperate.

Mariano started fucking Aspen's throat, his hips snapping forward with brutal force—each thrust gagging the scholar as Flynn cried out beneath Bill’s pounding rhythm. Aspen’s spectacles slid askew, saliva slicking his chin while his throat convulsed around Mariano’s cock. Bill’s thrusts grew erratic, his fingers digging bruises into Flynn’s hips as he chased his own climax. Flynn sobbed into the stone floor, his body trembling between pleasure and overstimulation.

Mariano pulled out before kissing Aspen passionately, tasting salt and desperation as Flynn groaned beneath Bill’s relentless thrusts—each deep drive wringing broken sobs from the smuggler’s throat. Aspen’s spectacles fogged completely, his clinical composure shattered by the raw hunger in Mariano’s grip.

Aspen looked at Mariano and said "I want that Colombian cock inside me again"

Mariano flipped Aspen onto his stomach without breaking the kiss, the scholar's spectacles clattering to the stones as Mariano spat onto his fingers and pressed them against Aspen's twitching entrance. Flynn watched through bleary eyes, still pinned beneath Bill's slowing thrusts, as Mariano worked Aspen open with rough urgency—two fingers, then three, scissoring deep while Aspen gasped into the cold floor. "Data collection requires deeper penetration," Aspen choked out, pushing back against Mariano's hand, his voice stripped of detachment and raw with need.

Minutes later, Mariano stopped playing with Aspen's hole before going to cover his own cock with spit and shoving it inside Aspen's asshole. Aspen gasped as Mariano's thickness stretched him open—a brutal, claiming thrust that pinned his cheek to the stone floor. Flynn watched from beneath Bill's slowing rhythm, his own sore hole clenching at the sight. "Friction coefficient exceeds previous parameters," Aspen choked out, spectacles askew as Mariano set a punishing pace, each deep drive punching ragged gasps from the scholar's throat. Bill's thrusts into Flynn grew erratic, his hands trembling where they gripped Flynn's hips—overstimulated and raw.

Mariano kept pounding as he watched Aspen's body move with each thrust. "You like that Colombian cock?" he asked. Aspen nodded, his voice strained as he gasped, "Yes—deeper—measure the impact." Flynn groaned beneath Bill's slowing rhythm, his own sore hole clenching at the sight. Bill's thrusts grew erratic, his hands trembling where they gripped Flynn's hips—overstimulated and raw.

Mariano started pounding deeper, each thrust driving Aspen's hips harder against the stone floor, the scholar's choked gasps dissolving into wordless cries. Aspen started touching his own cock, his movements jerky and desperate as he stroked himself in time with Mariano's brutal rhythm. Flynn watched, transfixed, his own fingers drifting back to his sore entrance as Bill's spent weight pressed him into the cold stones. "Observe—the involuntary—pelvic tilt—" Aspen gasped out, his clinical analysis fracturing into a guttural moan as Mariano slammed flush against him, burying deep.

Mariano kept on pounding until speeding up as he holds himself by Aspen's hair. Aspen's spectacles skittered across the stones as Mariano fisted his hair, yanking his head back while driving into him with jackhammer thrusts—each slam punctuated by Aspen’s choked, ragged cries. Flynn watched, dazed and pinned beneath Bill’s trembling weight, his own fingers unconsciously circling his bruised rim as Aspen’s body convulsed. "Subject—exhibiting—tetanic contraction—" Aspen gasped, his voice shredded, just as Mariano roared, hips slamming flush, his release pulsing deep inside the scholar’s battered passage.

Mariano pulled out, letting the load he released in Aspen's hole leak out onto the stones. Aspen collapsed onto his side, trembling, his breaths shallow and uneven as he traced the cooling seed with a trembling finger. "Viscosity... altered by... exertion," he managed, his voice raw. Flynn groaned beneath Bill's limp weight, his own hole twitching at the sight of Aspen's spent form. Bill stirred weakly, his hand drifting to Flynn's bruised hip—a silent question in the gloom.

Bill continued pounding Flynn before breeding him. Flynn arched with a choked scream as Bill slammed deep, his release pulsing hot inside the smuggler's battered passage. Aspen watched through bleary, unfocused eyes, his spectacles forgotten on the stones as Bill’s thrusts turned possessive—claiming Flynn with each grinding drive that left the man trembling beneath him. Mariano traced a lazy finger through the mess cooling on Aspen’s stomach, his touch drawing a shudder from the spent scholar. "Still calculating, Sol?" Mariano murmured, his voice rough with satisfaction. Aspen’s lips parted, but only a ragged breath escaped—his analytical mind finally, beautifully silent.

Bill pulled out of Flynn's hole, his spent cock glistening as Flynn collapsed onto his stomach with a shuddering gasp. Aspen pushed himself up on trembling elbows, spectacles dangling from one ear, his gaze fixed on the thick seed leaking from Flynn's stretched entrance. "Post-coital seepage indicates inadequate sphincter recovery time," he rasped, though his fingers twitched toward Flynn's trembling thigh. Mariano chuckled, wiping his hand on a burlap sack before grabbing Aspen's chin. "Still talking science when your hole's dripping my load?" Aspen's breath hitched, pupils dilating as Mariano's thumb smeared spit across his bottom lip. Flynn groaned into the stones, his hips shifting unconsciously, seeking friction against the cold floor.

Outside the storeroom, the muffled strains of banquet music faltered—a lute string snapping mid-song, followed by a ripple of nervous laughter. Kristoff's voice cut through the sudden quiet, sharp and urgent near the door. "Anna, wait—" The handle rattled. Flynn froze, eyes wide as he scrambled to pull up his trousers, the movement clumsy with spent exhaustion. Aspen snatched his spectacles, shoving them crookedly onto his nose, his detached mask slipping back into place like armor. Mariano kicked a pile of discarded robes over the dark puddle of wine and seed pooling near Flynn's boots, his own belt still undone.

The door creaked open a sliver, torchlight slicing through the gloom to illuminate Anna's pale face, Olaf peeking wide-eyed beneath her elbow. "Mariano?" she called, her voice tight with forced cheer. "The ice swan—it just... shattered." Behind her, Kristoff's shadow loomed, his gaze sweeping the room—lingering on Flynn's hastily buttoned tunic, Aspen's trembling hands, the flush still high on Mariano's neck. Olaf tilted his head, snowflakes drifting from his brow. "It made a *crunchy* noise! Like when Sven steps on frozen puddles!"

Mariano stepped forward, blocking the view of Flynn scrambling to his feet and Aspen smoothing his ink-stained robes with unsteady fingers. "Must've been those stress fractures Aspen mentioned," he said, his voice rougher than he intended. Kristoff's eyes narrowed, sharp as flint, taking in the disheveled scholars, the too-quick movements, the thick scent of sweat and salt hanging heavy beneath the herbs. "Fractures," he repeated flatly, his hand resting on the dagger at his belt.

Flynn flashed a too-bright grin, stepping beside Mariano. "Scholar here predicted it! Said one misplaced breath would do it." He clapped Aspen hard on the shoulder, making the man flinch. "Clever, eh?" Aspen adjusted his spectacles, the lenses catching the torchlight, hiding his eyes. "Thermodynamic inevitability," he murmured, his voice regaining its detached rasp, though a faint tremor betrayed him. Olaf blinked up at Kristoff. "Is it still thermodynamic if it's pretty sparkles everywhere?"

Anna pushed past Kristoff, her gaze darting from the spilled-wine stain partially covered by burlap to Flynn's crooked collar. "The swan... it just collapsed," she whispered, her earlier cheer replaced by a brittle confusion. "Right after the music stopped." Kristoff didn't move his hand from his dagger. His stare swept the room again—the grain sacks disheveled, the faint, unmistakable scent beneath the lamp oil and herbs, the unnatural flush on Aspen's neck. "Strange timing," he said, his voice dangerously low. "Almost like a distraction."

Mariano felt Flynn tense beside him, the smuggler's easy charm evaporating under Kristoff's glacial scrutiny. Aspen cleared his throat, the sound dry and precise. "The structural failure was merely a symptom," he stated, turning his spectacled gaze fully on Kristoff. "The true instability lies deeper. Within the foundations." He paused, letting the implication hang in the thick air. "Much like this castle's secrets." Kristoff’s knuckles whitened on his dagger hilt. "What do you know of Arendelle's foundations, scholar?"

Anna stepped forward, her voice cutting through the tension like a blade. "Enough riddles." She gestured sharply towards the corridor where servants were already sweeping glittering shards of ice. "You three appear... disheveled. And that scent—" Her nose wrinkled. "Is that lamp oil and... salt cod?" Olaf piped up, oblivious, "Salt cod smells like Sven’s happy place! But also a little like when Kristoff forgets to bathe after ice harvesting!"

Kristoff’s gaze never left Aspen. "Foundations," he repeated, stepping closer until the torchlight revealed the faint tremor in the scholar’s ink-stained fingers. "You mean the tunnels beneath the dungeons? The ones sealed since my grandfather’s time?" Flynn’s grin faltered. Mariano felt a chill deeper than the storeroom’s damp stones—those tunnels were whispered about only in dockside taverns, where drunk sailors spoke of voices echoing from the earth.

Aspen adjusted his spectacles, the lenses reflecting the shattered ice still glittering in the corridor beyond Anna. "Sealed, yes. But not silent." His voice dropped to a near-whisper, cold and precise. "Your grandfather didn't seal them to hide gold or prisoners, mountain man. He sealed them to contain what *sings* down there. A resonance your recent... disruptions... have begun to amplify." Flynn subtly shifted his weight, ready to bolt, while Mariano tasted the metallic tang of fear—the same fear he’d felt years ago when Aspen first sketched those tunnels on a damp tavern napkin, calling them "the world's exposed nerve."